1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
5 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
6 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
7 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (17087 12566))
8 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
10 (autoload (quote 5x5) "5x5" "\
13 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
14 squares you must fill the grid.
16 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
18 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
20 Move down \\[5x5-down]
21 Move left \\[5x5-left]
22 Move right \\[5x5-right]
23 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
24 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
25 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
26 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
27 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
28 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
29 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
31 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
33 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-randomly) "5x5" "\
34 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
38 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-current) "5x5" "\
39 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
43 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-best) "5x5" "\
44 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
48 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-xor-mutate) "5x5" "\
49 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xor the current and best solution.
54 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack) "5x5" "\
55 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
57 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
58 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
59 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
60 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
66 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
68 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
70 (autoload (quote ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "\
71 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
72 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
74 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
77 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
79 (autoload (quote ada-mode) "ada-mode" "\
80 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
82 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
85 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
86 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
88 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
89 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
91 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
92 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
94 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]'
96 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
97 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
99 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
100 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
102 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
103 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
104 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
105 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
106 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
109 Display index-menu of functions and procedures '\\[imenu]'
111 If you use find-file.el:
112 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
113 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
114 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
115 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
116 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs.
118 If you use ada-xref.el:
119 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
120 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
121 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'.
127 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
128 ;;;;;; (17087 12558))
129 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
131 (autoload (quote ada-header) "ada-stmt" "\
132 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
138 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
139 ;;;;;; (17087 12564))
140 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
142 (autoload (quote ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "\
143 Open a file anywhere in the source path.
144 Completion is available.
146 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
150 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-redate change-log-merge add-log-current-defun
151 ;;;;;; change-log-mode add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry
152 ;;;;;; find-change-log prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address
153 ;;;;;; add-log-full-name add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log"
154 ;;;;;; "add-log.el" (17087 12581))
155 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
157 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
158 *If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
159 It is used by `add-log-current-defun' in preference to built-in rules.
160 Returns function's name as a string, or nil if outside a function.")
162 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log")
164 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
165 *Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
166 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
168 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-full-name) "add-log")
170 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
171 *Electronic mail addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
172 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
173 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
174 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
175 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
177 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-mailing-address) "add-log")
179 (autoload (quote prompt-for-change-log-name) "add-log" "\
180 Prompt for a change log name.
184 (autoload (quote find-change-log) "add-log" "\
185 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
187 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
188 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
189 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
190 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
192 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
193 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
194 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
196 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
197 current buffer to the complete file name.
198 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
200 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
202 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry) "add-log" "\
203 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
204 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
205 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
207 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
208 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
210 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
212 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
213 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
214 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
216 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
217 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
220 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
221 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
224 Today's date is calculated according to `change-log-time-zone-rule' if
225 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
227 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY)" t nil)
229 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry-other-window) "add-log" "\
230 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
231 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
232 the change log file in another window.
234 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
235 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window)
237 (autoload (quote change-log-mode) "add-log" "\
238 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
239 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
240 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
241 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
242 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
243 \\{change-log-mode-map}
247 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes (quote (emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode)) "\
248 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
250 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes (quote (c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode)) "\
251 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
253 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes (quote (TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode)) "\
254 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
256 (autoload (quote add-log-current-defun) "add-log" "\
257 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
259 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
260 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
262 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
263 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
264 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
265 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
266 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
268 Has a preference of looking backwards.
272 (autoload (quote change-log-merge) "add-log" "\
273 Merge the contents of ChangeLog file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
274 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
275 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
278 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
279 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
281 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
283 (autoload (quote change-log-redate) "add-log" "\
284 Fix any old-style date entries in the current log file to default format.
290 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-add-advice ad-default-compilation-action
291 ;;;;;; ad-redefinition-action) "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (17087
293 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
295 (defvar ad-redefinition-action (quote warn) "\
296 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
297 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
298 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
299 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
300 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
301 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
302 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
303 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
304 interpreted as `error'.")
306 (custom-autoload (quote ad-redefinition-action) "advice")
308 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action (quote maybe) "\
309 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
310 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
311 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
312 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
313 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
314 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
315 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
317 (custom-autoload (quote ad-default-compilation-action) "advice")
319 (autoload (quote ad-add-advice) "advice" "\
320 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
321 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
322 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
323 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
324 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
325 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
326 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
327 will be overwritten with the new one.
328 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
329 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
330 will clear the cache.
332 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
334 (autoload (quote defadvice) "advice" "\
335 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
336 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
338 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
339 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
342 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
343 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
344 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
345 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
346 see also `ad-add-advice'.
347 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
348 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
349 before/around/after-advices will be used.
350 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
351 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
352 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
353 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
354 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
355 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
357 Semantics of the various flags:
358 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
359 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
360 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
362 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
363 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
365 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
366 advised function should be compiled.
368 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
369 during activation until somebody enables it.
371 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
372 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
373 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
374 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
376 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
377 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
378 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
379 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
380 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
383 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
385 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
389 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
390 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
391 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (17087 12564))
392 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
394 (autoload (quote align) "align" "\
395 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
396 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
397 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
398 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
399 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
400 rule's `separate' attribute).
402 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
403 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
404 `separate' attribute set.
406 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
407 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
408 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
409 on the format of these lists.
411 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
413 (autoload (quote align-regexp) "align" "\
414 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
415 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
416 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
417 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
418 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
419 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
420 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
421 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
422 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
425 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
426 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
430 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
433 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
434 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
435 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
437 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
439 (autoload (quote align-entire) "align" "\
440 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
441 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
442 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
443 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
446 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
448 (autoload (quote align-current) "align" "\
449 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
450 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
451 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
452 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
453 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
454 been used to align that section.
456 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
458 (autoload (quote align-highlight-rule) "align" "\
459 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
460 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
461 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
462 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
463 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
466 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
468 (autoload (quote align-unhighlight-rule) "align" "\
469 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
473 (autoload (quote align-newline-and-indent) "align" "\
474 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
480 ;;;### (autoloads (allout-init) "allout" "allout.el" (17087 12552))
481 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
483 (autoload (quote allout-init) "allout" "\
484 Prime `allout-mode' to enable/disable auto-activation, wrt `allout-layout'.
486 MODE is one of the following symbols:
488 - nil (or no argument) deactivate auto-activation/layout;
489 - `activate', enable auto-activation only;
490 - `ask', enable auto-activation, and enable auto-layout but with
491 confirmation for layout operation solicited from user each time;
492 - `report', just report and return the current auto-activation state;
493 - anything else (eg, t) for auto-activation and auto-layout, without
494 any confirmation check.
496 Use this function to setup your Emacs session for automatic activation
497 of allout outline mode, contingent to the buffer-specific setting of
498 the `allout-layout' variable. (See `allout-layout' and
499 `allout-expose-topic' docstrings for more details on auto layout).
501 `allout-init' works by setting up (or removing)
502 `allout-find-file-hook' in `find-file-hook', and giving
503 `allout-auto-activation' a suitable setting.
505 To prime your Emacs session for full auto-outline operation, include
506 the following two lines in your Emacs init file:
511 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
515 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
516 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (17087 12570))
517 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
519 (defalias (quote ange-ftp-re-read-dir) (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir))
521 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp" "\
522 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
523 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
524 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
525 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
526 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
528 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
530 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-hook-function) "ange-ftp" "\
533 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
537 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
538 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (17087 12558))
539 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
541 (autoload (quote animate-string) "animate" "\
542 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation.
543 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
544 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
545 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
546 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
547 in the current window.
549 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
551 (autoload (quote animate-sequence) "animate" "\
552 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer.
553 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
555 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
557 (autoload (quote animate-birthday-present) "animate" "\
558 Display one's birthday present in a new buffer.
559 You can specify the one's name by NAME; the default value is \"Sarah\".
561 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
565 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
566 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (17087 12564))
567 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
569 (autoload (quote ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on) "ansi-color" "\
570 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
574 (autoload (quote ansi-color-process-output) "ansi-color" "\
575 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text-properties.
577 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
578 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
579 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
580 text-properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
582 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
583 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
585 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
587 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
591 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
592 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (17087 12570))
593 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
595 (autoload (quote antlr-show-makefile-rules) "antlr-mode" "\
596 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
597 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
598 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
599 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
602 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
603 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
604 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
607 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
608 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
609 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
610 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
614 (autoload (quote antlr-mode) "antlr-mode" "\
615 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
620 (autoload (quote antlr-set-tabs) "antlr-mode" "\
621 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
622 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
628 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-activate appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add
629 ;;;;;; appt-display-diary appt-display-duration appt-display-mode-line
630 ;;;;;; appt-msg-window appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time
631 ;;;;;; appt-issue-message) "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (17087 12578))
632 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
634 (defvar appt-issue-message t "\
635 *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer.
636 To be detected, the diary entry must have the format described in the
637 documentation of the function `appt-check'.")
639 (custom-autoload (quote appt-issue-message) "appt")
641 (defvar appt-message-warning-time 12 "\
642 *Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.")
644 (custom-autoload (quote appt-message-warning-time) "appt")
646 (defvar appt-audible t "\
647 *Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.")
649 (custom-autoload (quote appt-audible) "appt")
651 (defvar appt-visible t "\
652 *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.
653 This variable is only relevant if `appt-msg-window' is nil.")
655 (custom-autoload (quote appt-visible) "appt")
657 (defvar appt-msg-window t "\
658 *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.
659 If non-nil, this variable overrides `appt-visible'.")
661 (custom-autoload (quote appt-msg-window) "appt")
663 (defvar appt-display-mode-line t "\
664 *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.
665 This is in addition to any other display of appointment messages.")
667 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-mode-line) "appt")
669 (defvar appt-display-duration 10 "\
670 *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.
671 Only relevant if reminders are to be displayed in their own window.")
673 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-duration) "appt")
675 (defvar appt-display-diary t "\
676 *Non-nil displays the diary when the appointment list is first initialized.
677 This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.")
679 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-diary) "appt")
681 (autoload (quote appt-add) "appt" "\
682 Add an appointment for today at NEW-APPT-TIME with message NEW-APPT-MSG.
683 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
685 \(fn NEW-APPT-TIME NEW-APPT-MSG)" t nil)
687 (autoload (quote appt-delete) "appt" "\
688 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments.
692 (autoload (quote appt-make-list) "appt" "\
693 Update the appointments list from today's diary buffer.
694 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
695 put in the appointments list (see examples in documentation of
696 the function `appt-check'). We assume that the variables DATE and
697 NUMBER hold the arguments that `list-diary-entries' received.
698 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for.
700 Any appointments made with `appt-add' are not affected by this
703 For backwards compatibility, this function activates the
704 appointment package (if it is not already active).
708 (autoload (quote appt-activate) "appt" "\
709 Toggle checking of appointments.
710 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
711 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
713 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
717 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-documentation-property
718 ;;;;;; apropos-command apropos-variable) "apropos" "apropos.el"
719 ;;;;;; (17087 12500))
720 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
722 (autoload (quote apropos-variable) "apropos" "\
723 Show user variables that match REGEXP.
724 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
727 \(fn REGEXP &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
729 (defalias (quote command-apropos) (quote apropos-command))
731 (autoload (quote apropos-command) "apropos" "\
732 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match APROPOS-REGEXP.
733 With optional prefix DO-ALL, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
734 noninteractive functions.
736 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
737 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
739 \(fn APROPOS-REGEXP &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
741 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation-property) "apropos" "\
742 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
744 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
746 (autoload (quote apropos) "apropos" "\
747 Show all bound symbols whose names match APROPOS-REGEXP.
748 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also
749 show unbound symbols and key bindings, which is a little more
750 time-consuming. Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
752 \(fn APROPOS-REGEXP &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
754 (autoload (quote apropos-value) "apropos" "\
755 Show all symbols whose value's printed image matches APROPOS-REGEXP.
756 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
757 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
758 Returns list of symbols and values found.
760 \(fn APROPOS-REGEXP &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
762 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation) "apropos" "\
763 Show symbols whose documentation contain matches for APROPOS-REGEXP.
764 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
765 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
767 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
769 \(fn APROPOS-REGEXP &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
773 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (17087
775 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
777 (autoload (quote archive-mode) "arc-mode" "\
778 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
779 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
780 Letters no longer insert themselves.
781 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
782 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
784 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
785 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
790 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
794 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (17087 12566))
795 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
797 (autoload (quote array-mode) "array" "\
798 Major mode for editing arrays.
800 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
801 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
802 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
804 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
806 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
807 Setting the variable 'array-respect-tabs to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
808 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
810 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
811 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
812 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
813 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
816 Variables you assign:
817 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
818 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
819 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
820 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
821 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
822 row numbers in the buffer.
824 Variables which are calculated:
825 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
826 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
828 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
829 take a numeric prefix argument):
831 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
832 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
833 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
834 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
836 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
837 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
838 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
839 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
841 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
842 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
843 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
844 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
846 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
847 between that of point and mark.
849 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
850 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
852 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
853 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
854 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
855 newlines inside rows)
857 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
859 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
865 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (17087
867 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
869 (autoload (quote artist-mode) "artist" "\
870 Toggle artist mode. With arg, turn artist mode on if arg is positive.
871 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines, ellipses
872 and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
874 How to quit artist mode
876 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
879 How to submit a bug report
881 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
884 Drawing with the mouse:
887 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
888 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
892 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
895 Operation Not shifted Shifted
896 --------------------------------------------------------------
897 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
899 --------------------------------------------------------------
900 Line Line in any direction Straight line
901 --------------------------------------------------------------
902 Rectangle Rectangle Square
903 --------------------------------------------------------------
904 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
905 --------------------------------------------------------------
906 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
907 --------------------------------------------------------------
908 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
909 --------------------------------------------------------------
910 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
911 --------------------------------------------------------------
912 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
913 --------------------------------------------------------------
914 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
916 --------------------------------------------------------------
917 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
918 --------------------------------------------------------------
919 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
920 --------------------------------------------------------------
922 --------------------------------------------------------------
923 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
924 --------------------------------------------------------------
926 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
929 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
930 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
931 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
932 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
935 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
936 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
937 overwrite means the opposite.
939 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
940 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
941 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
943 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
945 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
946 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
948 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
949 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
950 are currently drawing something.
952 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
956 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
957 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
962 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
964 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
966 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
968 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
970 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
971 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
973 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes.
978 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
979 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
980 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
981 When erase characters: toggles erasing
982 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
985 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
987 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
989 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the charater to use when filling
990 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the charater to use when drawing
991 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the charater to use when erasing
992 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
993 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
994 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
999 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1000 of the line/poly-line
1002 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1003 of the line/poly-line
1008 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1010 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1011 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1012 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1013 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1014 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1015 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1016 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1017 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1018 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1019 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1020 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1021 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1022 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1023 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1024 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1025 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1026 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1027 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1028 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1029 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1034 This is a brief overview of the different varaibles. For more info,
1035 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1037 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1038 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1039 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1040 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1041 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1042 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1043 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1044 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1045 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1046 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1047 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1048 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1049 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1050 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1051 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1052 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1053 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1054 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1055 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1059 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
1060 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
1067 \(fn &optional STATE)" t nil)
1071 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (17087
1073 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1075 (autoload (quote asm-mode) "asm-mode" "\
1076 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1077 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1079 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1080 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1081 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1082 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1084 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1085 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1087 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1088 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1090 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1099 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-show-mode auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "obsolete/auto-show.el"
1100 ;;;;;; (17087 12380))
1101 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/auto-show.el
1103 (defvar auto-show-mode nil "\
1106 (custom-autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show")
1108 (autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "\
1109 This command is obsolete.
1115 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1116 ;;;;;; (17087 12379))
1117 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1119 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1120 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1121 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.")
1123 (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg")
1125 (autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "\
1126 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
1127 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1128 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1129 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
1130 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
1131 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
1132 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1133 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
1134 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1137 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1138 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1139 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1140 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1141 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1143 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1145 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1147 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1148 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1149 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1150 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1151 use either \\[customize] or the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1153 (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg")
1155 (autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg" "\
1156 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
1157 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1158 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1159 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
1160 &c to supply digit arguments.
1162 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1164 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1168 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1169 ;;;;;; (17087 12566))
1170 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1172 (autoload (quote autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "\
1173 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files.
1179 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1180 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (17087 12578))
1181 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1183 (autoload (quote auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
1184 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1185 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1189 (autoload (quote define-auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
1190 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1191 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1192 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1194 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1196 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1197 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1198 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1199 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1200 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1202 (custom-autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert")
1204 (autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert" "\
1205 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1206 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1207 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1209 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1210 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1212 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1216 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1217 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1218 ;;;;;; (17087 12528))
1219 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1221 (autoload (quote update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1222 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
1223 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables).
1224 If SAVE-AFTER is non-nil (which is always, when called interactively),
1225 save the buffer too.
1227 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1229 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER)" t nil)
1231 (autoload (quote update-directory-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1232 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
1233 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) do its work.
1234 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name
1235 of a single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1236 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1238 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1239 directory or directories specified.
1241 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1243 (autoload (quote batch-update-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1244 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1245 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1251 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
1252 ;;;;;; auto-revert-tail-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode auto-revert-mode)
1253 ;;;;;; "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (17087 12567))
1254 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1256 (autoload (quote auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1257 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1259 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1260 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1261 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1262 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1263 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1265 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1267 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1268 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1270 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1271 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1275 (autoload (quote auto-revert-tail-mode) "autorevert" "\
1276 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when file on disk grows.
1277 With arg, turn Tail mode on iff arg is positive.
1279 When Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is constantly
1280 followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This means that
1281 whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because some
1282 background process is appending to it from time to time), this is
1283 reflected in the current buffer.
1285 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1286 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1287 writing before you save the file!
1289 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1291 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1293 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode) "autorevert" "\
1294 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail Mode.
1296 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1297 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1301 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1302 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1303 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1304 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1305 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1307 (custom-autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert")
1309 (autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1310 Revert any buffer when file on disk changes.
1312 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
1313 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
1314 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1316 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1320 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1321 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (17087 12411))
1322 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1324 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1325 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1326 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1327 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1328 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1330 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid")
1332 (autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" "\
1333 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1334 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1335 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1337 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1338 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1339 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1341 Effects of the different modes:
1342 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1343 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1344 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1345 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1346 a random distance & direction.
1347 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1348 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1349 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1351 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1353 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1354 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1355 definition of \"random distance\".)
1357 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1361 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el"
1362 ;;;;;; (17087 12379))
1363 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el
1365 (autoload (quote backquote) "backquote" "\
1366 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build.
1368 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain
1369 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in.
1373 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value
1374 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote
1375 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b
1376 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b
1378 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted.
1380 \(fn ARG)" nil (quote macro))
1382 (defalias (quote \`) (symbol-function (quote backquote)))
1386 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery-mode battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1387 ;;;;;; (17087 12528))
1388 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1389 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1391 (autoload (quote battery) "battery" "\
1392 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1393 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1394 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1398 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1399 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1400 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1401 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1402 use either \\[customize] or the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1404 (custom-autoload (quote display-battery-mode) "battery")
1406 (autoload (quote display-battery-mode) "battery" "\
1407 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1408 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1409 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1410 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1413 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1417 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1418 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (17087 12379))
1419 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1421 (autoload (quote benchmark-run) "benchmark" "\
1422 Time execution of FORMS.
1423 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1424 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1426 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1427 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1428 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1430 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1432 (autoload (quote benchmark-run-compiled) "benchmark" "\
1433 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1434 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1435 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1436 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1438 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1440 (autoload (quote benchmark) "benchmark" "\
1441 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1442 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg. For
1443 non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1444 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1446 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1450 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (17087
1452 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1454 (autoload (quote bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "\
1455 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1457 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1459 Use commands such as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1460 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1461 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1462 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1464 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1465 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1466 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactical correct) and sorted
1467 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1468 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1470 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1471 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1474 Special information:
1476 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1478 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1479 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1480 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1481 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1482 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1483 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1484 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1485 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1486 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1487 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1488 \\[bibtex-complete] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1490 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1491 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1492 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1493 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1494 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1495 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1496 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1497 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1499 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1501 ----------------------------------------------------------
1502 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1503 if that value is non-nil.
1511 ;;;### (autoloads (binhex-decode-region binhex-decode-region-external
1512 ;;;;;; binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "gnus/binhex.el"
1513 ;;;;;; (17087 12466))
1514 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/binhex.el
1516 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$")
1518 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "\
1519 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1520 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1522 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1524 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region-external) "binhex" "\
1525 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1527 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1529 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region) "binhex" "\
1530 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1532 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1536 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (17087
1538 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1540 (autoload (quote blackbox) "blackbox" "\
1542 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1546 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1547 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1548 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1549 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1550 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1555 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1556 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1559 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1562 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1563 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1565 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1566 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1568 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1569 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1570 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1571 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1572 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1573 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1577 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1579 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1580 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1581 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1582 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1584 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1585 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1586 denoted by the letter `R'.
1588 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1589 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1590 denoted by the letter `H'.
1592 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1595 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1596 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1597 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1598 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1599 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1600 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1603 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1604 degree deflection it causes.
1607 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1608 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1609 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1610 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1611 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1612 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1613 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1614 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1617 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1618 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1621 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1622 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1623 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1624 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1625 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1626 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1627 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1628 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1630 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1631 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1632 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1633 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1634 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1635 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1636 emerging from the box.
1638 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1640 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1641 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
1642 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
1643 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
1644 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
1645 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1646 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1647 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1649 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
1656 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load bookmark-save
1657 ;;;;;; bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert bookmark-rename
1658 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump
1659 ;;;;;; bookmark-set) "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (17087 12566))
1660 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
1661 (define-key ctl-x-map "rb" 'bookmark-jump)
1662 (define-key ctl-x-map "rm" 'bookmark-set)
1663 (define-key ctl-x-map "rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
1665 (defvar bookmark-map nil "\
1666 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
1667 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
1668 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
1669 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
1670 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
1671 (define-prefix-command 'bookmark-map)
1672 (define-key bookmark-map "x" 'bookmark-set)
1673 (define-key bookmark-map "m" 'bookmark-set) ; "m" for "mark"
1674 (define-key bookmark-map "j" 'bookmark-jump)
1675 (define-key bookmark-map "g" 'bookmark-jump) ; "g" for "go"
1676 (define-key bookmark-map "i" 'bookmark-insert)
1677 (define-key bookmark-map "e" 'edit-bookmarks)
1678 (define-key bookmark-map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) ; "f" for "find"
1679 (define-key bookmark-map "r" 'bookmark-rename)
1680 (define-key bookmark-map "d" 'bookmark-delete)
1681 (define-key bookmark-map "l" 'bookmark-load)
1682 (define-key bookmark-map "w" 'bookmark-write)
1683 (define-key bookmark-map "s" 'bookmark-save)
1685 (autoload (quote bookmark-set) "bookmark" "\
1686 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
1687 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
1688 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
1689 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
1690 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
1691 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
1692 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
1695 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
1696 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
1697 yank successive words.
1699 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
1700 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
1701 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
1702 name of the file being visited.
1704 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
1705 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
1706 the list of bookmarks.)
1708 \(fn &optional NAME PARG)" t nil)
1710 (autoload (quote bookmark-jump) "bookmark" "\
1711 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1712 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1713 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1714 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1717 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
1718 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and bookmark-jump
1719 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
1720 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
1722 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
1724 (autoload (quote bookmark-relocate) "bookmark" "\
1725 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
1726 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
1727 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
1728 after a bookmark was set in it.
1730 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
1732 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert-location) "bookmark" "\
1733 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
1734 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
1735 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
1737 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
1739 (defalias (quote bookmark-locate) (quote bookmark-insert-location))
1741 (autoload (quote bookmark-rename) "bookmark" "\
1742 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
1743 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
1744 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
1746 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
1747 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
1748 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
1750 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
1751 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
1754 \(fn OLD &optional NEW)" t nil)
1756 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert) "bookmark" "\
1757 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
1758 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1759 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1760 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1763 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
1765 (autoload (quote bookmark-delete) "bookmark" "\
1766 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
1767 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
1768 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
1769 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
1770 one most recently used in this file, if any).
1771 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
1772 probably because we were called from there.
1774 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional BATCH)" t nil)
1776 (autoload (quote bookmark-write) "bookmark" "\
1777 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
1778 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
1782 (autoload (quote bookmark-save) "bookmark" "\
1783 Save currently defined bookmarks.
1784 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
1785 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
1788 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PREFIX-ARG
1789 and FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
1790 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
1791 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
1792 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
1794 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
1795 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
1796 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
1797 `bookmark-default-file'.
1799 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
1801 (autoload (quote bookmark-load) "bookmark" "\
1802 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
1803 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
1804 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
1805 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
1808 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
1809 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
1810 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
1811 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
1812 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
1815 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
1816 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
1817 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
1818 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
1820 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
1822 (autoload (quote bookmark-bmenu-list) "bookmark" "\
1823 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
1824 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
1825 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
1826 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
1830 (defalias (quote list-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
1832 (defalias (quote edit-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
1834 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (define-key map [load] (quote ("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load))) (define-key map [write] (quote ("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write))) (define-key map [save] (quote ("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save))) (define-key map [edit] (quote ("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list))) (define-key map [delete] (quote ("Delete Bookmark..." . bookmark-delete))) (define-key map [rename] (quote ("Rename Bookmark..." . bookmark-rename))) (define-key map [locate] (quote ("Insert Location..." . bookmark-locate))) (define-key map [insert] (quote ("Insert Contents..." . bookmark-insert))) (define-key map [set] (quote ("Set Bookmark..." . bookmark-set))) (define-key map [jump] (quote ("Jump to Bookmark..." . bookmark-jump))) map))
1836 (defalias (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map) menu-bar-bookmark-map)
1840 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-kde browse-url-generic browse-url-mail
1841 ;;;;;; browse-url-mmm browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm
1842 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic
1843 ;;;;;; browse-url-cci browse-url-grail browse-url-mosaic browse-url-gnome-moz
1844 ;;;;;; browse-url-galeon browse-url-firefox browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape
1845 ;;;;;; browse-url-default-browser browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point
1846 ;;;;;; browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
1847 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-url-at-point
1848 ;;;;;; browse-url-galeon-program browse-url-firefox-program browse-url-browser-function)
1849 ;;;;;; "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (17087 12578))
1850 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
1852 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (cond ((memq system-type (quote (windows-nt ms-dos cygwin))) (quote browse-url-default-windows-browser)) ((memq system-type (quote (darwin))) (quote browse-url-default-macosx-browser)) (t (quote browse-url-default-browser))) "\
1853 *Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
1854 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
1855 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
1857 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
1858 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
1859 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
1860 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
1861 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
1863 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url")
1865 (defvar browse-url-firefox-program "firefox" "\
1866 *The name by which to invoke Firefox.")
1868 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-firefox-program) "browse-url")
1870 (defvar browse-url-galeon-program "galeon" "\
1871 *The name by which to invoke Galeon.")
1873 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-galeon-program) "browse-url")
1875 (autoload (quote browse-url-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
1880 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-file) "browse-url" "\
1881 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
1882 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
1883 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
1884 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
1885 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
1887 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
1889 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-buffer) "browse-url" "\
1890 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
1891 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
1892 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
1895 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
1897 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-dired-file) "browse-url" "\
1898 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
1902 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-region) "browse-url" "\
1903 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
1905 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
1907 (autoload (quote browse-url) "browse-url" "\
1908 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
1909 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
1910 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
1912 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
1914 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
1915 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
1916 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
1917 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
1919 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1921 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-mouse) "browse-url" "\
1922 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
1923 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
1924 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
1925 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
1930 (autoload (quote browse-url-default-browser) "browse-url" "\
1931 Find a suitable browser and ask it to load URL.
1932 Default to the URL around or before point.
1934 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1935 non-nil, load the document in a new window, if possible, otherwise use
1936 a random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1937 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1939 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1940 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1942 The order attempted is gnome-moz-remote, Mozilla, Firefox,
1943 Galeon, Konqueror, Netscape, Mosaic, IXI Mosaic, Lynx in an
1944 xterm, MMM, and then W3.
1946 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
1948 (autoload (quote browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "\
1949 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
1950 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1951 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
1953 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1954 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
1955 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1956 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1958 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
1959 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
1960 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
1962 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1963 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1965 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
1967 (autoload (quote browse-url-mozilla) "browse-url" "\
1968 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
1969 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1970 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
1972 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1973 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
1974 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1975 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1977 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
1978 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
1979 new tab in an existing window instead.
1981 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1982 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1984 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
1986 (autoload (quote browse-url-firefox) "browse-url" "\
1987 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
1988 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
1989 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
1992 When called interactively, if variable
1993 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
1994 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
1995 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
1996 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1998 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
1999 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2000 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2002 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2003 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2005 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2006 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2007 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2008 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2009 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2010 URL in a new window.
2012 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2014 (autoload (quote browse-url-galeon) "browse-url" "\
2015 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2016 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2017 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2019 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2020 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2021 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2022 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2024 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2025 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2026 new tab in an existing window instead.
2028 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2029 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2031 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2033 (autoload (quote browse-url-gnome-moz) "browse-url" "\
2034 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2035 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2036 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2038 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2039 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2040 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2041 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2043 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2044 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2046 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2048 (autoload (quote browse-url-mosaic) "browse-url" "\
2049 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2051 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2052 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2053 program is invoked according to the variable
2054 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2056 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2057 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2058 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2059 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2061 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2062 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2064 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2066 (autoload (quote browse-url-grail) "browse-url" "\
2067 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL.
2068 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the
2069 variable `browse-url-grail'.
2071 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2073 (autoload (quote browse-url-cci) "browse-url" "\
2074 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2075 Default to the URL around or before point.
2077 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2078 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2079 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2081 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2082 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2083 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2084 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2086 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2087 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2089 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2091 (autoload (quote browse-url-iximosaic) "browse-url" "\
2092 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2093 Default to the URL around or before point.
2095 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2097 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3) "browse-url" "\
2098 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2099 Default to the URL around or before point.
2101 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2102 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2103 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2105 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2106 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2108 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2110 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3-gnudoit) "browse-url" "\
2111 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2112 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2113 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2115 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2117 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-xterm) "browse-url" "\
2118 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2119 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run
2120 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2121 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2123 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2125 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-emacs) "browse-url" "\
2126 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2127 Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run
2128 a new Lynx process in a new buffer.
2130 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2131 non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window,
2132 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2133 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2135 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2136 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2138 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2140 (autoload (quote browse-url-mmm) "browse-url" "\
2141 Ask the MMM WWW browser to load URL.
2142 Default to the URL around or before point.
2144 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2146 (autoload (quote browse-url-mail) "browse-url" "\
2147 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2148 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2149 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2150 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2153 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2154 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2155 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2156 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2158 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2159 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2161 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2163 (autoload (quote browse-url-generic) "browse-url" "\
2164 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2165 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2166 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2167 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2168 don't offer a form of remote control.
2170 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2172 (autoload (quote browse-url-kde) "browse-url" "\
2173 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2174 Default to the URL around or before point.
2176 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2180 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (17087
2182 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
2184 (autoload (quote bruce) "bruce" "\
2185 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
2189 (autoload (quote snarf-bruces) "bruce" "\
2190 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'.
2196 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2197 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (17087 12566))
2198 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2200 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-next) "bs" "\
2201 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2202 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2203 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2207 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-previous) "bs" "\
2208 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2209 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2210 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2214 (autoload (quote bs-customize) "bs" "\
2215 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2219 (autoload (quote bs-show) "bs" "\
2220 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2222 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2223 manipulating buffer list and buffers itself.
2224 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2225 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2227 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2228 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2229 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2230 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2231 name of buffer configuration.
2237 ;;;### (autoloads (insert-text-button make-text-button insert-button
2238 ;;;;;; make-button define-button-type) "button" "button.el" (17087
2240 ;;; Generated autoloads from button.el
2242 (defvar button-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "
" (quote push-button)) (define-key map [mouse-2] (quote push-button)) map) "\
2243 Keymap used by buttons.")
2245 (defvar button-buffer-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map [9] (quote forward-button)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote backward-button)) map) "\
2246 Keymap useful for buffers containing buttons.
2247 Mode-specific keymaps may want to use this as their parent keymap.")
2249 (autoload (quote define-button-type) "button" "\
2250 Define a `button type' called NAME.
2251 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2252 specifying properties to use as defaults for buttons with this type
2253 \(a button's type may be set by giving it a `type' property when
2254 creating the button, using the :type keyword argument).
2256 In addition, the keyword argument :supertype may be used to specify a
2257 button-type from which NAME inherits its default property values
2258 \(however, the inheritance happens only when NAME is defined; subsequent
2259 changes to a supertype are not reflected in its subtypes).
2261 \(fn NAME &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2263 (autoload (quote make-button) "button" "\
2264 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2265 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2266 specifying properties to add to the button.
2267 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2268 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2269 `define-button-type'.
2271 Also see `make-text-button', `insert-button'.
2273 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2275 (autoload (quote insert-button) "button" "\
2276 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2277 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2278 specifying properties to add to the button.
2279 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2280 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2281 `define-button-type'.
2283 Also see `insert-text-button', `make-button'.
2285 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2287 (autoload (quote make-text-button) "button" "\
2288 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2289 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2290 specifying properties to add to the button.
2291 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2292 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2293 `define-button-type'.
2295 This function is like `make-button', except that the button is actually
2296 part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer. Creating
2297 large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2300 Also see `insert-text-button'.
2302 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2304 (autoload (quote insert-text-button) "button" "\
2305 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2306 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2307 specifying properties to add to the button.
2308 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2309 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2310 `define-button-type'.
2312 This function is like `insert-button', except that the button is
2313 actually part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer.
2314 Creating large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2315 `insert-text-button'.
2317 Also see `make-text-button'.
2319 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2323 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2324 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2325 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2326 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el"
2327 ;;;;;; (17087 12567))
2328 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2330 (autoload (quote byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "\
2331 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2332 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2334 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2336 (autoload (quote byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2337 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2338 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2339 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2341 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2342 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However,
2343 if ARG (the prefix argument) is 0, that means do compile all those files.
2344 A nonzero ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file,
2345 whether to compile it.
2347 A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory before scanning it.
2349 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil,
2350 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file.
2352 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2354 (autoload (quote byte-compile-file) "bytecomp" "\
2355 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2356 The output file's name is made by appending `c' to the end of FILENAME.
2357 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2358 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2360 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2362 (autoload (quote compile-defun) "bytecomp" "\
2363 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2364 Print the result in the echo area.
2365 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2367 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2369 (autoload (quote byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2370 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2371 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2373 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2375 (autoload (quote display-call-tree) "bytecomp" "\
2376 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2377 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2378 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2379 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2380 all functions called by those functions.
2382 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2383 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2386 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2387 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2388 invoked interactively.
2390 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2392 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile-if-not-done) "bytecomp" "\
2393 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2394 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2395 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2399 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2400 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2401 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2402 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2403 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2404 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2405 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2408 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2410 (autoload (quote batch-byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2411 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2412 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2413 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2415 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2419 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (17087 12400))
2420 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2422 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-starts) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2424 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-ends) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2428 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2429 ;;;;;; (17087 12564))
2430 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2432 (autoload (quote list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "\
2433 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2434 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2435 from the cursor position.
2437 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2441 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2442 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2443 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch calc-settings-file) "calc" "calc/calc.el"
2444 ;;;;;; (17087 12567))
2445 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2447 (defvar calc-settings-file (convert-standard-filename "~/.calc.el") "\
2448 *File in which to record permanent settings.")
2450 (custom-autoload (quote calc-settings-file) "calc")
2451 (global-set-key "\e#" 'calc-dispatch)
2453 (autoload (quote calc-dispatch) "calc" "\
2454 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2456 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2458 (autoload (quote calc) "calc" "\
2459 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2461 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2463 (autoload (quote full-calc) "calc" "\
2464 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2466 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2468 (autoload (quote quick-calc) "calc" "\
2469 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2473 (autoload (quote calc-eval) "calc" "\
2474 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2475 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2476 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2478 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2480 (autoload (quote calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2481 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2482 This is most useful in the X window system.
2483 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2484 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2486 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2488 (autoload (quote full-calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2489 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2490 See calc-keypad for details.
2492 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2494 (autoload (quote calc-grab-region) "calc" "\
2495 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2497 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2499 (autoload (quote calc-grab-rectangle) "calc" "\
2500 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2502 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2504 (autoload (quote calc-embedded) "calc" "\
2505 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2507 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2509 (autoload (quote calc-embedded-activate) "calc" "\
2510 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2511 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2513 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2515 (autoload (quote defmath) "calc" "\
2518 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
2522 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (17087
2524 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2526 (autoload (quote calculator) "calculator" "\
2527 Run the Emacs calculator.
2528 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2534 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar-week-start-day calendar calendar-setup
2535 ;;;;;; solar-holidays bahai-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays
2536 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays
2537 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks
2538 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook
2539 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook
2540 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form
2541 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style
2542 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string
2543 ;;;;;; bahai-diary-entry-symbol islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol
2544 ;;;;;; diary-nonmarking-symbol diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook
2545 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook
2546 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-bahai-calendar-holidays all-islamic-calendar-holidays
2547 ;;;;;; all-christian-calendar-holidays all-hebrew-calendar-holidays
2548 ;;;;;; mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially
2549 ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar
2550 ;;;;;; number-of-diary-entries view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset)
2551 ;;;;;; "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (17087 12569))
2552 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2554 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\
2555 *The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.
2556 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,
2557 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off
2560 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-offset) "calendar")
2562 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\
2563 *Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry to calendar.
2564 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,
2565 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed
2566 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This variable can
2567 be overridden by the value of `calendar-setup'.")
2569 (custom-autoload (quote view-diary-entries-initially) "calendar")
2571 (defvar number-of-diary-entries 1 "\
2572 *Specifies how many days of diary entries are to be displayed initially.
2573 This variable affects the diary display when the command \\[diary] is used,
2574 or if the value of the variable `view-diary-entries-initially' is t. For
2575 example, if the default value 1 is used, then only the current day's diary
2576 entries will be displayed. If the value 2 is used, then both the current
2577 day's and the next day's entries will be displayed.
2579 The value can also be a vector such as [0 2 2 2 2 4 1]; this value
2580 says to display no diary entries on Sunday, the display the entries
2581 for the current date and the day after on Monday through Thursday,
2582 display Friday through Monday's entries on Friday, and display only
2583 Saturday's entries on Saturday.
2585 This variable does not affect the diary display with the `d' command
2586 from the calendar; in that case, the prefix argument controls the
2587 number of days of diary entries displayed.")
2589 (custom-autoload (quote number-of-diary-entries) "calendar")
2591 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\
2592 *Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.
2593 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.")
2595 (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-in-calendar) "calendar")
2597 (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\
2598 *Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed.
2599 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
2601 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting) "calendar")
2603 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\
2604 *Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.
2605 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first
2608 (custom-autoload (quote view-calendar-holidays-initially) "calendar")
2610 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\
2611 *Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.
2612 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.")
2614 (custom-autoload (quote mark-holidays-in-calendar) "calendar")
2616 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\
2617 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.
2618 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2620 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.")
2622 (custom-autoload (quote all-hebrew-calendar-holidays) "calendar")
2624 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\
2625 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.
2626 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2628 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian
2631 (custom-autoload (quote all-christian-calendar-holidays) "calendar")
2633 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\
2634 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.
2635 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2637 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic
2640 (custom-autoload (quote all-islamic-calendar-holidays) "calendar")
2642 (defvar all-bahai-calendar-holidays nil "\
2643 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Baha'i calendar.
2644 These are the days on which work and school must be suspended.
2646 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Baha'i
2649 (custom-autoload (quote all-bahai-calendar-holidays) "calendar")
2651 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\
2652 *List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.
2653 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.")
2655 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-load-hook) "calendar")
2657 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\
2658 *List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.
2659 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but
2660 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command
2661 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.")
2663 (custom-autoload (quote initial-calendar-window-hook) "calendar")
2665 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\
2666 *List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.
2667 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a
2668 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:
2669 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)
2670 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';
2671 a function is also provided for this:
2672 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)
2674 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2675 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2676 date is not visible in the window.
2678 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2679 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2680 functions that move by days and weeks.")
2682 (custom-autoload (quote today-visible-calendar-hook) "calendar")
2684 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\
2685 *List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.
2687 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2688 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2689 date is visible in the window.
2691 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2692 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2693 functions that move by days and weeks.")
2695 (custom-autoload (quote today-invisible-calendar-hook) "calendar")
2697 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\
2698 *List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar.
2702 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (view-diary-entries 1)))
2704 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.")
2706 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-move-hook) "calendar")
2708 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\
2709 *Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.
2711 The file's entries are lines beginning with any of the forms
2712 specified by the variable `american-date-diary-pattern', by default:
2720 with the remainder of the line being the diary entry string for
2721 that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is a
2722 number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two
2723 digits (if `abbreviated-calendar-year' is non-nil). MONTHNAME
2724 and DAYNAME can be spelled in full (as specified by the variables
2725 `calendar-month-name-array' and `calendar-day-name-array'),
2726 abbreviated (as specified by `calendar-month-abbrev-array' and
2727 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period,
2728 capitalized or not. Any of DAY, MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be
2729 `*' which matches any day, month, or year, respectively. If the
2730 date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any
2731 year. A DAYNAME entry applies to the appropriate day of the week
2734 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be
2735 used instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the
2736 calendar, or set `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs
2737 file. The European forms (see `european-date-diary-pattern') are
2745 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute
2746 `american-calendar' in the calendar.
2748 A diary entry can be preceded by the character
2749 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry
2750 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar
2751 window but will appear in a diary window.
2753 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with
2754 either a TAB or one or more spaces.
2756 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary
2757 entries (in the default American style):
2759 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!
2760 &1/1. Happy New Year!
2761 10/22 Ruth's birthday.
2763 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am
2764 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.
2765 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!
2766 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.
2767 mar 16 Dad's birthday
2768 April 15, 1989 Income tax due.
2769 &* 15 time cards due.
2771 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with
2772 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the
2773 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the
2777 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today
2778 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting
2779 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'
2780 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden
2781 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan
2782 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School
2784 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This
2785 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if
2786 used with more than one day's entries displayed.
2788 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry
2790 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation
2792 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through
2793 November 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float',
2794 `diary-anniversary', `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year',
2795 `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date', `diary-hebrew-date',
2796 `diary-islamic-date', `diary-bahai-date', `diary-mayan-date',
2797 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date',
2798 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset',
2799 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer',
2800 `diary-rosh-hodesh', and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the
2801 documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more
2804 Diary entries based on the Hebrew, the Islamic and/or the Baha'i
2805 calendar are also possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they
2806 are ignored unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and
2807 the `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the
2808 documentation for these functions for details.
2810 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for
2811 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
2813 (custom-autoload (quote diary-file) "calendar")
2815 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\
2816 *Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.")
2818 (custom-autoload (quote diary-nonmarking-symbol) "calendar")
2820 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\
2821 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.")
2823 (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar")
2825 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\
2826 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.")
2828 (custom-autoload (quote islamic-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar")
2830 (defvar bahai-diary-entry-symbol "B" "\
2831 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Baha'i calendar.")
2833 (custom-autoload (quote bahai-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar")
2835 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\
2836 *The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.
2837 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.")
2839 (custom-autoload (quote diary-include-string) "calendar")
2841 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\
2842 *The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in `diary-file'.
2843 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.")
2845 (custom-autoload (quote sexp-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar")
2847 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\
2848 *Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.
2849 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew, Islamic and
2850 Baha'i calendars. If this variable is nil, years must be written in
2853 (custom-autoload (quote abbreviated-calendar-year) "calendar")
2855 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\
2856 *Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.
2857 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,
2858 1990. The default European date styles (see `european-date-diary-pattern')
2867 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full (as specified by the
2868 variable `calendar-day-name-array'), or abbreviated (as specified by
2869 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period. To take effect,
2870 this variable should be set before the calendar package and its associates
2871 are loaded. Otherwise, use one of the functions `european-calendar' or
2872 `american-calendar' to force the appropriate update.")
2874 (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-style) "calendar")
2876 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern (quote ((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
2877 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.
2878 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
2880 (custom-autoload (quote american-date-diary-pattern) "calendar")
2882 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern (quote ((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
2883 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.
2884 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
2886 (custom-autoload (quote european-date-diary-pattern) "calendar")
2888 (defvar european-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year)) "\
2889 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.
2890 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
2892 (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-display-form) "calendar")
2894 (defvar american-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year)) "\
2895 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.
2896 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
2898 (custom-autoload (quote american-calendar-display-form) "calendar")
2900 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook (quote lpr-buffer) "\
2901 *List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.
2902 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary
2903 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for
2904 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer
2905 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.")
2907 (custom-autoload (quote print-diary-entries-hook) "calendar")
2909 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\
2910 *List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.
2911 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.
2913 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of
2914 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together
2915 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
2918 #include \"filename\"
2920 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
2921 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing
2922 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'
2923 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
2924 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.
2926 For example, you could use
2928 (setq list-diary-entries-hook
2929 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))
2930 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)
2932 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with
2933 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into
2934 lexicographic order.")
2936 (custom-autoload (quote list-diary-entries-hook) "calendar")
2938 (defvar diary-hook nil "\
2939 *List of functions called after the display of the diary.
2940 Can be used for appointment notification.")
2942 (custom-autoload (quote diary-hook) "calendar")
2944 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\
2945 *List of functions that handle the display of the diary.
2946 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no
2949 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in
2950 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these
2951 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order
2952 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)
2953 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be
2954 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with
2955 holidays), or produce hard copy output.
2957 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative
2958 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary
2959 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement
2960 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the
2961 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy
2962 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even
2963 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy
2964 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.")
2966 (custom-autoload (quote diary-display-hook) "calendar")
2968 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\
2969 *List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.
2970 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used
2971 to cull relevant entries. You can use either or both of
2972 `list-hebrew-diary-entries', `list-islamic-diary-entries' and
2973 `list-bahai-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
2974 describes the style of such diary entries.")
2976 (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-listing-hook) "calendar")
2978 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\
2979 *List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.
2981 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the
2982 `mark-diary-entries-hook'; it enables you to use shared diary files together
2983 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
2985 #include \"filename\"
2986 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
2987 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the
2988 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as
2989 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
2990 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
2992 (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-hook) "calendar")
2994 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\
2995 *List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.
2996 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used
2997 to cull relevant entries. You can use either or both of
2998 `mark-hebrew-diary-entries', `mark-islamic-diary-entries' and
2999 `mark-bahai-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
3000 describes the style of such diary entries.")
3002 (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-marking-hook) "calendar")
3004 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\
3005 *If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.
3006 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they
3009 (custom-autoload (quote diary-list-include-blanks) "calendar")
3011 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\
3012 *Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.
3013 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the
3014 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions
3015 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.")
3017 (custom-autoload (quote holidays-in-diary-buffer) "calendar")
3019 (put (quote general-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3021 (defvar general-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
3022 *General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
3023 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3025 (custom-autoload (quote general-holidays) "calendar")
3027 (put (quote oriental-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3029 (defvar oriental-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (holiday-chinese-new-year)))) "\
3031 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3033 (custom-autoload (quote oriental-holidays) "calendar")
3035 (put (quote local-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3037 (defvar local-holidays nil "\
3039 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3041 (custom-autoload (quote local-holidays) "calendar")
3043 (put (quote other-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3045 (defvar other-holidays nil "\
3046 *User defined holidays.
3047 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3049 (custom-autoload (quote other-holidays) "calendar")
3051 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-1) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3053 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (quote ((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))))
3055 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-2) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3057 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))))
3059 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-3) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3061 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah")))))
3063 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-4) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3065 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (quote ((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc)))))
3067 (put (quote hebrew-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3069 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
3071 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3073 (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-holidays) "calendar")
3075 (put (quote christian-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3077 (defvar christian-holidays (quote ((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc 0 "Easter Sunday") (holiday-easter-etc -2 "Good Friday") (holiday-easter-etc -46 "Ash Wednesday") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -63 "Septuagesima Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -56 "Sexagesima Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -49 "Shrove Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -48 "Shrove Monday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -47 "Shrove Tuesday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -14 "Passion Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -7 "Palm Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -3 "Maundy Thursday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 35 "Rogation Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 39 "Ascension Day")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 49 "Pentecost (Whitsunday)")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 50 "Whitmonday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 56 "Trinity Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 60 "Corpus Christi")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent 0 "Advent")) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas")))) "\
3078 *Christian holidays.
3079 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3081 (custom-autoload (quote christian-holidays) "calendar")
3083 (put (quote islamic-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3085 (defvar islamic-holidays (quote ((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
3087 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3089 (custom-autoload (quote islamic-holidays) "calendar")
3091 (put (quote bahai-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3093 (defvar bahai-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 3 21 (format "Baha'i New Year (Naw-Ruz) %d" (- displayed-year (1- 1844)))) (holiday-fixed 4 21 "First Day of Ridvan") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 22 "Second Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 23 "Third Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 24 "Fourth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 25 "Fifth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 26 "Sixth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 27 "Seventh Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 28 "Eighth Day of Ridvan")) (holiday-fixed 4 29 "Ninth Day of Ridvan") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 30 "Tenth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 5 1 "Eleventh Day of Ridvan")) (holiday-fixed 5 2 "Twelfth Day of Ridvan") (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Baha'u'llah") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Baha'u'llah") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Baha")))) "\
3095 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3097 (custom-autoload (quote bahai-holidays) "calendar")
3099 (put (quote solar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3101 (defvar solar-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require (quote cal-dst)) t) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-starts (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) ""))))) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-ends (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))))) "\
3102 *Sun-related holidays.
3103 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3105 (custom-autoload (quote solar-holidays) "calendar")
3107 (put (quote calendar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3109 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\
3110 The frame setup of the calendar.
3111 The choices are: `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
3112 dedicated frame); `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
3113 frames); `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with
3114 any other value the current frame is used. Using any of the first
3115 three options overrides the value of `view-diary-entries-initially'.")
3117 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-setup) "calendar")
3119 (autoload (quote calendar) "calendar" "\
3120 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays.
3121 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
3123 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'.
3124 See the documentation of that function for more information.
3126 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3128 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\
3129 *The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.
3130 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.
3132 If you change this variable directly (without using customize)
3133 after starting `calendar', you should call `redraw-calendar' to
3134 update the calendar display to reflect the change, otherwise
3135 movement commands will not work correctly.")
3137 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-week-start-day) "calendar")
3141 ;;;### (autoloads (canlock-verify canlock-insert-header) "canlock"
3142 ;;;;;; "gnus/canlock.el" (17087 12566))
3143 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3145 (autoload (quote canlock-insert-header) "canlock" "\
3146 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3148 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3150 (autoload (quote canlock-verify) "canlock" "\
3151 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3152 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3155 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3159 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
3160 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
3161 ;;;;;; (17087 12566))
3162 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3164 (autoload (quote c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3165 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3166 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3167 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3168 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3169 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3170 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3172 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3174 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3175 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
3176 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3177 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3178 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3179 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3180 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3181 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3183 (autoload (quote c-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3184 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3185 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3186 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3187 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3188 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3190 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3192 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3193 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3200 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3201 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
3203 (autoload (quote c++-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3204 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3205 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3206 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3207 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3208 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3211 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3213 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3214 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3221 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3222 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3223 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3225 (autoload (quote objc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3226 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3227 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3228 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3229 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3230 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3233 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3235 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3236 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3243 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3244 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3245 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3247 (autoload (quote java-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3248 Major mode for editing Java code.
3249 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3250 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3251 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3252 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3255 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3257 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3258 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3265 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3266 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3267 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3269 (autoload (quote idl-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3270 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3271 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3272 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3273 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3274 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3277 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3279 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3280 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3287 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3288 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3289 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3290 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3292 (autoload (quote pike-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3293 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3294 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3295 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3296 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3297 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3300 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3302 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3303 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3309 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3310 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3311 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3312 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3313 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3314 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code." t)
3318 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3319 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (17087 12566))
3320 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3322 (autoload (quote c-set-style) "cc-styles" "\
3323 Set CC Mode variables to use one of several different indentation styles.
3324 STYLENAME is a string representing the desired style from the list of
3325 styles described in the variable `c-style-alist'. See that variable
3326 for details of setting up styles.
3328 The variable `c-indentation-style' always contains the buffer's current
3331 If the optional argument DONT-OVERRIDE is t, no style variables that
3332 already have values will be overridden. I.e. in the case of
3333 `c-offsets-alist', syntactic symbols will only be added, and in the
3334 case of all other style variables, only those set to `set-from-style'
3337 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, only those style variables that
3338 have default (i.e. non-buffer local) values will keep their settings
3339 while the rest will be overridden. This is useful to avoid overriding
3340 global settings done in ~/.emacs when setting a style from a mode hook
3341 \(providing the style variables are buffer local, which is the
3344 Obviously, setting DONT-OVERRIDE to t is useful mainly when the
3345 initial style is chosen for a CC Mode buffer by a major mode. Since
3346 that is done internally by CC Mode, it typically won't have any effect
3347 when used elsewhere.
3349 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3351 (autoload (quote c-add-style) "cc-styles" "\
3352 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3353 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3354 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3356 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3358 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3359 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3360 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3362 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3364 (autoload (quote c-set-offset) "cc-styles" "\
3365 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3366 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3367 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3368 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3370 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3374 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3375 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3376 ;;;;;; (17087 12558))
3377 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3379 (autoload (quote ccl-compile) "ccl" "\
3380 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3382 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3384 (autoload (quote ccl-dump) "ccl" "\
3385 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3387 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3389 (autoload (quote declare-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3390 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3392 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3393 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3394 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3395 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3398 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3400 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil (quote macro))
3402 (autoload (quote define-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3403 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3405 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3406 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3410 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3411 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3412 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3413 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3414 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3417 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3418 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3419 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3420 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3422 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3423 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3426 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3428 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3430 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3433 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3434 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3436 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3437 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3438 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3441 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3443 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3444 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3445 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3447 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3449 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3451 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3452 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3454 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3458 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3460 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3462 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3463 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3466 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3467 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3470 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3472 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3473 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3474 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3475 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3476 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3477 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3478 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3479 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3480 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3481 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3482 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3483 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3484 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3485 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3486 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3487 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3490 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3491 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3493 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3494 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3496 | (write EXPRESSION)
3497 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3498 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3501 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3504 ;; Same as: (write string)
3506 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3507 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3508 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3511 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3512 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3513 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3514 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3515 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3516 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3518 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3519 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3521 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3524 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3525 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3526 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3528 ARG := REG | integer
3531 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
3534 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code)
3537 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3540 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3541 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3544 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3545 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3546 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3549 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3550 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3551 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3554 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3555 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3557 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3558 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3559 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3562 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3563 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3566 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3567 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
3569 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3572 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3576 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3577 ;; Same meaning as C code
3578 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3580 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3585 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3586 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3589 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3590 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3594 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3598 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3599 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3600 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3602 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3603 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3604 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3606 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3607 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3608 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3609 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3610 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3613 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
3615 (autoload (quote check-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3616 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3617 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3618 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3619 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3620 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3622 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil (quote macro))
3624 (autoload (quote ccl-execute-with-args) "ccl" "\
3625 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3626 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3628 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3630 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3634 ;;;### (autoloads (cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el"
3635 ;;;;;; (17087 12466))
3636 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3638 (autoload (quote cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "\
3639 Major mode for editing cfengine input.
3640 There are no special keybindings by default.
3642 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3643 to the action header.
3649 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
3650 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
3651 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
3652 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
3653 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
3654 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
3655 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
3656 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
3657 ;;;;;; (17087 12449))
3658 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3660 (autoload (quote checkdoc) "checkdoc" "\
3661 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3662 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3663 the users will view as each check is completed.
3667 (autoload (quote checkdoc-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3668 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3669 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3670 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3671 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3672 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3673 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3674 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3676 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3678 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3679 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3680 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3681 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3682 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3683 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3684 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3685 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3687 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3689 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3690 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3691 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3692 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3693 spacing are all verified.
3697 (autoload (quote checkdoc-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3698 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3699 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3700 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3701 otherwise stop after the first error.
3703 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3705 (autoload (quote checkdoc-start) "checkdoc" "\
3706 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3707 Only documentation strings are checked.
3708 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3709 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3712 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3714 (autoload (quote checkdoc-continue) "checkdoc" "\
3715 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3716 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3717 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3718 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3720 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3722 (autoload (quote checkdoc-comments) "checkdoc" "\
3723 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3724 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3725 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3728 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3730 (autoload (quote checkdoc-rogue-spaces) "checkdoc" "\
3731 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3732 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3733 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3735 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3737 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3739 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
3740 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3741 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3743 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3745 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3746 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3747 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3748 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3749 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3753 (autoload (quote checkdoc-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3754 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3755 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3756 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3757 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3758 space at the end of each line.
3760 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3762 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell) "checkdoc" "\
3763 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3764 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3765 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
3767 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3769 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3770 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3771 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3772 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3774 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3776 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3777 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3778 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3779 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3781 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3783 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3784 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3785 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3786 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3788 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3790 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
3791 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3792 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3793 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3795 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3797 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-start) "checkdoc" "\
3798 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3799 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3800 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3802 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3804 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-continue) "checkdoc" "\
3805 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3806 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3807 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3809 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3811 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-comments) "checkdoc" "\
3812 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3813 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3814 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3816 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3818 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3819 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3820 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3821 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3823 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3825 (autoload (quote checkdoc-minor-mode) "checkdoc" "\
3826 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
3827 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
3829 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3830 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3831 checking of documentation strings.
3833 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
3835 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3839 ;;;### (autoloads (encode-hz-buffer encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer
3840 ;;;;;; decode-hz-region) "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (17087
3842 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3844 (autoload (quote decode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
3845 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3846 Return the length of resulting text.
3848 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3850 (autoload (quote decode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
3851 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
3855 (autoload (quote encode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
3856 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3857 Return the length of resulting text.
3859 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3861 (autoload (quote encode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
3862 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
3868 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
3869 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (17087 12566))
3870 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
3872 (autoload (quote repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "\
3873 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
3874 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
3875 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
3876 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
3877 editing and the result is evaluated.
3879 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
3881 (autoload (quote list-command-history) "chistory" "\
3882 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
3883 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3884 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
3885 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
3887 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
3891 (autoload (quote command-history) "chistory" "\
3892 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
3893 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3894 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
3895 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
3897 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
3898 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
3899 \\{command-history-map}
3901 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
3902 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
3908 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (17087 12566))
3909 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
3911 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
3912 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
3913 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
3914 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
3915 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
3916 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
3918 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
3919 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
3923 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
3924 ;;;;;; (17087 12411))
3925 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
3927 (autoload (quote common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "\
3930 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
3934 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
3935 ;;;;;; (17087 12554))
3936 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
3938 (autoload (quote c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "\
3939 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
3940 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
3941 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
3943 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
3944 Prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include')
3945 if the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil.
3947 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
3948 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
3950 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
3954 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (17087
3956 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
3958 (autoload (quote run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "\
3959 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer *scheme*.
3960 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
3961 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
3962 of `scheme-program-name'). Runs the hooks `inferior-scheme-mode-hook'
3963 \(after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
3964 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
3967 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
3971 ;;;### (autoloads (cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "international/code-pages.el"
3972 ;;;;;; (17087 12566))
3973 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/code-pages.el
3975 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "\
3976 Make coding system NAME for and 8-bit, extended-ASCII character set.
3977 V is a 128-long vector of characters to translate the upper half of
3978 the character set. DOC-STRING and MNEMONIC are used as the
3979 corresponding args of `make-coding-system'. If MNEMONIC isn't given,
3981 Return an updated `non-iso-charset-alist'.
3983 \(fn NAME V &optional DOC-STRING MNEMONIC)" nil (quote macro))
3984 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1250 '(require 'code-pages))
3985 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1253 '(require 'code-pages))
3986 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1254 '(require 'code-pages))
3987 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1255 '(require 'code-pages))
3988 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1256 '(require 'code-pages))
3989 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1257 '(require 'code-pages))
3990 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1258 '(require 'code-pages))
3991 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-16 '(require 'code-pages))
3992 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-10 '(require 'code-pages))
3993 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-13 '(require 'code-pages))
3994 (autoload-coding-system 'georgian-ps '(require 'code-pages))
3995 (autoload-coding-system 'pt154 '(require 'code-pages))
3996 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-11 '(require 'code-pages))
4000 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup cp-supported-codepages cp-offset-for-codepage
4001 ;;;;;; cp-language-for-codepage cp-charset-for-codepage cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage)
4002 ;;;;;; "codepage" "international/codepage.el" (17087 12558))
4003 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
4005 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4006 Create a coding system to convert IBM CODEPAGE into charset ISO-NAME
4007 whose first character is at offset OFFSET from the beginning of 8-bit
4010 The created coding system has the usual 3 subsidiary systems: for Unix-,
4011 DOS- and Mac-style EOL conversion. However, unlike built-in coding
4012 systems, the Mac-style EOL conversion is currently not supported by the
4013 decoder and encoder created by this function.
4015 \(fn CODEPAGE ISO-NAME OFFSET)" nil nil)
4017 (autoload (quote cp-charset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4018 Return the charset for which there is a translation table to DOS CODEPAGE.
4019 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4021 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4023 (autoload (quote cp-language-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4024 Return the name of the MULE language environment for CODEPAGE.
4025 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4027 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4029 (autoload (quote cp-offset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4030 Return the offset to be used in setting up coding systems for CODEPAGE.
4031 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4033 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4035 (autoload (quote cp-supported-codepages) "codepage" "\
4036 Return an alist of supported codepages.
4038 Each association in the alist has the form (NNN . CHARSET), where NNN is the
4039 codepage number, and CHARSET is the MULE charset which is the closest match
4040 for the character set supported by that codepage.
4042 A codepage NNN is supported if a variable called `cpNNN-decode-table' exists,
4043 is a vector, and has a charset property.
4047 (autoload (quote codepage-setup) "codepage" "\
4048 Create a coding system cpCODEPAGE to support the IBM codepage CODEPAGE.
4050 These coding systems are meant for encoding and decoding 8-bit non-ASCII
4051 characters used by the IBM codepages, typically in conjunction with files
4052 read/written by MS-DOS software, or for display on the MS-DOS terminal.
4054 \(fn CODEPAGE)" t nil)
4058 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
4059 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
4060 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
4061 ;;;;;; (17087 12574))
4062 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4064 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions (quote (comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt)) "\
4065 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4066 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4067 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4068 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4069 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4070 functions have already modified the buffer.
4072 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4074 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4075 either globally or locally.")
4077 (defvaralias (quote comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields) (quote comint-use-prompt-regexp))
4079 (autoload (quote make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "\
4080 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4081 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4082 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4083 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
4084 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
4085 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional fourth arg
4086 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
4088 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4090 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4092 (autoload (quote make-comint) "comint" "\
4093 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4094 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4095 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4096 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
4097 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
4098 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4099 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of the process to.
4101 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4103 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4105 (autoload (quote comint-run) "comint" "\
4106 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4107 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4108 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4109 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4110 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4112 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4114 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command) "comint" "\
4115 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4116 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4118 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4120 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4122 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command-to-process) "comint" "\
4123 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4124 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4126 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4128 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4130 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list) "comint" "\
4131 Send COMMAND to current process.
4132 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4133 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4135 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4137 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list-from-process) "comint" "\
4138 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4139 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4140 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4142 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4146 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (17087
4148 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
4150 (autoload (quote compare-windows) "compare-w" "\
4151 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4152 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4153 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4155 This command pushes the mark in each window
4156 at the prior location of point in that window.
4157 If both windows display the same buffer,
4158 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4159 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4161 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4162 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4163 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4164 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4165 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4166 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4167 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4170 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4171 this command work in interlaced mode:
4172 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4173 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4174 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4176 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4180 ;;;### (autoloads (compilation-next-error-function compilation-minor-mode
4181 ;;;;;; compilation-shell-minor-mode compilation-mode compile compilation-search-path
4182 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook)
4183 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (17087 12570))
4184 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4186 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4187 *List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-hooks').")
4189 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-mode-hook) "compile")
4191 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4192 *Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
4194 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-window-height) "compile")
4196 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4197 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4198 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4199 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4200 while processing the output of the compilation process. The function
4201 is called with variables `compilation-buffer' and `compilation-window'
4202 bound to the compilation buffer and window, respectively.")
4204 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4205 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4206 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4207 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4208 nil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4210 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4211 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4212 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4213 describing how the process finished.")
4215 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4216 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4217 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4218 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4220 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4221 *Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4222 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4224 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-ask-about-save) "compile")
4226 (defvar compilation-search-path (quote (nil)) "\
4227 *List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4228 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4229 nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4231 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-search-path) "compile")
4233 (autoload (quote compile) "compile" "\
4234 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4235 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4236 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4238 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4239 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4241 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4242 and move to the source code that caused it.
4244 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4245 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4246 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4247 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4249 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename
4250 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4251 \\[rename-buffer]. Then start the next one. On most systems,
4252 termination of the main compilation process kills its
4255 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4256 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4257 to a function that generates a unique name.
4259 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4261 (autoload (quote compilation-mode) "compile" "\
4262 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4263 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4264 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4265 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4267 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-hooks' (which see).
4269 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4271 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4273 (autoload (quote compilation-shell-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4274 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
4275 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4276 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4277 Compilation major mode are available but bound to keys that don't
4278 collide with Shell mode. See `compilation-mode'.
4279 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'.
4281 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4283 (autoload (quote compilation-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4284 Toggle compilation minor mode.
4285 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4286 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4287 Compilation major mode are available. See `compilation-mode'.
4288 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'.
4290 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4292 (autoload (quote compilation-next-error-function) "compile" "\
4295 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4297 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.gcov\\'" . compilation-mode)))
4301 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
4302 ;;;;;; (17087 12528))
4303 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
4305 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
4306 Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled.
4307 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4308 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4309 use either \\[customize] or the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
4311 (custom-autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete")
4313 (autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" "\
4314 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
4315 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
4317 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
4318 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
4319 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
4320 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
4322 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
4323 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
4324 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
4325 other file in that directory begin with that sequence of characters.
4327 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted
4328 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
4329 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file `/usr/include/sys/time.h'.
4330 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'.
4332 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4336 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4337 ;;;;;; (17087 12379))
4338 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4340 (autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "\
4341 Enable dynamic word-completion.
4347 ;;;### (autoloads (decompose-composite-char compose-last-chars compose-chars-after
4348 ;;;;;; find-composition compose-chars decompose-string compose-string
4349 ;;;;;; decompose-region compose-region encode-composition-rule)
4350 ;;;;;; "composite" "composite.el" (17087 12416))
4351 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
4353 (defconst reference-point-alist (quote ((tl . 0) (tc . 1) (tr . 2) (Bl . 3) (Bc . 4) (Br . 5) (bl . 6) (bc . 7) (br . 8) (cl . 9) (cc . 10) (cr . 11) (top-left . 0) (top-center . 1) (top-right . 2) (base-left . 3) (base-center . 4) (base-right . 5) (bottom-left . 6) (bottom-center . 7) (bottom-right . 8) (center-left . 9) (center-center . 10) (center-right . 11) (ml . 3) (mc . 10) (mr . 5) (mid-left . 3) (mid-center . 10) (mid-right . 5))) "\
4354 Alist of symbols vs integer codes of glyph reference points.
4355 A glyph reference point symbol is to be used to specify a composition
4356 rule in COMPONENTS argument to such functions as `compose-region' and
4359 Meanings of glyph reference point codes are as follows:
4361 0----1----2 <---- ascent 0:tl or top-left
4362 | | 1:tc or top-center
4363 | | 2:tr or top-right
4364 | | 3:Bl or base-left 9:cl or center-left
4365 9 10 11 <---- center 4:Bc or base-center 10:cc or center-center
4366 | | 5:Br or base-right 11:cr or center-right
4367 --3----4----5-- <-- baseline 6:bl or bottom-left
4368 | | 7:bc or bottom-center
4369 6----7----8 <---- descent 8:br or bottom-right
4371 Glyph reference point symbols are to be used to specify composition
4372 rule of the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT), where
4373 GLOBAL-REF-POINT is a reference point in the overall glyphs already
4374 composed, and NEW-REF-POINT is a reference point in the new glyph to
4377 For instance, if GLOBAL-REF-POINT is `br' (bottom-right) and
4378 NEW-REF-POINT is `tc' (top-center), the overall glyph is updated as
4379 follows (the point `*' corresponds to both reference points):
4381 +-------+--+ <--- new ascent
4385 -- | | |-- <--- baseline (doesn't change)
4389 +----+-----+ <--- new descent
4392 (autoload (quote encode-composition-rule) "composite" "\
4393 Encode composition rule RULE into an integer value.
4394 RULE is a cons of global and new reference point symbols
4395 \(see reference-point-alist).
4397 \(fn RULE)" nil nil)
4399 (autoload (quote compose-region) "composite" "\
4400 Compose characters in the current region.
4402 Characters are composed relatively, i.e. composed by overstricking or
4403 stacking depending on ascent, descent and other properties.
4405 When called from a program, expects these four arguments.
4407 First two arguments START and END are positions (integers or markers)
4408 specifying the region.
4410 Optional 3rd argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4411 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. In this case,
4412 characters are composed not relatively but according to COMPONENTS.
4414 If it is a character, it is an alternate character to display instead
4415 of the text in the region.
4417 If it is a string, the elements are alternate characters.
4419 If it is a vector or list, it is a sequence of alternate characters and
4420 composition rules, where (2N)th elements are characters and (2N+1)th
4421 elements are composition rules to specify how to compose (2N+2)th
4422 elements with previously composed N glyphs.
4424 A composition rule is a cons of global and new glyph reference point
4425 symbols. See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more
4428 Optional 4th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4429 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4430 text in the composition.
4432 \(fn START END &optional COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" t nil)
4434 (autoload (quote decompose-region) "composite" "\
4435 Decompose text in the current region.
4437 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
4438 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
4440 \(fn START END)" t nil)
4442 (autoload (quote compose-string) "composite" "\
4443 Compose characters in string STRING.
4445 The return value is STRING where `composition' property is put on all
4446 the characters in it.
4448 Optional 2nd and 3rd arguments START and END specify the range of
4449 STRING to be composed. They defaults to the beginning and the end of
4450 STRING respectively.
4452 Optional 4th argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4453 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. See the function
4454 `compose-region' for more detail.
4456 Optional 5th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4457 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4458 text in the composition.
4460 \(fn STRING &optional START END COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" nil nil)
4462 (autoload (quote decompose-string) "composite" "\
4463 Return STRING where `composition' property is removed.
4465 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
4467 (autoload (quote compose-chars) "composite" "\
4468 Return a string from arguments in which all characters are composed.
4469 For relative composition, arguments are characters.
4470 For rule-based composition, Mth (where M is odd) arguments are
4471 characters, and Nth (where N is even) arguments are composition rules.
4472 A composition rule is a cons of glyph reference points of the form
4473 \(GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT). See the documentation of
4474 `reference-point-alist' for more detail.
4476 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
4478 (autoload (quote find-composition) "composite" "\
4479 Return information about a composition at or nearest to buffer position POS.
4481 If the character at POS has `composition' property, the value is a list
4482 of FROM, TO, and VALID-P.
4484 FROM and TO specify the range of text that has the same `composition'
4485 property, VALID-P is non-nil if and only if this composition is valid.
4487 If there's no composition at POS, and the optional 2nd argument LIMIT
4488 is non-nil, search for a composition toward LIMIT.
4490 If no composition is found, return nil.
4492 Optional 3rd argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string to look for a
4493 composition in; nil means the current buffer.
4495 If a valid composition is found and the optional 4th argument DETAIL-P
4496 is non-nil, the return value is a list of FROM, TO, COMPONENTS,
4497 RELATIVE-P, MOD-FUNC, and WIDTH.
4499 COMPONENTS is a vector of integers, the meaning depends on RELATIVE-P.
4501 RELATIVE-P is t if the composition method is relative, else nil.
4503 If RELATIVE-P is t, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters to be
4504 composed. If RELATIVE-P is nil, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters
4505 and composition rules as described in `compose-region'.
4507 MOD-FUNC is a modification function of the composition.
4509 WIDTH is a number of columns the composition occupies on the screen.
4511 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT STRING DETAIL-P)" nil nil)
4513 (autoload (quote compose-chars-after) "composite" "\
4514 Compose characters in current buffer after position POS.
4516 It looks up the char-table `composition-function-table' (which see) by
4517 a character after POS. If non-nil value is found, the format of the
4518 value should be an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs are
4519 regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. If the text after POS
4520 matches one of PATTERNs, call the corresponding FUNC with three
4521 arguments POS, TO, and PATTERN, where TO is the end position of text
4522 matching PATTERN, and return what FUNC returns. Otherwise, return
4525 FUNC is responsible for composing the text properly. The return value
4527 nil -- if no characters were composed.
4528 CHARS (integer) -- if CHARS characters were composed.
4530 Optional 2nd arg LIMIT, if non-nil, limits the matching of text.
4532 Optional 3rd arg OBJECT, if non-nil, is a string that contains the
4533 text to compose. In that case, POS and LIMIT index to the string.
4535 This function is the default value of `compose-chars-after-function'.
4537 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT OBJECT)" nil nil)
4539 (autoload (quote compose-last-chars) "composite" "\
4540 Compose last characters.
4541 The argument is a parameterized event of the form
4542 (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS),
4543 where N is the number of characters before point to compose,
4544 COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is the same as the argument to `compose-region'
4545 \(which see). If it is nil, `compose-chars-after' is called,
4546 and that function find a proper rule to compose the target characters.
4547 This function is intended to be used from input methods.
4548 The global keymap binds special event `compose-last-chars' to this
4549 function. Input method may generate an event (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS)
4550 after a sequence character events.
4553 (global-set-key [compose-last-chars] 'compose-last-chars)
4555 (autoload (quote decompose-composite-char) "composite" "\
4556 Convert CHAR to string.
4558 If optional 2nd arg TYPE is non-nil, it is `string', `list', or
4559 `vector'. In this case, CHAR is converted to string, list of CHAR, or
4560 vector of CHAR respectively.
4561 Optional 3rd arg WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE is ignored.
4563 \(fn CHAR &optional TYPE WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE)" nil nil)
4565 (make-obsolete (quote decompose-composite-char) (quote char-to-string) "21.1")
4569 ;;;### (autoloads (conf-xdefaults-mode conf-ppd-mode conf-colon-mode
4570 ;;;;;; conf-space-mode conf-javaprop-mode conf-windows-mode conf-unix-mode
4571 ;;;;;; conf-mode) "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el" (17087 12466))
4572 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4574 (autoload (quote conf-mode) "conf-mode" "\
4575 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4576 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4577 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4578 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4579 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4580 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4582 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4583 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4584 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4586 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4587 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4588 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4590 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4591 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4592 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4593 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4595 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4596 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4597 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4598 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4599 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4600 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4601 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4605 \(fn &optional COMMENT SYNTAX-TABLE NAME)" t nil)
4607 (autoload (quote conf-unix-mode) "conf-mode" "\
4608 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4609 Comments start with `#'.
4610 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4612 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with C-c C-u
4622 (autoload (quote conf-windows-mode) "conf-mode" "\
4623 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4624 Comments start with `;'.
4625 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4627 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with C-c C-w
4629 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4630 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4631 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4633 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4634 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4638 (autoload (quote conf-javaprop-mode) "conf-mode" "\
4639 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4640 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4641 between `/*' and `*/'.
4642 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4644 # Conf mode font-locks this right with C-c C-j (Java properties)
4645 // another kind of comment
4657 (autoload (quote conf-space-mode) "conf-mode" "\
4658 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4659 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4660 recognized according to `conf-space-keywords'. Interactively
4661 with a prefix ARG of `0' no keywords will be recognized. With
4662 any other prefix arg you will be prompted for a regexp to match
4663 the keywords. Programmatically you can pass such a regexp as
4664 KEYWORDS, or any non-nil non-string for no keywords.
4666 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4668 # Conf mode font-locks this right with C-c C-s (space separated)
4670 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4674 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4676 # Standard multimedia devices
4677 add /dev/audio desktop
4678 add /dev/mixer desktop
4680 \(fn &optional KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4682 (autoload (quote conf-colon-mode) "conf-mode" "\
4683 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4684 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4685 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4687 # Conf mode font-locks this right with C-c C-c (colon)
4689 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4690 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
4692 \(fn &optional COMMENT SYNTAX-TABLE NAME)" t nil)
4694 (autoload (quote conf-ppd-mode) "conf-mode" "\
4695 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4696 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4697 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4699 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with C-c C-p (PPD)
4701 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4702 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4706 (autoload (quote conf-xdefaults-mode) "conf-mode" "\
4707 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4708 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4709 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4711 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with C-c C-x (.Xdefaults)
4720 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
4721 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (17087 12380))
4722 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4724 (autoload (quote cookie) "cookie1" "\
4725 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4726 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4727 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4729 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4731 (autoload (quote cookie-insert) "cookie1" "\
4732 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4733 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4734 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4736 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4738 (autoload (quote cookie-snarf) "cookie1" "\
4739 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4740 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4741 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4743 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4745 (autoload (quote shuffle-vector) "cookie1" "\
4746 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
4748 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
4752 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-fix-years copyright-update)
4753 ;;;;;; "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (17087 12564))
4754 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4756 (autoload (quote copyright-update) "copyright" "\
4757 Update copyright notice at beginning of buffer to indicate the current year.
4758 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4759 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4760 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4761 following the copyright are updated as well.
4762 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4765 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4767 (autoload (quote copyright-fix-years) "copyright" "\
4768 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4769 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4773 (autoload (quote copyright) "copyright" "\
4774 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4776 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4780 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el"
4781 ;;;;;; (17087 12575))
4782 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4784 (autoload (quote cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "\
4785 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4786 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4787 Tab indents for Perl code.
4788 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4789 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4791 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4792 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4793 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4794 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4795 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4796 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4797 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4798 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4799 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
4800 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4801 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4802 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4804 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4806 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4807 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4809 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4811 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4812 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4813 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
4814 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4815 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4816 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4817 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4818 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4819 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4821 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4825 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4826 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4827 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4830 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4831 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4832 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4834 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4836 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4837 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4838 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4839 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4840 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4842 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4852 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4853 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4854 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4855 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4856 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4857 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4858 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4859 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4860 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4861 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4862 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4863 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4864 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4866 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4867 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4868 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4869 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4870 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4871 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4873 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4874 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4877 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4878 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4879 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4880 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4881 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4883 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4884 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4885 span the needed amount of lines.
4887 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4888 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4889 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4890 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4892 Variables controlling indentation style:
4893 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4894 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4895 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4896 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4897 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4898 `cperl-auto-newline'
4899 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4900 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4901 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4902 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4903 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4904 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4905 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4906 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4907 `cperl-indent-level'
4908 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4909 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4910 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4911 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4912 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4913 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4914 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4915 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4916 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4917 `cperl-brace-offset'
4918 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4919 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4920 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4921 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4922 `cperl-label-offset'
4923 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4924 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4925 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4927 Settings for K&R and BSD indentation styles are
4928 `cperl-indent-level' 5 8
4929 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 8
4930 `cperl-brace-offset' -5 -8
4931 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -8
4933 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4934 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4935 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4936 \(both available from menu).
4938 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4939 column 0 is indented on
4940 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4942 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4945 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4946 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4947 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
4953 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
4954 ;;;;;; (17087 12570))
4955 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4957 (autoload (quote cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "\
4958 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
4959 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
4960 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
4961 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
4965 (autoload (quote cpp-parse-edit) "cpp" "\
4966 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
4972 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
4973 ;;;;;; (17087 12564))
4974 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
4976 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
4977 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
4978 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
4979 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
4981 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4982 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
4984 (custom-autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp")
4986 (autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" "\
4987 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
4988 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
4990 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4992 (defalias (quote brief-mode) (quote crisp-mode))
4996 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
4997 ;;;;;; (17087 12380))
4998 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5000 (autoload (quote completing-read-multiple) "crm" "\
5001 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5002 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
5003 single prompt, optionally using completion.
5005 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
5006 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
5007 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
5008 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
5010 The default value for the separator character is the value of
5011 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
5012 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
5014 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
5015 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
5018 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5019 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
5020 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
5022 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
5024 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
5025 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
5026 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
5028 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5032 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el" (17087
5034 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5036 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5037 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5038 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
5039 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5040 use either \\[customize] or the function `cua-mode'.")
5042 (custom-autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base")
5044 (autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base" "\
5045 Toggle CUA key-binding mode.
5046 When enabled, using shifted movement keys will activate the region (and
5047 highlight the region using `transient-mark-mode'), and typed text replaces
5048 the active selection. C-z, C-x, C-c, and C-v will undo, cut, copy, and
5049 paste (in addition to the normal emacs bindings).
5051 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5052 (eval-after-load 'CUA-mode
5053 '(error (concat "\n\n"
5054 "CUA-mode is now part of the standard GNU Emacs distribution,\n"
5055 "so you may now enable and customize CUA via the Options menu.\n\n"
5056 "You have loaded an older version of CUA-mode which does\n"
5057 "not work correctly with this version of GNU Emacs.\n\n"
5058 (if user-init-file (concat
5059 "To correct this, remove the loading and customization of the\n"
5060 "old version from the " user-init-file " file.\n\n")))))
5064 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create custom-save-all
5065 ;;;;;; customize-save-customized custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
5066 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
5067 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
5068 ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-customized customize-face-other-window
5069 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
5070 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
5071 ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-save-variable customize-set-variable
5072 ;;;;;; customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (17087 12581))
5073 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5074 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
5076 (autoload (quote customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "\
5077 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5079 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5080 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5082 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5083 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5085 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5087 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5089 (autoload (quote customize-set-variable) "cus-edit" "\
5090 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5091 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5093 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5094 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5096 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
5097 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
5099 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5100 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5102 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5103 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5105 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5107 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5109 (autoload (quote customize-save-variable) "cus-edit" "\
5110 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5113 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5114 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5116 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
5117 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
5119 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5120 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5122 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5123 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5125 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5127 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5129 (autoload (quote customize) "cus-edit" "\
5130 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5131 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5132 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5133 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5137 (autoload (quote customize-mode) "cus-edit" "\
5138 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5139 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5140 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5144 (autoload (quote customize-group) "cus-edit" "\
5145 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5149 (autoload (quote customize-group-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5150 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5154 (defalias (quote customize-variable) (quote customize-option))
5156 (autoload (quote customize-option) "cus-edit" "\
5157 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5159 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5161 (defalias (quote customize-variable-other-window) (quote customize-option-other-window))
5163 (autoload (quote customize-option-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5164 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5165 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5167 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5169 (autoload (quote customize-changed-options) "cus-edit" "\
5170 Customize all user option variables changed in Emacs itself.
5171 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
5172 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose default
5173 values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
5175 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all user option
5176 variables that were added (or their meanings were changed) since that
5179 \(fn SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5181 (autoload (quote customize-face) "cus-edit" "\
5182 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5183 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5184 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5186 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5187 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5189 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5191 (autoload (quote customize-face-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5192 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5193 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5195 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5196 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5198 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5200 (autoload (quote customize-customized) "cus-edit" "\
5201 Customize all user options set since the last save in this session.
5205 (autoload (quote customize-rogue) "cus-edit" "\
5206 Customize all user variable modified outside customize.
5210 (autoload (quote customize-saved) "cus-edit" "\
5211 Customize all already saved user options.
5215 (autoload (quote customize-apropos) "cus-edit" "\
5216 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
5217 If ALL is `options', include only options.
5218 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
5219 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
5220 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include options which are not
5221 user-settable, as well as faces and groups.
5223 \(fn REGEXP &optional ALL)" t nil)
5225 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-options) "cus-edit" "\
5226 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
5227 With prefix arg, include options which are not user-settable.
5229 \(fn REGEXP &optional ARG)" t nil)
5231 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-faces) "cus-edit" "\
5232 Customize all user faces matching REGEXP.
5234 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5236 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-groups) "cus-edit" "\
5237 Customize all user groups matching REGEXP.
5239 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5241 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create) "cus-edit" "\
5242 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5243 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5244 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5245 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5248 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5250 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5251 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5252 The result includes selecting that window.
5253 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5254 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5255 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5258 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5260 (autoload (quote customize-browse) "cus-edit" "\
5261 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5263 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5265 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5266 File used for storing customization information.
5267 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5268 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5269 it should be an absolute file name.
5271 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5272 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5273 something like the following in your init file:
5275 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5278 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5279 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5281 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5282 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5283 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5284 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5285 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5287 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5288 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5289 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5290 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5291 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5292 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5293 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5294 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5295 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5296 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5298 (custom-autoload (quote custom-file) "cus-edit")
5300 (autoload (quote customize-save-customized) "cus-edit" "\
5301 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5305 (autoload (quote custom-save-all) "cus-edit" "\
5306 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5310 (autoload (quote custom-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
5311 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5312 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5314 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5316 (autoload (quote customize-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
5317 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5318 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5319 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5320 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5322 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5326 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-reset-faces custom-theme-reset-faces custom-theme-face-value
5327 ;;;;;; custom-set-faces custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "cus-face.el"
5328 ;;;;;; (17087 12589))
5329 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el
5331 (autoload (quote custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "\
5332 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument.
5334 \(fn FACE SPEC DOC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5336 (defconst custom-face-attributes (quote ((:family (string :tag "Font Family" :help-echo "Font family or fontset alias name.")) (:width (choice :tag "Width" :help-echo "Font width." :value normal (const :tag "compressed" condensed) (const :tag "condensed" condensed) (const :tag "demiexpanded" semi-expanded) (const :tag "expanded" expanded) (const :tag "extracondensed" extra-condensed) (const :tag "extraexpanded" extra-expanded) (const :tag "medium" normal) (const :tag "narrow" condensed) (const :tag "normal" normal) (const :tag "regular" normal) (const :tag "semicondensed" semi-condensed) (const :tag "semiexpanded" semi-expanded) (const :tag "ultracondensed" ultra-condensed) (const :tag "ultraexpanded" ultra-expanded) (const :tag "wide" extra-expanded))) (:height (choice :tag "Height" :help-echo "Face's font height." :value 1.0 (integer :tag "Height in 1/10 pt") (number :tag "Scale" 1.0))) (:weight (choice :tag "Weight" :help-echo "Font weight." :value normal (const :tag "black" ultra-bold) (const :tag "bold" bold) (const :tag "book" semi-light) (const :tag "demibold" semi-bold) (const :tag "extralight" extra-light) (const :tag "extrabold" extra-bold) (const :tag "heavy" extra-bold) (const :tag "light" light) (const :tag "medium" normal) (const :tag "normal" normal) (const :tag "regular" normal) (const :tag "semibold" semi-bold) (const :tag "semilight" semi-light) (const :tag "ultralight" ultra-light) (const :tag "ultrabold" ultra-bold))) (:slant (choice :tag "Slant" :help-echo "Font slant." :value normal (const :tag "italic" italic) (const :tag "oblique" oblique) (const :tag "normal" normal))) (:underline (choice :tag "Underline" :help-echo "Control text underlining." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:overline (choice :tag "Overline" :help-echo "Control text overlining." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:strike-through (choice :tag "Strike-through" :help-echo "Control text strike-through." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:box (choice :tag "Box around text" :help-echo "Control box around text." (const :tag "Off" nil) (list :tag "Box" :value (:line-width 2 :color "grey75" :style released-button) (const :format "" :value :line-width) (integer :tag "Width") (const :format "" :value :color) (choice :tag "Color" (const :tag "*" nil) color) (const :format "" :value :style) (choice :tag "Style" (const :tag "Raised" released-button) (const :tag "Sunken" pressed-button) (const :tag "None" nil)))) (lambda (real-value) (and real-value (let ((lwidth (or (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :line-width)) (and (integerp real-value) real-value) 1)) (color (or (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :color)) (and (stringp real-value) real-value) nil)) (style (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :style)))) (list :line-width lwidth :color color :style style)))) (lambda (cus-value) (and cus-value (let ((lwidth (plist-get cus-value :line-width)) (color (plist-get cus-value :color)) (style (plist-get cus-value :style))) (cond ((and (null color) (null style)) lwidth) ((and (null lwidth) (null style)) color) (t (nconc (and lwidth (\` (:line-width (\, lwidth)))) (and color (\` (:color (\, color)))) (and style (\` (:style (\, style))))))))))) (:inverse-video (choice :tag "Inverse-video" :help-echo "Control whether text should be in inverse-video." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t))) (:foreground (color :tag "Foreground" :help-echo "Set foreground color (name or #RRGGBB hex spec).")) (:background (color :tag "Background" :help-echo "Set background color (name or #RRGGBB hex spec).")) (:stipple (choice :tag "Stipple" :help-echo "Background bit-mask" (const :tag "None" nil) (file :tag "File" :help-echo "Name of bitmap file." :must-match t))) (:inherit (repeat :tag "Inherit" :help-echo "List of faces to inherit attributes from." (face :Tag "Face" default)) (lambda (real-value) (cond ((or (null real-value) (eq real-value (quote unspecified))) nil) ((symbolp real-value) (list real-value)) (t real-value))) (lambda (cus-value) (if (and (consp cus-value) (null (cdr cus-value))) (car cus-value) cus-value))))) "\
5337 Alist of face attributes.
5339 The elements are of the form (KEY TYPE PRE-FILTER POST-FILTER),
5340 where KEY is the name of the attribute, TYPE is a widget type for
5341 editing the attribute, PRE-FILTER is a function to make the attribute's
5342 value suitable for the customization widget, and POST-FILTER is a
5343 function to make the customized value suitable for storing. PRE-FILTER
5344 and POST-FILTER are optional.
5346 The PRE-FILTER should take a single argument, the attribute value as
5347 stored, and should return a value for customization (using the
5348 customization type TYPE).
5350 The POST-FILTER should also take a single argument, the value after
5351 being customized, and should return a value suitable for setting the
5352 given face attribute.")
5354 (autoload (quote custom-set-faces) "cus-face" "\
5355 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
5356 This associates the settings with the `user' theme.
5357 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
5359 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]])
5361 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE, as well as the value for the
5362 `user' theme. The `user' theme is one of the default themes known to Emacs.
5363 See `custom-known-themes' for more information on the known themes.
5364 See `custom-theme-set-faces' for more information on the interplay
5365 between themes and faces.
5366 See `defface' for the format of SPEC.
5368 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC.
5369 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE.
5371 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5373 (autoload (quote custom-theme-face-value) "cus-face" "\
5374 Return spec of FACE in THEME if THEME modifies FACE.
5375 Value is nil otherwise. The association between theme and spec for FACE
5376 is stored in FACE's property `theme-face'. The appropriate face
5377 is retrieved using `custom-theme-value'.
5379 \(fn FACE THEME)" nil nil)
5381 (autoload (quote custom-theme-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
5382 Reset the value of the face to values previously defined.
5383 Associate this setting with THEME.
5385 ARGS is a list of lists of the form
5389 This means reset FACE to its value in TO-THEME.
5391 \(fn THEME &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5393 (autoload (quote custom-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
5394 Reset the value of the face to values previously saved.
5395 This is the setting assosiated the `user' theme.
5397 ARGS is defined as for `custom-theme-reset-faces'
5399 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5403 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el"
5404 ;;;;;; (17087 12532))
5405 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5407 (autoload (quote customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "\
5408 Create a custom theme.
5414 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
5415 ;;;;;; (17087 12569))
5416 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
5418 (autoload (quote cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "\
5419 Mode used for cvs status output.
5425 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
5426 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (17087 12528))
5427 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5429 (autoload (quote cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5430 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5432 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5433 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5434 C++ modes are included.
5436 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive.
5438 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5440 (autoload (quote turn-on-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5443 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
5444 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)
5448 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5449 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5450 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
5451 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5452 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5454 (custom-autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn")
5456 (autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5457 Toggle Cwarn mode in every buffer.
5458 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Cwarn mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
5459 Cwarn mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
5460 in which `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' turns it on.
5462 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5466 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
5467 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
5468 ;;;;;; (17087 12562))
5469 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5471 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "\
5472 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5474 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5476 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char) "cyril-util" "\
5477 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5479 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5481 (autoload (quote standard-display-cyrillic-translit) "cyril-util" "\
5482 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5483 For readability, the table is slightly
5484 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5486 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5487 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5488 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5489 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5490 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5492 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5496 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
5497 ;;;;;; (17087 12564))
5498 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5499 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5500 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5502 (autoload (quote dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "\
5503 Completion on current word.
5504 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5505 and presents suggestions for completion.
5507 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5508 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5511 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
5512 then it searches *all* buffers.
5514 With no prefix argument, it reuses an old completion list
5515 if there is a suitable one already.
5517 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5519 (autoload (quote dabbrev-expand) "dabbrev" "\
5520 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5522 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5523 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5524 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5525 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5526 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5528 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5529 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5531 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5532 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5533 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5535 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5536 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5538 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5544 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (17087
5546 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5548 (autoload (quote dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "\
5549 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5551 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5552 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5553 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5555 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5556 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5557 Data lines are not indented.
5562 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5564 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5565 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5566 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5567 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5569 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5572 Extra indentation within blocks.
5574 dcl-continuation-offset
5575 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5578 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5580 dcl-margin-label-offset
5581 Indentation for a label.
5583 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5584 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5586 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5587 dcl-block-end-regexp
5588 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5589 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
5590 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5591 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5592 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5594 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5595 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5596 Two such functions are included in the package:
5597 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5598 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5600 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5601 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5602 One such function is included in the package:
5603 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5605 dcl-tab-always-indent
5606 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5607 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5610 dcl-electric-characters
5611 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5614 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5615 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5616 which words trigger electric indentation.
5619 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5620 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5621 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5623 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5624 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5625 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5626 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5628 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5629 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5630 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5631 dcl-imenu-label-call
5632 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5634 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5635 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5636 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5637 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5640 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5642 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5643 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5644 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5646 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5647 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5651 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5652 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5653 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5654 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5655 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5656 \"lined up with the command line\"
5658 Data lines are not indented at all.
5659 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5664 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5665 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5671 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
5672 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (17087 12581))
5673 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5675 (setq debugger (quote debug))
5677 (autoload (quote debug) "debug" "\
5678 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
5679 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5682 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5683 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5684 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5686 \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil)
5688 (autoload (quote debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
5689 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5691 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5693 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
5694 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
5695 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5696 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5697 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
5698 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5700 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5701 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5703 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5705 (autoload (quote cancel-debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
5706 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5707 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5708 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5709 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5711 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5715 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
5716 ;;;;;; (17087 12566))
5717 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5719 (autoload (quote decipher) "decipher" "\
5720 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5724 (autoload (quote decipher-mode) "decipher" "\
5725 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5726 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5727 Upper-case letters are commands.
5729 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5732 The most useful commands are:
5733 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5734 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5735 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5736 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5737 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5738 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5744 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
5745 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (17087
5747 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5749 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "\
5750 Customization of `columns' group.
5754 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-region) "delim-col" "\
5755 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5757 START and END delimits the text region.
5759 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5761 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-rectangle) "delim-col" "\
5762 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5764 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5766 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5770 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (17087
5772 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
5774 (autoload (quote delphi-mode) "delphi" "\
5775 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
5776 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
5777 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
5778 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
5779 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
5781 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
5785 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
5786 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
5787 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
5788 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
5789 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
5790 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
5791 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
5792 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
5793 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5794 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
5795 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
5796 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
5798 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
5799 Directories to search when finding external units.
5800 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
5801 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
5805 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
5806 Face used to color delphi comments.
5807 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
5808 Face used to color delphi strings.
5809 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
5810 Face used to color delphi keywords.
5811 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
5812 Face used to color everything else.
5814 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
5815 no args, if that value is non-nil.
5817 \(fn &optional SKIP-INITIAL-PARSING)" t nil)
5821 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (17087
5823 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5825 (defalias (quote pending-delete-mode) (quote delete-selection-mode))
5827 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5828 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5829 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
5830 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5831 use either \\[customize] or the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5833 (custom-autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel")
5835 (autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "\
5836 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5837 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is
5840 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
5841 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
5842 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
5845 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5849 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
5850 ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (17087 12574))
5851 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5853 (autoload (quote define-derived-mode) "derived" "\
5854 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5856 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5858 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5859 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5860 or nil if there is no parent.
5861 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5862 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5863 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5864 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5865 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5867 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5868 arguments are currently understood:
5870 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5871 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
5873 Use TABLE instead of the default.
5874 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5876 Use TABLE instead of the default.
5877 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5879 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5881 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5883 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5884 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
5885 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5887 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
5888 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
5890 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
5891 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
5892 (setq case-fold-search nil))
5894 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
5895 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
5897 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
5898 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
5900 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
5902 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
5904 (autoload (quote derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "\
5905 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
5906 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
5907 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
5908 the first time the mode is used.
5910 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
5914 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
5915 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (17087 12566))
5916 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
5918 (autoload (quote describe-text-properties) "descr-text" "\
5919 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays and text properties at POS.
5920 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
5921 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
5922 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
5925 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER)" t nil)
5927 (autoload (quote describe-char) "descr-text" "\
5928 Describe the character after POS (interactively, the character after point).
5929 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
5930 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
5931 character composition information (if relevant),
5932 as well as widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties.
5938 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-desktop-dir desktop-change-dir
5939 ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read desktop-save-mode) "desktop"
5940 ;;;;;; "desktop.el" (17087 12534))
5941 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
5943 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
5944 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
5945 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.")
5947 (custom-autoload (quote desktop-save-mode) "desktop")
5949 (autoload (quote desktop-save-mode) "desktop" "\
5950 Toggle desktop saving mode.
5951 With numeric ARG, turn desktop saving on if ARG is positive, off
5952 otherwise. See variable `desktop-save' for a description of when the
5955 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5957 (defvar desktop-save-buffer nil "\
5958 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
5959 This variable becomes buffer local when set.
5961 If the value is a function, it called by `desktop-save' with argument
5962 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to saved in the desktop
5963 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
5965 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
5966 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
5968 Later, when `desktop-read' calls a function in `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'
5969 to restore the buffer, the auxiliary information is passed as the argument
5970 DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC.")
5972 (autoload (quote desktop-read) "desktop" "\
5973 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
5974 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
5975 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
5976 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
5977 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
5978 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
5979 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
5981 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
5983 (autoload (quote desktop-load-default) "desktop" "\
5984 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
5985 Also inhibit further loading of it.
5989 (autoload (quote desktop-change-dir) "desktop" "\
5990 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
5991 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
5992 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
5995 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
5997 (autoload (quote desktop-save-in-desktop-dir) "desktop" "\
5998 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6002 (autoload (quote desktop-revert) "desktop" "\
6003 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6009 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article gnus-outlook-deuglify-article
6010 ;;;;;; gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines
6011 ;;;;;; gnus-outlook-display-hook gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max
6012 ;;;;;; gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min) "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el"
6013 ;;;;;; (17087 12566))
6014 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6016 (defvar gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min 45 "\
6017 Minimum length of the cited line above the (possibly) wrapped line.")
6019 (custom-autoload (quote gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min) "deuglify")
6021 (defvar gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max 95 "\
6022 Maximum length of the cited line after unwrapping.")
6024 (custom-autoload (quote gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max) "deuglify")
6026 (defvar gnus-outlook-display-hook nil "\
6027 A hook called after an deuglified article has been prepared.
6028 It is run after `gnus-article-prepare-hook'.")
6030 (custom-autoload (quote gnus-outlook-display-hook) "deuglify")
6032 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines) "deuglify" "\
6033 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6034 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6035 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6036 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6037 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6039 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6041 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution) "deuglify" "\
6042 Repair a broken attribution line.
6043 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6045 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6047 (autoload (quote gnus-outlook-deuglify-article) "deuglify" "\
6048 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6049 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6050 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6052 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6054 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article) "deuglify" "\
6055 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6061 ;;;### (autoloads (devanagari-post-read-conversion devanagari-compose-region)
6062 ;;;;;; "devan-util" "language/devan-util.el" (17087 12562))
6063 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el
6065 (defconst devanagari-consonant "[\x51ad5-\x51af9\x51b38-\x51b3f]")
6067 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-region) "devan-util" "\
6070 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6072 (autoload (quote devanagari-post-read-conversion) "devan-util" "\
6079 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
6080 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (17087 12569))
6081 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6083 (autoload (quote diary) "diary-lib" "\
6084 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6085 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6086 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6087 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in a `.emacs' file.
6089 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6091 (autoload (quote diary-mail-entries) "diary-lib" "\
6092 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6093 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6094 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6096 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job.
6097 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since
6098 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that
6099 all relevant variables are set, as done here.
6102 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder
6104 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\
6105 diary-file \\\"/path/to/diary.file\\\" \\
6106 european-calendar-style t \\
6107 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\
6108 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries
6109 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow
6111 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your
6112 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry:
6113 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh
6114 to run it every morning at 1am.
6116 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6118 (autoload (quote diary-mode) "diary-lib" "\
6119 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6125 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
6126 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (17087 12379))
6127 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
6129 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
6130 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6132 (custom-autoload (quote diff-switches) "diff")
6134 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
6135 *The command to use to run diff.")
6137 (custom-autoload (quote diff-command) "diff")
6139 (autoload (quote diff) "diff" "\
6140 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6141 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
6142 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
6143 If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6144 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6146 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6148 (autoload (quote diff-backup) "diff" "\
6149 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6150 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6151 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6152 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6153 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6155 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6159 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
6160 ;;;;;; (17087 12569))
6161 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
6163 (autoload (quote diff-mode) "diff-mode" "\
6164 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6165 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6167 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6168 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6169 headers for you on-the-fly.
6171 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6172 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also revert the direction of
6173 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6177 (autoload (quote diff-minor-mode) "diff-mode" "\
6178 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6179 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6181 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6185 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-restore-desktop-buffer dired-noselect dired-other-frame
6186 ;;;;;; dired-other-window dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target
6187 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-symlink dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy
6188 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-rename dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks
6189 ;;;;;; dired-listing-switches) "dired" "dired.el" (17087 12569))
6190 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6192 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
6193 *Switches passed to `ls' for dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6194 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6195 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6196 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6197 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6198 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6199 `insert-directory' on ls-lisp.el for more details.")
6201 (custom-autoload (quote dired-listing-switches) "dired")
6203 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type (quote (hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux cygwin))) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
6204 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
6206 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
6207 *Informs dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
6208 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
6209 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
6210 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
6212 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
6213 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
6215 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
6216 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
6217 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
6218 always set this variable to t.")
6220 (custom-autoload (quote dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks) "dired")
6222 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
6223 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
6224 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
6225 A value of t means move to first file.")
6227 (custom-autoload (quote dired-trivial-filenames) "dired")
6229 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
6230 *Controls marking of renamed files.
6231 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
6232 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
6233 are afterward marked with that character.")
6235 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-rename) "dired")
6237 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
6238 *Controls marking of copied files.
6239 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
6240 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6242 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-copy) "dired")
6244 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
6245 *Controls marking of newly made hard links.
6246 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6247 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6249 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-hardlink) "dired")
6251 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
6252 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
6253 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6254 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6256 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-symlink) "dired")
6258 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
6259 *If non-nil, dired tries to guess a default target directory.
6260 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
6261 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
6263 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
6265 (custom-autoload (quote dired-dwim-target) "dired")
6267 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
6268 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
6269 \(This works on only some systems.)")
6271 (custom-autoload (quote dired-copy-preserve-time) "dired")
6273 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6274 The directory name or wildcard spec that this Dired directory lists.
6275 Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6276 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6277 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6278 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6280 (autoload (quote dired) "dired" "\
6281 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6282 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6283 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6284 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6285 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6286 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6287 list of files to make directory entries for.
6288 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
6289 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6290 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6291 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering dired for more info.
6293 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6295 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6296 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6298 (autoload (quote dired-other-window) "dired" "\
6299 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6301 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6302 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6304 (autoload (quote dired-other-frame) "dired" "\
6305 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6307 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6309 (autoload (quote dired-noselect) "dired" "\
6310 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6312 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6313 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6315 (autoload (quote dired-restore-desktop-buffer) "dired" "\
6316 Restore a dired buffer specified in a desktop file.
6318 \(fn DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)" nil nil)
6322 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-show-file-type dired-do-query-replace-regexp
6323 ;;;;;; dired-do-search dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down
6324 ;;;;;; dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir
6325 ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir
6326 ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
6327 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
6328 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
6329 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
6330 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
6331 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-query dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
6332 ;;;;;; dired-run-shell-command dired-do-shell-command dired-clean-directory
6333 ;;;;;; dired-do-print dired-do-touch dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp
6334 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-compare-directories dired-backup-diff
6335 ;;;;;; dired-diff) "dired-aux" "dired-aux.el" (17087 12581))
6336 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
6338 (autoload (quote dired-diff) "dired-aux" "\
6339 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
6340 FILE defaults to the file at the mark. (That's the mark set by
6341 \\[set-mark-command], not by Dired's \\[dired-mark] command.)
6342 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
6343 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
6344 which is options for `diff'.
6346 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6348 (autoload (quote dired-backup-diff) "dired-aux" "\
6349 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6350 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6351 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6352 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6353 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'.
6355 \(fn &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6357 (autoload (quote dired-compare-directories) "dired-aux" "\
6358 Mark files with different file attributes in two dired buffers.
6359 Compare file attributes of files in the current directory
6360 with file attributes in directory DIR2 using PREDICATE on pairs of files
6361 with the same name. Mark files for which PREDICATE returns non-nil.
6362 Mark files with different names if PREDICATE is nil (or interactively
6363 with empty input at the predicate prompt).
6365 PREDICATE is a Lisp expression that can refer to the following variables:
6367 size1, size2 - file size in bytes
6368 mtime1, mtime2 - last modification time in seconds, as a float
6369 fa1, fa2 - list of file attributes
6370 returned by function `file-attributes'
6372 where 1 refers to attribute of file in the current dired buffer
6373 and 2 to attribute of file in second dired buffer.
6375 Examples of PREDICATE:
6377 (> mtime1 mtime2) - mark newer files
6378 (not (= size1 size2)) - mark files with different sizes
6379 (not (string= (nth 8 fa1) (nth 8 fa2))) - mark files with different modes
6380 (not (and (= (nth 2 fa1) (nth 2 fa2)) - mark files with different UID
6381 (= (nth 3 fa1) (nth 3 fa2)))) and GID.
6383 \(fn DIR2 PREDICATE)" t nil)
6385 (autoload (quote dired-do-chmod) "dired-aux" "\
6386 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6387 This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed.
6389 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6391 (autoload (quote dired-do-chgrp) "dired-aux" "\
6392 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6394 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6396 (autoload (quote dired-do-chown) "dired-aux" "\
6397 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6399 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6401 (autoload (quote dired-do-touch) "dired-aux" "\
6402 Change the timestamp of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6405 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6407 (autoload (quote dired-do-print) "dired-aux" "\
6408 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
6409 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
6410 `lpr-switches' as default.
6412 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6414 (autoload (quote dired-clean-directory) "dired-aux" "\
6415 Flag numerical backups for deletion.
6416 Spares `dired-kept-versions' latest versions, and `kept-old-versions' oldest.
6417 Positive prefix arg KEEP overrides `dired-kept-versions';
6418 Negative prefix arg KEEP overrides `kept-old-versions' with KEEP made positive.
6420 To clear the flags on these files, you can use \\[dired-flag-backup-files]
6421 with a prefix argument.
6425 (autoload (quote dired-do-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
6426 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
6427 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
6428 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
6429 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
6431 If there is a `*' in COMMAND, surrounded by whitespace, this runs
6432 COMMAND just once with the entire file list substituted there.
6434 If there is no `*', but there is a `?' in COMMAND, surrounded by
6435 whitespace, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
6436 file name substituted for `?'.
6438 Otherwise, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
6439 file name added at the end of COMMAND (separated by a space).
6441 `*' and `?' when not surrounded by whitespace have no special
6442 significance for `dired-do-shell-command', and are passed through
6443 normally to the shell, but you must confirm first. To pass `*' by
6444 itself to the shell as a wildcard, type `*\"\"'.
6446 If COMMAND produces output, it goes to a separate buffer.
6448 This feature does not try to redisplay Dired buffers afterward, as
6449 there's no telling what files COMMAND may have changed.
6450 Type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
6452 When COMMAND runs, its working directory is the top-level directory of
6453 the Dired buffer, so output files usually are created there instead of
6456 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
6457 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument.
6459 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG FILE-LIST)" t nil)
6461 (autoload (quote dired-run-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
6464 \(fn COMMAND)" nil nil)
6466 (autoload (quote dired-do-kill-lines) "dired-aux" "\
6467 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
6468 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
6469 \(A negative argument kills backward.)
6470 If you use this command with a prefix argument to kill the line
6471 for a file that is a directory, which you have inserted in the
6472 Dired buffer as a subdirectory, then it deletes that subdirectory
6473 from the buffer as well.
6474 To kill an entire subdirectory (without killing its line in the
6475 parent directory), go to its directory header line and use this
6476 command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter).
6478 \(fn &optional ARG FMT)" t nil)
6480 (autoload (quote dired-compress-file) "dired-aux" "\
6483 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
6485 (autoload (quote dired-query) "dired-aux" "\
6488 \(fn QS-VAR QS-PROMPT &rest QS-ARGS)" nil nil)
6490 (autoload (quote dired-do-compress) "dired-aux" "\
6491 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files.
6493 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6495 (autoload (quote dired-do-byte-compile) "dired-aux" "\
6496 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
6498 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6500 (autoload (quote dired-do-load) "dired-aux" "\
6501 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
6503 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6505 (autoload (quote dired-do-redisplay) "dired-aux" "\
6506 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
6507 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
6508 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing.
6510 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
6511 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
6512 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
6513 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
6514 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
6515 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
6516 See Info node `(emacs-xtra)Subdir switches' for more details.
6518 \(fn &optional ARG TEST-FOR-SUBDIR)" t nil)
6520 (autoload (quote dired-add-file) "dired-aux" "\
6523 \(fn FILENAME &optional MARKER-CHAR)" nil nil)
6525 (autoload (quote dired-remove-file) "dired-aux" "\
6528 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
6530 (autoload (quote dired-relist-file) "dired-aux" "\
6531 Create or update the line for FILE in all Dired buffers it would belong in.
6533 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
6535 (autoload (quote dired-copy-file) "dired-aux" "\
6538 \(fn FROM TO OK-FLAG)" nil nil)
6540 (autoload (quote dired-rename-file) "dired-aux" "\
6543 \(fn FILE NEWNAME OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS)" nil nil)
6545 (autoload (quote dired-create-directory) "dired-aux" "\
6546 Create a directory called DIRECTORY.
6548 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
6550 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy) "dired-aux" "\
6551 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
6552 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
6553 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
6554 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
6555 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
6556 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
6557 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
6558 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
6560 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6562 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink) "dired-aux" "\
6563 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
6564 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
6565 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
6566 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
6567 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
6568 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
6569 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
6571 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6573 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink) "dired-aux" "\
6574 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
6575 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
6576 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
6577 and new hard links are made in that directory
6578 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
6579 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
6580 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
6582 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6584 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename) "dired-aux" "\
6585 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
6586 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
6587 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory.
6588 This command also renames any buffers that are visiting the files.
6589 The default suggested for the target directory depends on the value
6590 of `dired-dwim-target', which see.
6592 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6594 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
6595 Rename selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
6597 With non-zero prefix argument ARG, the command operates on the next ARG
6598 files. Otherwise, it operates on all the marked files, or the current
6599 file if none are marked.
6601 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
6602 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
6603 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
6604 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
6606 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
6607 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed.
6609 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
6611 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
6612 Copy selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
6613 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
6615 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
6617 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
6618 Hardlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
6619 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
6621 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
6623 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
6624 Symlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
6625 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
6627 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
6629 (autoload (quote dired-upcase) "dired-aux" "\
6630 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case.
6632 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6634 (autoload (quote dired-downcase) "dired-aux" "\
6635 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case.
6637 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6639 (autoload (quote dired-maybe-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6640 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
6641 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
6642 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
6643 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
6644 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
6646 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
6648 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
6649 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
6650 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
6651 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
6652 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
6653 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
6654 See Info node `(emacs-xtra)Subdir switches' for more details.
6656 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
6658 (autoload (quote dired-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6659 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
6660 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
6661 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
6662 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
6663 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
6665 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
6667 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
6669 (autoload (quote dired-prev-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6670 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
6671 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line.
6673 \(fn ARG &optional NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-FOUND NO-SKIP)" t nil)
6675 (autoload (quote dired-goto-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6676 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
6677 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
6678 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden.
6682 (autoload (quote dired-mark-subdir-files) "dired-aux" "\
6683 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
6684 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
6685 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in.
6689 (autoload (quote dired-kill-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6690 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
6691 Lower levels are unaffected.
6693 \(fn &optional REMEMBER-MARKS)" t nil)
6695 (autoload (quote dired-tree-up) "dired-aux" "\
6696 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree.
6700 (autoload (quote dired-tree-down) "dired-aux" "\
6701 Go down in the dired tree.
6705 (autoload (quote dired-hide-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6706 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
6707 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
6708 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories.
6712 (autoload (quote dired-hide-all) "dired-aux" "\
6713 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
6714 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
6715 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory.
6719 (autoload (quote dired-do-search) "dired-aux" "\
6720 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
6721 Stops when a match is found.
6722 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
6724 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
6726 (autoload (quote dired-do-query-replace-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
6727 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
6728 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
6729 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
6730 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
6732 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED)" t nil)
6734 (autoload (quote dired-show-file-type) "dired-aux" "\
6735 Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command.
6736 If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is
6737 true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead.
6739 \(fn FILE &optional DEREF-SYMLINKS)" t nil)
6743 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el" (17087 12564))
6744 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
6746 (autoload (quote dired-jump) "dired-x" "\
6747 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
6748 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
6749 If in dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
6750 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
6751 buffer and try again.
6753 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
6757 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (17087 12379))
6758 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6760 (autoload (quote dirtrack) "dirtrack" "\
6761 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
6762 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
6764 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'.
6766 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
6767 function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output.
6769 You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to
6770 `comint-output-filter-functions'.
6772 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6776 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (17087
6778 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6780 (autoload (quote disassemble) "disass" "\
6781 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6782 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6783 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6784 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6785 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6787 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6791 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european create-glyph standard-display-underline
6792 ;;;;;; standard-display-graphic standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii
6793 ;;;;;; standard-display-default standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table
6794 ;;;;;; describe-display-table set-display-table-slot display-table-slot
6795 ;;;;;; make-display-table) "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (17087 12379))
6796 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6798 (autoload (quote make-display-table) "disp-table" "\
6799 Return a new, empty display table.
6803 (autoload (quote display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
6804 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6805 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6806 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6807 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6809 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6811 (autoload (quote set-display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
6812 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6813 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6814 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6815 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6817 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6819 (autoload (quote describe-display-table) "disp-table" "\
6820 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6824 (autoload (quote describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "\
6825 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6829 (autoload (quote standard-display-8bit) "disp-table" "\
6830 Display characters in the range L to H literally.
6834 (autoload (quote standard-display-default) "disp-table" "\
6835 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6839 (autoload (quote standard-display-ascii) "disp-table" "\
6840 Display character C using printable string S.
6844 (autoload (quote standard-display-g1) "disp-table" "\
6845 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6846 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6847 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6849 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6851 (autoload (quote standard-display-graphic) "disp-table" "\
6852 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6853 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6856 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6858 (autoload (quote standard-display-underline) "disp-table" "\
6859 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6861 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6863 (autoload (quote create-glyph) "disp-table" "\
6864 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6866 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6868 (autoload (quote standard-display-european) "disp-table" "\
6869 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6871 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
6872 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
6873 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
6874 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
6876 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
6877 if arg is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
6878 European character display.
6880 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6881 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6882 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6883 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6885 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6886 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
6887 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
6888 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
6889 for users who call this function in `.emacs'.
6895 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
6896 ;;;;;; (17087 12380))
6897 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6899 (autoload (quote dissociated-press) "dissociate" "\
6900 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6901 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6902 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6903 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6904 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6905 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6908 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6912 ;;;### (autoloads (dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" "dnd.el" (17087 12562))
6913 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
6915 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist (quote (("^file:///" . dnd-open-local-file) ("^file://" . dnd-open-file) ("^file:" . dnd-open-local-file))) "\
6916 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
6917 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
6918 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
6919 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
6920 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
6922 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
6923 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
6924 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
6925 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
6926 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
6928 (custom-autoload (quote dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd")
6932 ;;;### (autoloads (dns-mode-soa-increment-serial dns-mode) "dns-mode"
6933 ;;;;;; "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (17087 12566))
6934 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
6936 (autoload (quote dns-mode) "dns-mode" "\
6937 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
6938 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
6939 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
6940 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
6941 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
6942 table and its own syntax table.
6944 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
6948 (autoload (quote dns-mode-soa-increment-serial) "dns-mode" "\
6949 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
6952 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.soa\\'" . dns-mode))
6956 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (17087 12570))
6957 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6959 (autoload (quote doctor) "doctor" "\
6960 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6966 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode double-mode) "double" "double.el"
6967 ;;;;;; (17087 12588))
6968 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6970 (defvar double-mode nil "\
6972 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6973 use either \\[customize] or the function `double-mode'.")
6975 (custom-autoload (quote double-mode) "double")
6977 (autoload (quote double-mode) "double" "\
6979 With prefix arg, turn Double mode on iff arg is positive.
6981 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
6982 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details.
6988 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (17087 12570))
6989 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6991 (autoload (quote dunnet) "dunnet" "\
6992 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6998 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
6999 ;;;;;; (17087 12415))
7000 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
7002 (autoload (quote gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "\
7003 Play sounds in message buffers.
7009 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
7010 ;;;;;; define-global-minor-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
7011 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (17087 12569))
7012 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
7014 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) (quote define-minor-mode))
7016 (autoload (quote define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
7017 Define a new minor mode MODE.
7018 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
7019 and toggle command MODE.
7021 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
7022 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
7023 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
7024 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
7025 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
7026 in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use
7027 a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument.
7028 The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are
7031 BODY contains code that will be executed each time the mode is (dis)activated.
7032 It will be executed after any toggling but before running the hook variable
7034 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments (alternating
7035 keywords and values). These following keyword arguments are supported (other
7036 keywords will be passed to `defcustom' if the minor mode is global):
7037 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
7038 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
7039 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
7040 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
7041 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
7042 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
7043 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
7044 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
7045 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
7046 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
7047 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
7049 For example, you could write
7050 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
7051 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
7054 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
7056 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-global-mode) (quote define-global-minor-mode))
7058 (autoload (quote define-global-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
7059 Make GLOBAL-MODE out of the buffer-local minor MODE.
7060 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
7061 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
7062 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments:
7063 :group to specify the custom group.
7065 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
7066 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
7067 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
7068 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
7069 call another major mode in their body.
7071 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil (quote macro))
7073 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-keymap) "easy-mmode" "\
7074 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
7075 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
7076 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
7077 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
7078 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
7079 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
7081 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
7083 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defmap) "easy-mmode" "\
7086 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7088 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defsyntax) "easy-mmode" "\
7089 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
7090 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
7092 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7096 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
7097 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (17087
7099 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
7101 (put (quote easy-menu-define) (quote lisp-indent-function) (quote defun))
7103 (autoload (quote easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "\
7104 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
7106 If SYMBOL is non-nil, store the menu keymap in the value of SYMBOL,
7107 and define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the menu, with DOC as its doc string.
7108 If SYMBOL is nil, just store the menu keymap into MAPS.
7110 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
7111 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
7115 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the rest of menu items.
7116 It returns the remaining items of the displayed menu.
7120 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
7121 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7125 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
7126 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7128 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
7130 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
7132 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
7134 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
7135 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
7137 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7138 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7140 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
7142 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
7144 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
7148 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
7149 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
7150 computed automatically.
7151 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
7155 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
7157 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
7158 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
7159 keyboard equivalent.
7163 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7164 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7168 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
7169 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7173 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
7174 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's NAME.
7178 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
7182 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
7183 radio: A radio button.
7184 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
7185 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
7187 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
7191 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
7192 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7196 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7198 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
7199 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
7200 as a solid horizontal line.
7202 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu.
7204 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil (quote macro))
7206 (autoload (quote easy-menu-do-define) "easymenu" "\
7209 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7211 (autoload (quote easy-menu-create-menu) "easymenu" "\
7212 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7213 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7214 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7216 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7218 (autoload (quote easy-menu-change) "easymenu" "\
7219 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7220 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7221 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7222 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7223 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7225 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7226 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7227 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7229 Either call this from `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter,
7230 to implement dynamic menus.
7232 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE)" nil nil)
7236 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
7237 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-delete-style ebnf-insert-style
7238 ;;;;;; ebnf-setup ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer ebnf-syntax-file
7239 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-directory ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer ebnf-eps-file
7240 ;;;;;; ebnf-eps-directory ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer ebnf-spool-file
7241 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-directory ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
7242 ;;;;;; ebnf-print-file ebnf-print-directory ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps"
7243 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (17087 12524))
7244 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7246 (autoload (quote ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "\
7247 Customization for ebnf group.
7251 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
7252 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7254 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7256 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7259 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7261 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7263 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
7264 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7266 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7267 killed after process termination.
7269 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7271 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7273 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
7274 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7276 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7277 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7280 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7281 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7282 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7283 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7285 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7287 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
7288 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7289 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7291 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7293 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
7294 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7296 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7298 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7301 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7303 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7305 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
7306 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7308 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7309 killed after process termination.
7311 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7313 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7315 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
7316 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7317 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7318 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7320 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7324 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
7325 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7326 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7328 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7330 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7332 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
7333 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7335 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7337 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7340 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7342 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7344 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
7345 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
7347 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7348 killed after EPS generation.
7350 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7352 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7354 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
7355 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in a EPS file.
7357 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
7358 The EPS file name has the following form:
7360 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7362 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7363 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7365 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7366 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
7367 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
7368 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7370 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file.
7374 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
7375 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in a EPS file.
7377 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
7378 The EPS file name has the following form:
7380 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7382 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7383 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7385 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7386 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
7387 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
7388 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7390 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file.
7392 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7394 (defalias (quote ebnf-despool) (quote ps-despool))
7396 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
7397 Does a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
7399 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7401 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7404 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7406 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7408 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
7409 Does a syntactic analysis of the FILE.
7411 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7412 killed after syntax checking.
7414 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7416 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7418 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
7419 Does a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
7423 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
7424 Does a syntactic analysis of a region.
7426 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7428 (autoload (quote ebnf-setup) "ebnf2ps" "\
7429 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
7433 (autoload (quote ebnf-insert-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
7434 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
7436 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7438 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7440 (autoload (quote ebnf-delete-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
7443 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7447 (autoload (quote ebnf-merge-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
7448 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
7450 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7452 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7454 (autoload (quote ebnf-apply-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
7455 Set STYLE as the current style.
7457 It returns the old style symbol.
7459 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7463 (autoload (quote ebnf-reset-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
7464 Reset current style.
7466 It returns the old style symbol.
7468 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7470 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7472 (autoload (quote ebnf-push-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
7473 Push the current style and set STYLE as the current style.
7475 It returns the old style symbol.
7477 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7479 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7481 (autoload (quote ebnf-pop-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
7482 Pop a style and set it as the current style.
7484 It returns the old style symbol.
7486 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7492 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
7493 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
7494 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
7495 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-search ebrowse-tags-loop-continue
7496 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame
7497 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame
7498 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window
7499 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window ebrowse-tags-find-definition
7500 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition ebrowse-tags-find-declaration
7501 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-declaration ebrowse-member-mode ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
7502 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (17087
7504 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7506 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "\
7507 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7508 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7509 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7510 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7511 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7513 Tree mode key bindings:
7514 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7518 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-choose-tree) "ebrowse" "\
7519 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7523 (autoload (quote ebrowse-member-mode) "ebrowse" "\
7524 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7526 \\{ebrowse-member-mode-map}
7530 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-declaration) "ebrowse" "\
7531 View declaration of member at point.
7535 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration) "ebrowse" "\
7536 Find declaration of member at point.
7540 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition) "ebrowse" "\
7541 View definition of member at point.
7545 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition) "ebrowse" "\
7546 Find definition of member at point.
7550 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
7551 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7555 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
7556 View definition of member at point in other window.
7560 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
7561 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7565 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
7566 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7570 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
7571 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7575 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
7576 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7580 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol) "ebrowse" "\
7581 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7582 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7583 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7586 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7588 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-loop-continue) "ebrowse" "\
7589 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7590 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7591 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7593 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7595 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search) "ebrowse" "\
7596 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7597 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7598 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7600 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7602 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-query-replace) "ebrowse" "\
7603 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7604 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7606 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7608 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search-member-use) "ebrowse" "\
7609 Search for call sites of a member.
7610 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7611 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7612 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7613 looks like a function call to the member.
7615 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7617 (autoload (quote ebrowse-back-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
7618 Move backward in the position stack.
7619 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7623 (autoload (quote ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
7624 Move forward in the position stack.
7625 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7629 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-position-menu) "ebrowse" "\
7630 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7634 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree) "ebrowse" "\
7635 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7639 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree-as) "ebrowse" "\
7640 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7641 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7642 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7644 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7646 (autoload (quote ebrowse-statistics) "ebrowse" "\
7647 Display statistics for a class tree.
7653 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
7654 ;;;;;; (17087 12566))
7655 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7657 (autoload (quote electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "\
7658 Pop up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
7659 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
7660 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
7662 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
7663 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
7664 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
7666 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
7667 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
7668 much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7670 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7672 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}
7678 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
7679 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (17087 12379))
7680 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7682 (autoload (quote Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "\
7683 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7684 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7686 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7690 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-eval-top-level-form def-edebug-spec edebug-all-forms
7691 ;;;;;; edebug-all-defs) "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (17087 12578))
7692 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7694 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7695 *If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7696 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7697 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7698 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7700 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7701 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7702 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
7703 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7705 (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-defs) "edebug")
7707 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7708 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7709 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7710 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7712 (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-forms) "edebug")
7714 (autoload (quote def-edebug-spec) "edebug" "\
7715 Set the `edebug-form-spec' property of SYMBOL according to SPEC.
7716 Both SYMBOL and SPEC are unevaluated. The SPEC can be 0, t, a symbol
7717 \(naming a function), or a list.
7719 \(fn SYMBOL SPEC)" nil (quote macro))
7721 (defalias (quote edebug-defun) (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form))
7723 (autoload (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form) "edebug" "\
7724 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7725 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7726 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7727 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7729 If you do this on a function definition
7730 such as a defun or defmacro, it defines the function and instruments
7731 its definition for Edebug, so it will do Edebug stepping when called
7732 later. It displays `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate
7733 that FUNCTION is now instrumented for Edebug.
7735 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7736 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7737 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7738 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7745 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
7746 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer
7747 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions
7748 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor
7749 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise
7750 ;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor
7751 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor
7752 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions
7753 ;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup
7754 ;;;;;; ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (17087 12569))
7755 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
7757 (autoload (quote ediff-files) "ediff" "\
7758 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7760 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7762 (autoload (quote ediff-files3) "ediff" "\
7763 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7765 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7767 (defalias (quote ediff3) (quote ediff-files3))
7769 (defalias (quote ediff) (quote ediff-files))
7771 (autoload (quote ediff-backup) "ediff" "\
7772 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7773 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7774 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7778 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers) "ediff" "\
7779 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7781 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7783 (defalias (quote ebuffers) (quote ediff-buffers))
7785 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers3) "ediff" "\
7786 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7788 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7790 (defalias (quote ebuffers3) (quote ediff-buffers3))
7792 (autoload (quote ediff-directories) "ediff" "\
7793 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7794 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7795 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7797 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7799 (defalias (quote edirs) (quote ediff-directories))
7801 (autoload (quote ediff-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
7802 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7803 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7804 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7806 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7808 (defalias (quote edir-revisions) (quote ediff-directory-revisions))
7810 (autoload (quote ediff-directories3) "ediff" "\
7811 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7812 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7813 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7815 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7817 (defalias (quote edirs3) (quote ediff-directories3))
7819 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories) "ediff" "\
7820 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7821 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7822 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7824 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7826 (defalias (quote edirs-merge) (quote ediff-merge-directories))
7828 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
7829 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7830 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7831 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7832 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7833 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7835 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7837 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
7838 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7839 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7840 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7842 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7844 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions))
7846 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
7847 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7848 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7849 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7851 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7853 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))
7855 (defalias (quote edirs-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))
7857 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-wordwise) "ediff" "\
7858 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7859 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7861 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7862 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7864 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7866 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-linewise) "ediff" "\
7867 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7868 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7870 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7871 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7873 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7875 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-wordwise) "ediff" "\
7876 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7877 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance except
7878 for the second region in the case both regions are from the same buffer.
7879 In such a case the user is asked to interactively establish the second
7881 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7882 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7884 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7886 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-linewise) "ediff" "\
7887 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7888 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance except
7889 for the second region in the case both regions are from the same buffer.
7890 In such a case the user is asked to interactively establish the second
7892 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7893 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7894 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7896 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7898 (defalias (quote ediff-merge) (quote ediff-merge-files))
7900 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files) "ediff" "\
7901 Merge two files without ancestor.
7903 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7905 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
7906 Merge two files with ancestor.
7908 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7910 (defalias (quote ediff-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))
7912 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers) "ediff" "\
7913 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7915 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7917 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
7918 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7920 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7922 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions) "ediff" "\
7923 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7924 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7927 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7929 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
7930 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7931 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7934 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7936 (autoload (quote run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer) "ediff" "\
7937 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
7938 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a
7939 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'.
7943 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-file) "ediff" "\
7944 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
7945 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7946 and don't ask the user.
7947 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7948 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7950 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7952 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-buffer) "ediff" "\
7953 Run Ediff by patching BUFFER-NAME.
7954 Without prefix argument: asks if the patch is in some buffer and prompts for
7955 the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7956 With prefix arg=1: assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7957 With prefix arg=2: assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7959 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7961 (defalias (quote epatch) (quote ediff-patch-file))
7963 (defalias (quote epatch-buffer) (quote ediff-patch-buffer))
7965 (autoload (quote ediff-revision) "ediff" "\
7966 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7967 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7968 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7969 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7971 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7973 (defalias (quote erevision) (quote ediff-revision))
7975 (autoload (quote ediff-version) "ediff" "\
7976 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7977 When called interactively, displays the version.
7981 (autoload (quote ediff-documentation) "ediff" "\
7982 Display Ediff's manual.
7983 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7985 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7989 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
7990 ;;;;;; (17087 12569))
7991 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
7993 (autoload (quote ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "\
8000 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (17087 12528))
8001 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el
8003 (defvar ediff-window-setup-function)
8004 (defmacro ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (xemacs-form emacs-form) (if (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) xemacs-form emacs-form))
8006 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (if (featurep (quote menubar)) (progn (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button (quote ("Tools")) "-------" "OO-Browser...")))) nil)
8008 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (progn (defvar ediff-menu (quote ("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t]))) (defvar ediff-merge-menu (quote ("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t]))) (defvar epatch-menu (quote ("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t]))) (defvar ediff-misc-menu (quote ("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual" ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff" ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions" ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep (quote ediff-util)) (boundp (quote ediff-window-setup-function))) (eq ediff-window-setup-function (quote ediff-setup-windows-multiframe)))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep (quote ediff-tbar)) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))]))) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock))) (not (featurep (quote ediff-hook)))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) (if (featurep (quote menu-bar)) (progn (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] (quote ("This Window and Next Window" . compare-windows))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] (quote ("Windows Line-by-line..." . ediff-windows-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] (quote ("Windows Word-by-word..." . ediff-windows-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] (quote ("Regions Line-by-line..." . ediff-regions-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] (quote ("Regions Word-by-word..." . ediff-regions-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] (quote ("File with Revision..." . ediff-revision))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] (quote ("Three Directories..." . ediff-directories3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] (quote ("Two Directories..." . ediff-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] (quote ("Three Buffers..." . ediff-buffers3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] (quote ("Three Files..." . ediff-files3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] (quote ("Two Buffers..." . ediff-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] (quote ("Two Files..." . ediff-files))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . ediff-merge-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directories with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] (quote ("Directories..." . ediff-merge-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . ediff-merge-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] (quote ("Files..." . ediff-merge-files))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] (quote ("To a Buffer..." . ediff-patch-buffer))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] (quote ("To a File..." . ediff-patch-file))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] (quote ("Toggle use of separate control buffer frame" . ediff-toggle-multiframe))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] (quote ("List Ediff Sessions" . ediff-show-registry))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] (quote ("Customize Ediff" . ediff-customize))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] (quote ("Ediff Manual" . ediff-documentation))))))
8012 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
8013 ;;;;;; (17087 12569))
8014 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
8016 (autoload (quote ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "\
8017 Display Ediff's registry.
8021 (defalias (quote eregistry) (quote ediff-show-registry))
8025 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
8026 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (17087 12566))
8027 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
8029 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "\
8030 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
8031 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
8036 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-use-toolbar) "ediff-util" "\
8037 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
8038 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
8039 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
8045 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
8046 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
8047 ;;;;;; (17087 12564))
8048 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
8050 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
8051 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
8052 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
8054 (autoload (quote edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8055 Edit a keyboard macro.
8056 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
8057 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
8058 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
8060 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
8062 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
8064 (autoload (quote edit-last-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8065 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
8067 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8069 (autoload (quote edit-named-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8070 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
8072 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8074 (autoload (quote read-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8075 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
8076 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
8077 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
8078 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
8079 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
8081 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
8082 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
8083 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
8084 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
8086 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
8088 (autoload (quote format-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8089 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
8090 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
8091 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
8092 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
8093 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
8095 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
8099 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
8100 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (17087 12564))
8101 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
8103 (autoload (quote edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt" "\
8105 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8106 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8108 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8110 (autoload (quote edt-emulation-on) "edt" "\
8111 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8117 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
8118 ;;;;;; (17087 12438))
8119 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8121 (autoload (quote with-electric-help) "ehelp" "\
8122 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8123 The arguments are THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT.
8124 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8125 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
8126 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
8127 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8128 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8130 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8131 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8133 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
8134 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
8135 in electric-help-mode. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
8136 this value is non-nil.
8138 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8139 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8140 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8142 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8143 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8144 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode') when we exit.
8146 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8148 (autoload (quote electric-helpify) "ehelp" "\
8151 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8155 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
8156 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (17087 12564))
8157 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
8159 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\
8160 *String to display in mode line when Eldoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
8162 (custom-autoload (quote eldoc-minor-mode-string) "eldoc")
8164 (autoload (quote eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
8165 Toggle ElDoc mode on or off.
8166 In ElDoc mode, the echo area displays information about a
8167 function or variable in the text where point is. If point is
8168 on a documented variable, it displays the first line of that
8169 variable's doc string. Otherwise it displays the argument list
8170 of the function called in the expression point is on.
8172 With prefix ARG, turn ElDoc mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
8174 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8176 (autoload (quote turn-on-eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
8177 Unequivocally turn on eldoc-mode (see variable documentation).
8181 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
8182 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
8183 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
8184 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
8185 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
8186 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
8189 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
8190 Emacs Lisp mode) that support Eldoc.")
8194 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (17087
8196 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8198 (autoload (quote elide-head) "elide-head" "\
8199 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8201 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8202 an elided material again.
8204 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8206 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8210 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
8211 ;;;;;; (17087 12574))
8212 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8214 (autoload (quote elint-initialize) "elint" "\
8221 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
8222 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (17087
8224 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8226 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-function) "elp" "\
8227 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8228 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8230 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8232 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-list) "elp" "\
8233 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8234 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8236 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8238 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-package) "elp" "\
8239 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8240 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8242 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8244 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8246 (autoload (quote elp-results) "elp" "\
8247 Display current profiling results.
8248 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8249 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are
8256 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
8257 ;;;;;; (17087 12582))
8258 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8260 (autoload (quote report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "\
8261 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8262 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8264 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
8268 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
8269 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
8270 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
8271 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
8272 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (17087 12564))
8273 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
8275 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
8276 (fset 'menu-bar-emerge-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-emerge-menu))
8277 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories]
8278 '("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories))
8279 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor]
8280 '("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor))
8281 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions]
8282 '("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions))
8283 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor]
8284 '("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor))
8285 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files]
8286 '("Files..." . emerge-files))
8287 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor]
8288 '("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor))
8289 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers]
8290 '("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers))
8292 (autoload (quote emerge-files) "emerge" "\
8293 Run Emerge on two files.
8295 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8297 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
8298 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8300 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8302 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers) "emerge" "\
8303 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8305 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8307 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
8308 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8310 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8312 (autoload (quote emerge-files-command) "emerge" "\
8317 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command) "emerge" "\
8322 (autoload (quote emerge-files-remote) "emerge" "\
8325 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8327 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote) "emerge" "\
8330 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8332 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions) "emerge" "\
8333 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8335 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8337 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
8338 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8340 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8342 (autoload (quote emerge-merge-directories) "emerge" "\
8345 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
8349 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-setup-display) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
8350 ;;;;;; (17087 11580))
8351 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
8353 (autoload (quote encoded-kbd-setup-display) "encoded-kb" "\
8354 Set up a `key-translation-map' for `keyboard-coding-system' on DISPLAY.
8356 DISPLAY may be a display id, a frame, or nil for the selected frame's display.
8358 \(fn DISPLAY)" nil nil)
8362 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
8363 ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (17087 12528))
8364 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
8366 (autoload (quote enriched-mode) "enriched" "\
8367 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
8368 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
8369 text/enriched format.
8370 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
8372 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
8373 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
8377 \\{enriched-mode-map}
8379 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8381 (autoload (quote enriched-encode) "enriched" "\
8384 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
8386 (autoload (quote enriched-decode) "enriched" "\
8389 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8393 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (17087
8395 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
8397 (autoload (quote eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "\
8398 Emacs shell interactive mode.
8406 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (17087
8408 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
8410 (autoload (quote eshell-test) "esh-test" "\
8411 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected.
8413 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8417 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-report-bug eshell-command-result eshell-command
8418 ;;;;;; eshell) "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (17087 12380))
8419 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
8421 (autoload (quote eshell) "eshell" "\
8422 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
8423 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
8424 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
8425 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
8426 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
8427 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
8428 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
8429 buffer selected (or created).
8431 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8433 (autoload (quote eshell-command) "eshell" "\
8434 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
8435 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
8437 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
8439 (autoload (quote eshell-command-result) "eshell" "\
8440 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
8441 The result might be any Lisp object.
8442 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
8443 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
8444 corresponding to a successful execution.
8446 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
8448 (autoload (quote eshell-report-bug) "eshell" "\
8449 Report a bug in Eshell.
8450 Prompts for the TOPIC. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8451 Please include any configuration details that might be involved.
8457 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
8458 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
8459 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
8460 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
8461 ;;;;;; visit-tags-table find-tag-default-function find-tag-hook
8462 ;;;;;; tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list tags-table-list
8463 ;;;;;; tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (17087
8465 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
8467 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
8468 *File name of tags table.
8469 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
8470 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
8471 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
8472 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
8474 (defvar tags-case-fold-search (quote default) "\
8475 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
8476 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
8477 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
8479 (custom-autoload (quote tags-case-fold-search) "etags")
8481 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
8482 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
8483 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
8484 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
8485 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
8486 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
8488 (custom-autoload (quote tags-table-list) "etags")
8490 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (quote ("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".tgz")) "\
8491 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
8492 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
8493 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
8494 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
8495 `auto-compression-mode').")
8497 (custom-autoload (quote tags-compression-info-list) "etags")
8499 (defvar tags-add-tables (quote ask-user) "\
8500 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
8501 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
8502 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
8503 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
8505 (custom-autoload (quote tags-add-tables) "etags")
8507 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
8508 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
8509 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
8510 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
8512 (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-hook) "etags")
8514 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
8515 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
8516 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
8517 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
8518 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
8520 (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-default-function) "etags")
8522 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table) "etags" "\
8523 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
8524 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
8525 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
8527 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
8528 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
8529 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
8530 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
8531 file the tag was in.
8533 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
8535 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table-buffer) "etags" "\
8536 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
8537 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
8538 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
8539 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
8540 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
8541 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
8542 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
8543 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
8545 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
8547 (autoload (quote tags-table-files) "etags" "\
8548 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
8549 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
8550 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
8551 without directory names.
8555 (autoload (quote find-tag-noselect) "etags" "\
8556 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
8557 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
8558 but does not select the buffer.
8559 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
8561 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
8562 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
8563 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
8564 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
8565 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
8567 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
8569 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
8570 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
8571 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
8573 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
8575 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
8577 (autoload (quote find-tag) "etags" "\
8578 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
8579 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
8580 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
8582 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
8583 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
8584 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
8585 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
8586 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
8588 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
8590 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
8591 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
8592 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
8594 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
8596 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
8597 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
8599 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-window) "etags" "\
8600 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
8601 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
8602 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
8603 around or before point.
8605 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
8606 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
8607 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
8608 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
8609 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
8611 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
8613 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
8614 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
8615 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
8617 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
8619 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
8620 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
8622 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-frame) "etags" "\
8623 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
8624 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
8625 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
8626 around or before point.
8628 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
8629 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
8630 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
8631 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
8632 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
8634 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
8636 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
8637 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
8638 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
8640 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
8642 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
8643 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
8645 (autoload (quote find-tag-regexp) "etags" "\
8646 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
8647 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
8649 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
8650 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
8651 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
8652 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
8653 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
8655 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
8657 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
8658 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
8659 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
8661 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
8663 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
8664 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
8665 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
8667 (autoload (quote pop-tag-mark) "etags" "\
8668 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
8670 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
8671 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
8672 where they were found.
8676 (autoload (quote next-file) "etags" "\
8677 Select next file among files in current tags table.
8679 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
8680 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
8681 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
8683 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
8684 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
8686 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
8687 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
8689 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
8691 (autoload (quote tags-loop-continue) "etags" "\
8692 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
8693 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
8694 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
8696 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
8697 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
8698 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
8699 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
8700 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
8702 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
8703 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
8705 (autoload (quote tags-search) "etags" "\
8706 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
8707 Stops when a match is found.
8708 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
8710 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
8712 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
8714 (autoload (quote tags-query-replace) "etags" "\
8715 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
8716 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
8717 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
8718 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
8720 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
8722 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM START END)" t nil)
8724 (autoload (quote list-tags) "etags" "\
8725 Display list of tags in file FILE.
8726 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
8727 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
8728 directory specification.
8730 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
8732 (autoload (quote tags-apropos) "etags" "\
8733 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
8735 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
8737 (autoload (quote select-tags-table) "etags" "\
8738 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
8739 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
8740 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
8744 (autoload (quote complete-tag) "etags" "\
8745 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
8746 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
8747 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
8748 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
8754 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
8755 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
8756 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
8757 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker
8758 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker
8759 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker
8760 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal)
8761 ;;;;;; "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (17087 12575))
8762 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
8764 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "\
8769 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-region) "ethio-util" "\
8770 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
8771 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language
8772 and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
8774 If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region
8775 begins begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
8778 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion
8779 even if the buffer is read-only.
8781 See also the descriptions of the variables
8782 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
8783 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
8785 \(fn BEG END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
8787 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
8788 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
8790 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
8791 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
8793 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer
8794 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
8797 If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the
8798 buffer is read-only.
8800 See also the descriptions of the variables
8801 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
8802 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
8804 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
8806 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
8807 Execute ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail or ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker depending on the current major mode.
8808 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
8810 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8812 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail) "ethio-util" "\
8813 Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news.
8815 If the buffer contains the markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\",
8816 convert the segments between them into FIDEL.
8818 If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field
8819 and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'.
8821 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8823 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker) "ethio-util" "\
8824 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
8825 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
8826 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
8828 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
8830 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-region) "ethio-util" "\
8831 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
8832 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
8833 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
8835 If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert
8836 the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with
8837 the primary language.
8839 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
8840 buffer is read-only.
8842 See also the descriptions of the variables
8843 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
8844 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
8846 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
8848 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
8849 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
8850 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
8851 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
8853 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
8854 region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the
8857 If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
8858 buffer is read-only.
8860 See also the descriptions of the variables
8861 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
8862 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
8864 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
8866 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
8867 Execute ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail or ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker depending on the current major mode.
8868 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
8870 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8872 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail) "ethio-util" "\
8873 Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news.
8875 If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character,
8876 1) insert the string \"<sera>\" at the beginning of the body,
8877 2) insert \"</sera>\" at the end of the body, and
8878 3) convert the body into SERA.
8880 The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too.
8884 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker) "ethio-util" "\
8885 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
8886 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
8888 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
8890 (autoload (quote ethio-modify-vowel) "ethio-util" "\
8891 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
8895 (autoload (quote ethio-replace-space) "ethio-util" "\
8896 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
8898 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
8899 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should
8902 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
8903 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
8904 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
8906 The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region.
8908 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
8910 (autoload (quote ethio-input-special-character) "ethio-util" "\
8911 Allow the user to input special characters.
8915 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
8916 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
8917 Each command is always surrounded by braces.
8921 (autoload (quote ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
8922 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
8926 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
8927 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
8929 Each escape sequence is of the form uXXXX, where XXXX is the
8930 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
8932 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
8933 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
8937 (autoload (quote ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
8938 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
8942 (autoload (quote ethio-find-file) "ethio-util" "\
8943 Transcribe file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
8947 (autoload (quote ethio-write-file) "ethio-util" "\
8948 Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
8954 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
8955 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
8956 ;;;;;; (17087 12566))
8957 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
8959 (autoload (quote eudc-set-server) "eudc" "\
8960 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
8961 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
8962 server for future sessions.
8964 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
8966 (autoload (quote eudc-get-email) "eudc" "\
8967 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
8968 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
8970 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
8972 (autoload (quote eudc-get-phone) "eudc" "\
8973 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
8974 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
8976 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
8978 (autoload (quote eudc-expand-inline) "eudc" "\
8979 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
8980 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
8981 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
8982 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
8983 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
8984 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
8985 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
8986 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
8987 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
8988 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
8989 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
8991 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
8993 (autoload (quote eudc-query-form) "eudc" "\
8994 Display a form to query the directory server.
8995 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
8996 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
8998 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
9000 (autoload (quote eudc-load-eudc) "eudc" "\
9001 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
9002 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
9006 (cond ((not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset (quote eudc-tools-menu) (symbol-value (quote eudc-tools-menu))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] (quote ("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] (quote ("Get Email" . eudc-get-email))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] (quote ("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] (quote ("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] (quote ("New Server" . eudc-set-server))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] (quote ("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc)))) (t (let ((menu (quote ("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t])))) (if (not (featurep (quote eudc-autoloads))) (if eudc-xemacs-p (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock)))) (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) menu)) (require (quote easymenu)) (cond ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-add-item)) (easy-menu-add-item nil (quote ("tools")) (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-create-keymaps)) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
9010 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
9011 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
9012 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (17087 12380))
9013 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
9015 (autoload (quote eudc-display-generic-binary) "eudc-bob" "\
9016 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
9018 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9020 (autoload (quote eudc-display-url) "eudc-bob" "\
9021 Display URL and make it clickable.
9025 (autoload (quote eudc-display-mail) "eudc-bob" "\
9026 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
9028 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
9030 (autoload (quote eudc-display-sound) "eudc-bob" "\
9031 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
9033 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9035 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-inline) "eudc-bob" "\
9036 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
9038 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9040 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-as-button) "eudc-bob" "\
9041 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
9043 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9047 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
9048 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (17087 12380))
9049 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
9051 (autoload (quote eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb) "eudc-export" "\
9052 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
9053 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
9057 (autoload (quote eudc-try-bbdb-insert) "eudc-export" "\
9058 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
9064 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
9065 ;;;;;; (17087 12570))
9066 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
9068 (autoload (quote eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "\
9069 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
9075 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
9076 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-interpret
9077 ;;;;;; executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "progmodes/executable.el"
9078 ;;;;;; (17087 12558))
9079 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
9081 (autoload (quote executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "\
9082 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
9083 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
9085 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
9087 (autoload (quote executable-interpret) "executable" "\
9088 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
9089 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
9090 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
9091 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
9093 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
9095 (autoload (quote executable-set-magic) "executable" "\
9096 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
9097 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
9098 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
9099 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
9102 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
9104 (autoload (quote executable-self-display) "executable" "\
9105 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
9106 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
9110 (autoload (quote executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p) "executable" "\
9111 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
9112 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
9119 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
9120 ;;;;;; expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el" (17087 12380))
9121 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
9123 (autoload (quote expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "\
9124 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
9125 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
9126 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
9128 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
9130 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
9131 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
9132 to generate such functions.
9134 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
9135 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
9136 beginning of the expanded text.
9138 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
9139 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
9140 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
9141 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
9143 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
9145 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
9147 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-previous-slot) "expand" "\
9148 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
9149 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
9153 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-next-slot) "expand" "\
9154 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
9155 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
9158 (define-key ctl-x-map "ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
9159 (define-key ctl-x-map "an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
9163 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (17087 12566))
9164 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
9166 (autoload (quote f90-mode) "f90" "\
9167 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
9168 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
9170 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
9171 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
9172 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
9174 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
9179 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
9182 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
9184 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks (default 3).
9186 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
9187 `f90-program-indent'
9188 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
9190 `f90-continuation-indent'
9191 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
9192 `f90-comment-region'
9193 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
9194 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
9195 `f90-indented-comment-re'
9196 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
9198 `f90-directive-comment-re'
9199 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
9200 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
9201 `f90-break-delimiters'
9202 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
9203 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
9204 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
9205 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
9207 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
9208 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
9210 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
9211 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
9212 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
9213 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
9214 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
9215 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
9217 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
9219 List of keywords used for highlighting/upcase-keywords etc.
9221 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
9222 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
9228 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color facemenu-remove-special
9229 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props facemenu-set-read-only
9230 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible facemenu-set-face-from-menu
9231 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground facemenu-set-face)
9232 ;;;;;; "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (17087 12589))
9233 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el
9234 (define-key global-map "\M-o" 'facemenu-keymap)
9235 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap "facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t 'keymap)
9237 (defvar facemenu-face-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-face))) map) "\
9238 Menu keymap for faces.")
9240 (defalias (quote facemenu-face-menu) facemenu-face-menu)
9242 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-foreground))) map) "\
9243 Menu keymap for foreground colors.")
9245 (defalias (quote facemenu-foreground-menu) facemenu-foreground-menu)
9247 (defvar facemenu-background-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-background))) map) "\
9248 Menu keymap for background colors.")
9250 (defalias (quote facemenu-background-menu) facemenu-background-menu)
9252 (defvar facemenu-special-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map [115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") (quote facemenu-remove-special))) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") (quote facemenu-set-intangible))) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") (quote facemenu-set-invisible))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") (quote facemenu-set-read-only))) map) "\
9253 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.")
9255 (defalias (quote facemenu-special-menu) facemenu-special-menu)
9257 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") (quote set-justification-center))) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") (quote set-justification-full))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") (quote set-justification-right))) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") (quote set-justification-left))) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") (quote set-justification-none))) map) "\
9258 Submenu for text justification commands.")
9260 (defalias (quote facemenu-justification-menu) facemenu-justification-menu)
9262 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") (quote decrease-right-margin))) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") (quote increase-right-margin))) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") (quote decrease-left-margin))) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") (quote increase-left-margin))) map) "\
9263 Submenu for indentation commands.")
9265 (defalias (quote facemenu-indentation-menu) facemenu-indentation-menu)
9267 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
9268 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
9270 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties"))
9272 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") (quote list-colors-display))) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") (quote list-faces-display))) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "Describe Properties") (quote describe-text-properties))) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-all))) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-face-props))) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--"))))
9274 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") (quote facemenu-indentation-menu))) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") (quote facemenu-justification-menu))) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") (quote facemenu-special-menu))) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") (quote facemenu-background-menu))) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") (quote facemenu-foreground-menu))) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") (quote facemenu-face-menu))))
9276 (defalias (quote facemenu-menu) facemenu-menu)
9278 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "\
9279 Add FACE to the region or next character typed.
9280 This adds FACE to the top of the face list; any faces lower on the list that
9281 will not show through at all will be removed.
9283 Interactively, reads the face name with the minibuffer.
9285 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
9286 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
9289 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
9290 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
9291 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
9293 \(fn FACE &optional START END)" t nil)
9295 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-foreground) "facemenu" "\
9296 Set the foreground COLOR of the region or next character typed.
9297 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
9299 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
9300 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
9303 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
9304 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
9305 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
9307 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
9309 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-background) "facemenu" "\
9310 Set the background COLOR of the region or next character typed.
9311 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
9313 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
9314 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
9317 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
9318 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
9319 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
9321 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
9323 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face-from-menu) "facemenu" "\
9324 Set the FACE of the region or next character typed.
9325 This function is designed to be called from a menu; the face to use
9326 is the menu item's name.
9328 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
9329 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
9332 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
9333 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
9334 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
9336 \(fn FACE START END)" t nil)
9338 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-invisible) "facemenu" "\
9339 Make the region invisible.
9340 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
9341 `facemenu-remove-special'.
9343 \(fn START END)" t nil)
9345 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-intangible) "facemenu" "\
9346 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
9347 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
9348 `facemenu-remove-special'.
9350 \(fn START END)" t nil)
9352 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-read-only) "facemenu" "\
9353 Make the region unmodifiable.
9354 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
9355 `facemenu-remove-special'.
9357 \(fn START END)" t nil)
9359 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-face-props) "facemenu" "\
9360 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties.
9362 \(fn START END)" t nil)
9364 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-all) "facemenu" "\
9365 Remove all text properties from the region.
9367 \(fn START END)" t nil)
9369 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-special) "facemenu" "\
9370 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
9371 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'.
9373 \(fn START END)" t nil)
9375 (autoload (quote facemenu-read-color) "facemenu" "\
9376 Read a color using the minibuffer.
9378 \(fn &optional PROMPT)" nil nil)
9380 (autoload (quote list-colors-display) "facemenu" "\
9381 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
9382 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
9383 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list of
9384 colors that the current display can handle. If the optional
9385 argument BUFFER-NAME is nil, it defaults to *Colors*.
9387 \(fn &optional LIST BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
9391 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-fast-lock fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock"
9392 ;;;;;; "obsolete/fast-lock.el" (17087 12438))
9393 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/fast-lock.el
9395 (autoload (quote fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" "\
9396 Toggle Fast Lock mode.
9397 With arg, turn Fast Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer
9398 is associated with a file. Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
9400 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode)
9402 If Fast Lock mode is enabled, and the current buffer does not contain any text
9403 properties, any associated Font Lock cache is used if its timestamp matches the
9404 buffer's file, and its `font-lock-keywords' match those that you are using.
9406 Font Lock caches may be saved:
9407 - When you save the file's buffer.
9408 - When you kill an unmodified file's buffer.
9409 - When you exit Emacs, for all unmodified or saved buffers.
9410 Depending on the value of `fast-lock-save-events'.
9411 See also the commands `fast-lock-read-cache' and `fast-lock-save-cache'.
9413 Use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] to fontify the buffer if the cache is bad.
9415 Various methods of control are provided for the Font Lock cache. In general,
9416 see variable `fast-lock-cache-directories' and function `fast-lock-cache-name'.
9417 For saving, see variables `fast-lock-minimum-size', `fast-lock-save-events',
9418 `fast-lock-save-others' and `fast-lock-save-faces'.
9420 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9422 (autoload (quote turn-on-fast-lock) "fast-lock" "\
9423 Unconditionally turn on Fast Lock mode.
9427 (when (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (defvar fast-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode (quote fast-lock-mode) nil))
9431 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
9432 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
9433 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (17087 12564))
9434 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
9436 (autoload (quote feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "\
9437 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
9438 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
9439 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
9443 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) "feedmail" "\
9444 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but suppress confirmation prompts.
9446 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9448 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt) "feedmail" "\
9449 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but with a global confirmation prompt.
9450 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
9451 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
9453 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9455 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue) "feedmail" "\
9456 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
9457 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
9458 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
9459 backup file names and the like).
9461 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9463 (autoload (quote feedmail-queue-reminder) "feedmail" "\
9464 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
9465 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
9466 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
9467 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your emacs start-up
9468 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
9469 internally by feedmail):
9471 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
9472 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
9473 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
9474 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
9476 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If
9477 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
9478 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
9479 by redefining feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If you don't want any reminders,
9480 you can set feedmail-queue-reminder-alist to nil.
9482 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
9486 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
9487 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (17087 12530))
9488 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
9490 (autoload (quote ffap-next) "ffap" "\
9491 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
9492 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
9493 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
9494 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
9495 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
9496 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
9498 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
9500 (autoload (quote find-file-at-point) "ffap" "\
9501 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
9502 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
9503 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
9504 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
9505 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
9506 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
9508 See <ftp://ftp.mathcs.emory.edu/pub/mic/emacs/> for latest version.
9510 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
9512 (defalias (quote ffap) (quote find-file-at-point))
9514 (autoload (quote ffap-menu) "ffap" "\
9515 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
9516 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
9517 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
9518 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
9519 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
9521 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
9523 (autoload (quote ffap-at-mouse) "ffap" "\
9524 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
9525 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
9527 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
9528 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
9533 (autoload (quote dired-at-point) "ffap" "\
9534 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
9536 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
9538 (autoload (quote ffap-bindings) "ffap" "\
9539 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
9545 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "filecache.el"
9546 ;;;;;; (17087 12449))
9547 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
9549 (autoload (quote file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "\
9550 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
9551 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
9552 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
9553 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
9554 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
9555 \(directories) is done.
9558 (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
9559 (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
9560 (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
9564 ;;;### (autoloads (filesets-init) "filesets" "filesets.el" (17087
9566 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
9568 (autoload (quote filesets-init) "filesets" "\
9569 Filesets initialization.
9570 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
9576 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
9577 ;;;;;; find-ls-subdir-switches find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el"
9578 ;;;;;; (17087 12466))
9579 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
9581 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (quote ("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (quote ("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
9582 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
9583 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
9584 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
9585 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
9587 (custom-autoload (quote find-ls-option) "find-dired")
9589 (defvar find-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
9590 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Find*' buffers.
9591 This should contain the \"-l\" switch.
9592 Use the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches if and only if you also use
9593 them for `find-ls-option'.")
9595 (custom-autoload (quote find-ls-subdir-switches) "find-dired")
9597 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
9598 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
9599 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
9600 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
9602 (custom-autoload (quote find-grep-options) "find-dired")
9604 (autoload (quote find-dired) "find-dired" "\
9605 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
9606 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
9608 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
9610 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
9611 as the final argument.
9613 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
9615 (autoload (quote find-name-dired) "find-dired" "\
9616 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
9617 and run dired on those files.
9618 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
9619 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
9621 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
9623 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
9625 (autoload (quote find-grep-dired) "find-dired" "\
9626 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
9627 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
9629 find . -exec grep -s -e REGEXP {} \\; -ls
9631 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options.
9633 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
9637 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
9638 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
9639 ;;;;;; (17087 12574))
9640 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
9642 (defvar ff-special-constructs (quote (("^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]" lambda nil (setq fname (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))))) "\
9643 *A list of regular expressions for `ff-find-file'.
9644 Specifies how to recognize special constructs such as include files
9645 etc. and an associated method for extracting the filename from that
9648 (autoload (quote ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "\
9649 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
9650 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
9652 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
9654 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9656 (defalias (quote ff-find-related-file) (quote ff-find-other-file))
9658 (autoload (quote ff-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
9659 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
9660 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
9662 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
9663 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
9665 Variables of interest include:
9667 - `ff-case-fold-search'
9668 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
9669 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
9671 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
9672 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
9673 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
9675 - `ff-ignore-include'
9676 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
9678 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
9679 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
9682 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
9684 - `ff-special-constructs'
9685 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
9686 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
9687 extracting the filename from that construct.
9689 - `ff-other-file-alist'
9690 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
9692 - `ff-search-directories'
9693 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
9694 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
9696 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
9697 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
9699 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
9700 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
9702 - `ff-post-load-hook'
9703 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
9705 - `ff-not-found-hook'
9706 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
9708 - `ff-file-created-hook'
9709 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
9711 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
9713 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
9714 Visit the file you click on.
9718 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window) "find-file" "\
9719 Visit the file you click on in another window.
9725 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
9726 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-face-definition
9727 ;;;;;; find-definition-noselect find-variable-other-frame find-variable-other-window
9728 ;;;;;; find-variable find-variable-noselect find-function-other-frame
9729 ;;;;;; find-function-other-window find-function find-function-noselect
9730 ;;;;;; find-function-search-for-symbol find-library) "find-func"
9731 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (17087 12567))
9732 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
9734 (autoload (quote find-library) "find-func" "\
9735 Find the elisp source of LIBRARY.
9737 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
9739 (autoload (quote find-function-search-for-symbol) "find-func" "\
9740 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
9741 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
9742 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
9743 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
9744 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
9746 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
9748 (autoload (quote find-function-noselect) "find-func" "\
9749 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
9751 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of FUNCTION
9752 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
9755 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
9756 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non nil, otherwise
9759 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
9761 (autoload (quote find-function) "find-func" "\
9762 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
9764 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the function
9765 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
9766 places point before the definition.
9767 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
9769 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
9770 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
9771 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
9773 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
9775 (autoload (quote find-function-other-window) "find-func" "\
9776 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
9778 See `find-function' for more details.
9780 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
9782 (autoload (quote find-function-other-frame) "find-func" "\
9783 Find, in ananother frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
9785 See `find-function' for more details.
9787 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
9789 (autoload (quote find-variable-noselect) "find-func" "\
9790 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
9792 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of SYMBOL
9793 in a buffer, and the point of the definition. It does not switch
9794 to the buffer or display it.
9796 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
9797 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
9799 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
9801 (autoload (quote find-variable) "find-func" "\
9802 Find the definition of the VARIABLE near point.
9804 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the variable
9805 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
9806 places point before the definition.
9808 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
9810 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
9811 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
9812 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
9814 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
9816 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-window) "find-func" "\
9817 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
9819 See `find-variable' for more details.
9821 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
9823 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-frame) "find-func" "\
9824 Find, in annother frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
9826 See `find-variable' for more details.
9828 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
9830 (autoload (quote find-definition-noselect) "find-func" "\
9831 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
9832 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function,
9833 `defvar' or `defface' for a variable or face. This functoin
9834 does not switch to the buffer or display it.
9836 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
9837 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
9839 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
9841 (autoload (quote find-face-definition) "find-func" "\
9842 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
9844 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
9845 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
9846 places point before the definition.
9848 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
9850 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
9851 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
9852 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
9856 (autoload (quote find-function-on-key) "find-func" "\
9857 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
9858 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
9862 (autoload (quote find-function-at-point) "find-func" "\
9863 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
9867 (autoload (quote find-variable-at-point) "find-func" "\
9868 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
9872 (autoload (quote find-function-setup-keys) "find-func" "\
9873 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
9879 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
9880 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (17087 12380))
9881 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
9883 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "\
9884 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
9886 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
9888 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories) "find-lisp" "\
9889 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
9893 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-filter) "find-lisp" "\
9894 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
9896 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9900 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
9901 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (17087 12564))
9902 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
9904 (autoload (quote finder-list-keywords) "finder" "\
9905 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
9909 (autoload (quote finder-commentary) "finder" "\
9910 Display FILE's commentary section.
9911 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
9915 (autoload (quote finder-by-keyword) "finder" "\
9916 Find packages matching a given keyword.
9922 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
9923 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (17087 12380))
9924 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
9926 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "\
9927 Toggle flow control handling.
9928 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
9929 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
9931 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
9933 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control-on) "flow-ctrl" "\
9934 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
9935 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
9936 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
9937 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
9938 to get the effect of a C-q.
9940 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
9944 ;;;### (autoloads (fill-flowed fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
9945 ;;;;;; (17087 12466))
9946 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
9948 (autoload (quote fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "\
9951 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9953 (autoload (quote fill-flowed) "flow-fill" "\
9956 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9960 ;;;### (autoloads (flymake-mode-off flymake-mode-on flymake-mode)
9961 ;;;;;; "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (17087 12570))
9962 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
9964 (autoload (quote flymake-mode) "flymake" "\
9965 Minor mode to do on-the-fly syntax checking.
9966 When called interactively, toggles the minor mode.
9967 With arg, turn Flymake mode on if and only if arg is positive.
9969 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9971 (autoload (quote flymake-mode-on) "flymake" "\
9972 Turn flymake mode on.
9976 (autoload (quote flymake-mode-off) "flymake" "\
9977 Turn flymake mode off.
9983 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
9984 ;;;;;; flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode) "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el"
9985 ;;;;;; (17087 12570))
9986 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
9988 (autoload (quote flyspell-prog-mode) "flyspell" "\
9989 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
9993 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "\
9994 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
9995 This spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word.
9996 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
9997 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
9998 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
10001 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
10002 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
10003 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
10004 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
10007 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell is entered.
10010 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
10011 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
10012 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
10014 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
10016 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
10017 in your .emacs file.
10019 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
10020 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
10022 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10024 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode-off) "flyspell" "\
10025 Turn Flyspell mode off.
10029 (autoload (quote flyspell-region) "flyspell" "\
10030 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
10032 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
10034 (autoload (quote flyspell-buffer) "flyspell" "\
10035 Flyspell whole buffer.
10041 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
10042 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
10043 ;;;;;; (17087 12564))
10044 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
10046 (autoload (quote turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "\
10047 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
10051 (autoload (quote turn-off-follow-mode) "follow" "\
10052 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
10056 (autoload (quote follow-mode) "follow" "\
10057 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
10059 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
10060 of two major techniques:
10062 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
10063 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
10064 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.)
10066 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
10067 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
10068 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
10071 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
10072 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
10073 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
10074 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
10075 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
10078 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
10079 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
10081 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other.
10083 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
10084 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
10085 \(This is the default.)
10087 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook'
10088 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called.
10090 Keys specific to Follow mode:
10091 \\{follow-mode-map}
10095 (autoload (quote follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) "follow" "\
10096 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode.
10098 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
10099 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
10100 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
10101 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the
10102 two windows always will display two successive pages.
10103 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
10105 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative,
10106 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
10107 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
10109 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
10110 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
10111 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)
10113 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10117 ;;;### (autoloads (font-lock-fontify-buffer font-lock-remove-keywords
10118 ;;;;;; font-lock-add-keywords font-lock-mode-internal) "font-lock"
10119 ;;;;;; "font-lock.el" (17087 12574))
10120 ;;; Generated autoloads from font-lock.el
10122 (autoload (quote font-lock-mode-internal) "font-lock" "\
10125 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
10127 (autoload (quote font-lock-add-keywords) "font-lock" "\
10128 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
10130 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
10131 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are added for the current buffer.
10132 KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
10133 By default they are added at the beginning of the current highlighting list.
10134 If optional argument APPEND is `set', they are used to replace the current
10135 highlighting list. If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the
10136 end of the current highlighting list.
10140 (font-lock-add-keywords 'c-mode
10141 '((\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(FIXME\\\\):\" 1 font-lock-warning-face prepend)
10142 (\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(and\\\\|or\\\\|not\\\\)\\\\\\=>\" . font-lock-keyword-face)))
10144 adds two fontification patterns for C mode, to fontify `FIXME:' words, even in
10145 comments, and to fontify `and', `or' and `not' words as keywords.
10147 The above procedure will only add the keywords for C mode, not
10148 for modes derived from C mode. To add them for derived modes too,
10149 pass nil for MODE and add the call to c-mode-hook.
10153 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
10155 (font-lock-add-keywords nil
10156 '((\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(FIXME\\\\):\" 1 font-lock-warning-face prepend)
10157 (\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(and\\\\|or\\\\|not\\\\)\\\\\\=>\" .
10158 font-lock-keyword-face)))))
10160 The above procedure may fail to add keywords to derived modes if
10161 some involved major mode does not follow the standard conventions.
10162 File a bug report if this happens, so the major mode can be corrected.
10164 Note that some modes have specialized support for additional patterns, e.g.,
10165 see the variables `c-font-lock-extra-types', `c++-font-lock-extra-types',
10166 `objc-font-lock-extra-types' and `java-font-lock-extra-types'.
10168 \(fn MODE KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
10170 (autoload (quote font-lock-remove-keywords) "font-lock" "\
10171 Remove highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
10173 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
10174 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are removed for the current buffer.
10176 To make the removal apply to modes derived from MODE as well,
10177 pass nil for MODE and add the call to MODE-hook. This may fail
10178 for some derived modes if some involved major mode does not
10179 follow the standard conventions. File a bug report if this
10180 happens, so the major mode can be corrected.
10182 \(fn MODE KEYWORDS)" nil nil)
10184 (autoload (quote font-lock-fontify-buffer) "font-lock" "\
10185 Fontify the current buffer the way the function `font-lock-mode' would.
10191 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (17087
10193 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
10195 (autoload (quote footnote-mode) "footnote" "\
10196 Toggle footnote minor mode.
10197 \\<message-mode-map>
10201 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes
10202 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote
10203 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote
10204 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style
10205 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message
10206 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote
10208 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10212 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
10213 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (17087 12569))
10214 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
10216 (autoload (quote forms-mode) "forms" "\
10217 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
10219 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
10220 TAB forms-next-field TAB
10221 C-c TAB forms-next-field
10222 C-c < forms-first-record <
10223 C-c > forms-last-record >
10224 C-c ? describe-mode ?
10225 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
10226 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
10227 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
10228 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
10229 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
10230 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
10231 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
10232 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
10233 C-c C-x forms-exit x
10235 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
10237 (autoload (quote forms-find-file) "forms" "\
10238 Visit a file in Forms mode.
10242 (autoload (quote forms-find-file-other-window) "forms" "\
10243 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
10249 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran"
10250 ;;;;;; "progmodes/fortran.el" (17087 12566))
10251 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
10253 (defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\
10254 *Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode.
10255 A non-nil value specifies tab-digit style of continuation control.
10256 A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked
10257 with a character in column 6.")
10259 (custom-autoload (quote fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran")
10261 (autoload (quote fortran-mode) "fortran" "\
10262 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
10263 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
10265 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
10266 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
10268 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
10271 \\{fortran-mode-map}
10273 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10275 `fortran-comment-line-start'
10276 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
10277 `fortran-do-indent'
10278 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
10279 `fortran-if-indent'
10280 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
10281 `fortran-structure-indent'
10282 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
10284 `fortran-continuation-indent'
10285 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
10286 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
10287 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
10288 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
10289 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
10290 nil don't change the indentation
10291 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
10293 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
10294 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
10295 depending on the continuation format in use.
10296 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
10297 indentation for a line of code.
10299 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
10300 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
10301 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
10302 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
10303 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
10304 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
10305 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
10306 `fortran-line-number-indent'
10307 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
10308 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
10310 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
10311 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
10312 statements (default nil).
10313 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
10314 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
10315 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
10316 `fortran-continuation-string'
10317 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
10318 line (default \"$\").
10319 `fortran-comment-region'
10320 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
10321 the region (default \"c$$$\").
10322 `fortran-electric-line-number'
10323 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
10324 as typed (default t).
10325 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
10326 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
10328 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
10329 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10335 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
10336 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (17087 12558))
10337 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
10339 (autoload (quote fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "\
10340 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
10342 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
10343 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
10345 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
10347 (autoload (quote fortune-from-region) "fortune" "\
10348 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
10350 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
10351 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
10353 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
10355 (autoload (quote fortune-compile) "fortune" "\
10356 Compile fortune file.
10358 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
10359 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
10361 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
10363 (autoload (quote fortune-to-signature) "fortune" "\
10364 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
10366 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
10367 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
10368 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
10369 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
10371 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
10373 (autoload (quote fortune) "fortune" "\
10374 Display a fortune cookie.
10376 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
10377 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
10378 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
10379 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
10381 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
10385 ;;;### (autoloads (fringe-indicators set-fringe-style fringe-mode
10386 ;;;;;; fringe-mode) "fringe" "fringe.el" (17087 12466))
10387 ;;; Generated autoloads from fringe.el
10389 (defvar fringe-mode nil "\
10390 *Specify appearance of fringes on all frames.
10391 This variable can be nil (the default) meaning the fringes should have
10392 the default width (8 pixels), it can be an integer value specifying
10393 the width of both left and right fringe (where 0 means no fringe), or
10394 a cons cell where car indicates width of left fringe and cdr indicates
10395 width of right fringe (where again 0 can be used to indicate no
10397 To set this variable in a Lisp program, use `set-fringe-mode' to make
10398 it take real effect.
10399 Setting the variable with a customization buffer also takes effect.
10400 If you only want to modify the appearance of the fringe in one frame,
10401 you can use the interactive function `toggle-fringe'")
10403 (custom-autoload (quote fringe-mode) "fringe")
10405 (autoload (quote fringe-mode) "fringe" "\
10406 Set the default appearance of fringes on all frames.
10408 When called interactively, query the user for MODE. Valid values
10409 for MODE include `none', `default', `left-only', `right-only',
10410 `minimal' and `half'.
10412 When used in a Lisp program, MODE can be a cons cell where the
10413 integer in car specifies the left fringe width and the integer in
10414 cdr specifies the right fringe width. MODE can also be a single
10415 integer that specifies both the left and the right fringe width.
10416 If a fringe width specification is nil, that means to use the
10417 default width (8 pixels). This command may round up the left and
10418 right width specifications to ensure that their sum is a multiple
10419 of the character width of a frame. It never rounds up a fringe
10422 Fringe widths set by `set-window-fringes' override the default
10423 fringe widths set by this command. This command applies to all
10424 frames that exist and frames to be created in the future. If you
10425 want to set the default appearance of fringes on the selected
10426 frame only, see the command `set-fringe-style'.
10428 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
10430 (autoload (quote set-fringe-style) "fringe" "\
10431 Set the default appearance of fringes on the selected frame.
10433 When called interactively, query the user for MODE. Valid values
10434 for MODE include `none', `default', `left-only', `right-only',
10435 `minimal' and `half'.
10437 When used in a Lisp program, MODE can be a cons cell where the
10438 integer in car specifies the left fringe width and the integer in
10439 cdr specifies the right fringe width. MODE can also be a single
10440 integer that specifies both the left and the right fringe width.
10441 If a fringe width specification is nil, that means to use the
10442 default width (8 pixels). This command may round up the left and
10443 right width specifications to ensure that their sum is a multiple
10444 of the character width of a frame. It never rounds up a fringe
10447 Fringe widths set by `set-window-fringes' override the default
10448 fringe widths set by this command. If you want to set the
10449 default appearance of fringes on all frames, see the command
10452 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
10454 (defvar fringe-indicators nil "\
10455 Visually indicate buffer boundaries and scrolling.
10456 Setting this variable, changes `default-indicate-buffer-boundaries'.")
10458 (custom-autoload (quote fringe-indicators) "fringe")
10462 ;;;### (autoloads (gdba) "gdb-ui" "progmodes/gdb-ui.el" (17087 12582))
10463 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-ui.el
10465 (autoload (quote gdba) "gdb-ui" "\
10466 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
10467 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10468 and source-file directory for your debugger.
10470 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
10471 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
10472 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
10473 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
10475 If `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
10476 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear unless
10477 `gdb-use-inferior-io-buffer' is nil when the source buffer
10478 occupies the full width of the frame. Keybindings are given in
10481 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
10483 The following commands help control operation :
10485 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
10486 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
10488 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
10489 detailed description of this mode.
10492 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
10494 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
10495 GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer
10499 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
10500 Source buffer | Input/Output (of inferior) buffer
10508 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
10509 Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer
10510 RET gdb-frames-select | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint
10511 | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint
10512 | d gdb-delete-breakpoint
10513 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
10515 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10519 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-make-keywords-list generic-mode generic-mode-internal
10520 ;;;;;; define-generic-mode) "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (17087
10522 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
10524 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
10525 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
10526 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
10527 instead (which see).")
10529 (autoload (quote define-generic-mode) "generic" "\
10530 Create a new generic mode MODE.
10532 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
10533 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
10534 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
10535 documentation string instead.
10537 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
10538 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
10539 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
10540 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
10541 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
10542 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
10543 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
10544 enders are actually possible.
10546 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
10547 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
10549 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
10550 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
10551 `font-lock-keywords'.
10553 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
10554 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
10555 runs the macro expansion.
10557 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
10558 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
10559 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
10561 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
10563 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil (quote macro))
10565 (autoload (quote generic-mode-internal) "generic" "\
10566 Go into the generic mode MODE.
10568 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
10570 (autoload (quote generic-mode) "generic" "\
10571 Enter generic mode MODE.
10573 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
10574 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
10575 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
10577 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
10578 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
10582 (autoload (quote generic-make-keywords-list) "generic" "\
10583 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
10584 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
10585 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
10586 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
10587 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
10588 regular expression that can be used as an element of
10589 `font-lock-keywords'.
10591 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
10595 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
10596 ;;;;;; (17087 12528))
10597 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
10599 (autoload (quote glasses-mode) "glasses" "\
10600 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
10601 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
10602 at places they belong to.
10604 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10608 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
10609 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (17087 12574))
10610 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
10612 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "\
10613 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
10615 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10617 (autoload (quote gnus-no-server) "gnus" "\
10619 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
10620 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
10621 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
10622 name of an NNTP server to use.
10623 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
10626 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
10628 (autoload (quote gnus-slave) "gnus" "\
10629 Read news as a slave.
10631 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10633 (autoload (quote gnus-other-frame) "gnus" "\
10634 Pop up a frame to read news.
10635 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
10636 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
10637 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise just pop up a Gnus frame. The
10638 optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
10639 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
10640 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
10641 current display is used.
10643 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
10645 (autoload (quote gnus) "gnus" "\
10647 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
10648 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
10649 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
10651 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
10655 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-regenerate gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch
10656 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-find-parameter gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
10657 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list gnus-agent-delete-group
10658 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-rename-group gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc gnus-agentize
10659 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-unplugged gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent"
10660 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (17087 12567))
10661 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
10663 (autoload (quote gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
10664 Start Gnus unplugged.
10668 (autoload (quote gnus-plugged) "gnus-agent" "\
10669 Start Gnus plugged.
10673 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
10674 Read news as a slave unplugged.
10676 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10678 (autoload (quote gnus-agentize) "gnus-agent" "\
10679 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
10681 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
10682 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
10683 customize gnus-agent to nil.
10685 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
10686 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
10687 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
10691 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc) "gnus-agent" "\
10692 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
10696 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-rename-group) "gnus-agent" "\
10697 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP. Always updates the agent, even when
10698 disabled, as the old agent files would corrupt gnus when the agent was
10699 next enabled. Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is supported.
10701 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
10703 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-delete-group) "gnus-agent" "\
10704 Delete fully-qualified GROUP. Always updates the agent, even when
10705 disabled, as the old agent files would corrupt gnus when the agent was
10706 next enabled. Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is supported.
10708 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
10710 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list) "gnus-agent" "\
10711 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
10715 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active) "gnus-agent" "\
10716 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
10717 downloaded into the agent.
10719 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
10721 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-find-parameter) "gnus-agent" "\
10722 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
10723 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
10724 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
10726 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
10728 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch-fetch) "gnus-agent" "\
10729 Start Gnus and fetch session.
10733 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch) "gnus-agent" "\
10734 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
10738 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-regenerate) "gnus-agent" "\
10739 Regenerate all agent covered files.
10740 If CLEAN, obsolete (ignore).
10742 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
10746 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
10747 ;;;;;; (17087 12589))
10748 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
10750 (autoload (quote gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "\
10751 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
10757 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
10758 ;;;;;; (17087 12415))
10759 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
10761 (autoload (quote gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "\
10762 Play a sound FILE through the speaker.
10768 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-delete-group gnus-cache-rename-group
10769 ;;;;;; gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
10770 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (17087
10772 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
10774 (autoload (quote gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "\
10775 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
10778 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
10782 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-active) "gnus-cache" "\
10783 Generate the cache active file.
10785 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10787 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases) "gnus-cache" "\
10788 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
10792 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-rename-group) "gnus-cache" "\
10793 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP. Always updates the cache, even when
10794 disabled, as the old cache files would corrupt gnus when the cache was
10795 next enabled. Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is supported.
10797 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
10799 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-delete-group) "gnus-cache" "\
10800 Delete GROUP. Always updates the cache, even when
10801 disabled, as the old cache files would corrupt gnus when the cache was
10802 next enabled. Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is supported.
10804 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
10808 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-delay-initialize gnus-delay-send-queue gnus-delay-article)
10809 ;;;;;; "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (17087 12530))
10810 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
10812 (defgroup gnus-delay nil "Arrange for sending postings later." :version "22.1" :group (quote gnus))
10814 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-article) "gnus-delay" "\
10815 Delay this article by some time.
10816 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
10818 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
10819 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
10821 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
10822 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
10824 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
10825 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
10827 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
10829 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-send-queue) "gnus-delay" "\
10830 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
10834 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-initialize) "gnus-delay" "\
10835 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
10836 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
10837 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
10839 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
10840 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
10842 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
10846 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el"
10847 ;;;;;; (17087 12415))
10848 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
10850 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "\
10851 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
10857 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
10858 ;;;;;; (17087 12435))
10859 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
10861 (autoload (quote gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "\
10862 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
10868 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-convert-png-to-face gnus-convert-face-to-png
10869 ;;;;;; gnus-face-from-file gnus-x-face-from-file gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
10870 ;;;;;; gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (17087
10872 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
10874 (autoload (quote gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "\
10875 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
10879 (autoload (quote gnus-insert-random-x-face-header) "gnus-fun" "\
10880 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
10884 (autoload (quote gnus-x-face-from-file) "gnus-fun" "\
10885 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
10889 (autoload (quote gnus-face-from-file) "gnus-fun" "\
10890 Return an Face header based on an image file.
10894 (autoload (quote gnus-convert-face-to-png) "gnus-fun" "\
10895 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
10896 The PNG is returned as a string.
10898 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
10900 (autoload (quote gnus-convert-png-to-face) "gnus-fun" "\
10901 Convert FILE to a Face.
10902 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
10905 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
10909 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
10910 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (17087 12574))
10911 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
10913 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "\
10914 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
10915 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
10917 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
10919 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group-other-frame) "gnus-group" "\
10920 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
10922 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
10926 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
10927 ;;;;;; (17087 12567))
10928 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
10930 (defalias (quote gnus-batch-kill) (quote gnus-batch-score))
10932 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "\
10933 Run batched scoring.
10934 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
10940 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
10941 ;;;;;; turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el"
10942 ;;;;;; (17087 12415))
10943 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
10945 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
10950 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-insinuate) "gnus-ml" "\
10951 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
10952 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
10954 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
10956 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
10957 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
10959 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
10961 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10965 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
10966 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
10967 ;;;;;; (17087 12415))
10968 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
10970 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "\
10971 Set up the split for nnmail-split-fancy.
10972 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
10973 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
10976 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
10977 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
10978 getting new mail, by adding gnus-group-split-update to
10979 nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook.
10981 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
10982 gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group. This variable is only used
10983 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
10984 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
10985 the last split in a `|' split produced by gnus-group-split-fancy,
10986 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
10987 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
10988 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
10989 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
10990 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
10992 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
10994 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-update) "gnus-mlspl" "\
10995 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
10996 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
10999 If CATCH-ALL is nil, gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group is used
11000 instead. This variable is set by gnus-group-split-setup.
11002 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
11004 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split) "gnus-mlspl" "\
11005 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
11006 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
11008 gnus-group-split is a valid value for nnmail-split-methods.
11012 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-fancy) "gnus-mlspl" "\
11013 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
11014 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
11016 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
11018 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
11019 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
11020 existing groups are considered.
11022 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
11023 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
11026 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
11027 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
11028 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
11029 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
11030 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
11031 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
11032 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
11033 clauses will be generated.
11035 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
11036 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
11037 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
11038 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
11039 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
11040 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
11042 For example, given the following group parameters:
11045 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
11046 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
11048 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
11049 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
11050 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
11051 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
11053 \((split-spec . catch-all))
11055 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
11057 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
11059 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
11060 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
11063 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
11067 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
11068 ;;;;;; (17087 12380))
11069 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
11071 (autoload (quote gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "\
11072 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
11073 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server.
11075 \(fn FROM-SERVER TO-SERVER)" t nil)
11079 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-button-reply gnus-button-mailto gnus-msg-mail)
11080 ;;;;;; "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (17087 12471))
11081 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
11083 (autoload (quote gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "\
11084 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
11085 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
11086 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
11088 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
11090 (autoload (quote gnus-button-mailto) "gnus-msg" "\
11093 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
11095 (autoload (quote gnus-button-reply) "gnus-msg" "\
11096 Like `message-reply'.
11098 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
11100 (define-mail-user-agent (quote gnus-user-agent) (quote gnus-msg-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
11104 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon gnus-treat-mail-picon
11105 ;;;;;; gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el"
11106 ;;;;;; (17087 12574))
11107 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
11109 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
11110 Display picons in the From header.
11111 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
11115 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-mail-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
11116 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
11117 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
11121 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
11122 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
11123 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
11129 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-to-sorted-list gnus-sorted-nunion gnus-sorted-union
11130 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-nintersection gnus-sorted-range-intersection
11131 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-intersection gnus-intersection gnus-sorted-complement
11132 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-ndifference gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range"
11133 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-range.el" (17087 12435))
11134 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
11136 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range" "\
11137 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
11138 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
11139 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
11141 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11143 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-ndifference) "gnus-range" "\
11144 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
11145 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
11148 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11150 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-complement) "gnus-range" "\
11151 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
11152 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
11154 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11156 (autoload (quote gnus-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
11159 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11161 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
11162 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
11163 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
11165 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11167 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-range-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
11168 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
11169 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
11171 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
11173 (defalias (quote gnus-set-sorted-intersection) (quote gnus-sorted-nintersection))
11175 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-nintersection) "gnus-range" "\
11176 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
11177 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
11179 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11181 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-union) "gnus-range" "\
11182 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
11183 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
11185 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11187 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-nunion) "gnus-range" "\
11188 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
11189 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
11191 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11193 (autoload (quote gnus-add-to-sorted-list) "gnus-range" "\
11194 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
11196 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
11200 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-registry-install-hooks gnus-registry-initialize)
11201 ;;;;;; "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (17087 12471))
11202 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
11204 (autoload (quote gnus-registry-initialize) "gnus-registry" "\
11209 (autoload (quote gnus-registry-install-hooks) "gnus-registry" "\
11210 Install the registry hooks.
11216 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sieve-article-add-rule gnus-sieve-generate
11217 ;;;;;; gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (17087
11219 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
11221 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "\
11222 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
11223 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
11224 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
11225 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
11226 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
11230 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-generate) "gnus-sieve" "\
11231 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
11232 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
11233 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
11234 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
11238 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-article-add-rule) "gnus-sieve" "\
11245 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
11246 ;;;;;; (17087 12567))
11247 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
11249 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "\
11250 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
11251 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
11252 for matching on group names.
11254 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
11255 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
11257 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
11259 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet.
11265 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
11266 ;;;;;; (17087 12567))
11267 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
11269 (autoload (quote gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "\
11270 Update the format specification near point.
11276 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news
11277 ;;;;;; gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (17087
11279 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
11281 (autoload (quote gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "\
11282 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
11284 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
11286 (autoload (quote gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news) "gnus-start" "\
11293 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
11294 ;;;;;; (17087 12466))
11295 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
11297 (autoload (quote gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "\
11298 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
11300 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
11304 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (17087 12570))
11305 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
11307 (autoload (quote gomoku) "gomoku" "\
11308 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
11310 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
11311 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
11312 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
11314 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
11315 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
11316 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
11318 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
11319 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
11321 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
11322 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
11324 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
11326 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
11330 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr"
11331 ;;;;;; "net/goto-addr.el" (17087 12554))
11332 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
11334 (define-obsolete-function-alias (quote goto-address-at-mouse) (quote goto-address-at-point) "22.1")
11336 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "\
11337 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
11338 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
11339 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
11340 there, then load the URL at or before point.
11342 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
11344 (autoload (quote goto-address) "goto-addr" "\
11345 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
11346 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
11348 By default, goto-address binds to mouse-2 and C-c RET.
11350 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
11351 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
11357 ;;;### (autoloads (grep-tree grep-find grep grep-compute-defaults
11358 ;;;;;; grep-process-setup grep-setup-hook grep-find-command grep-command
11359 ;;;;;; grep-window-height) "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (17087 12575))
11360 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
11362 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
11363 *Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
11365 (custom-autoload (quote grep-window-height) "grep")
11367 (defvar grep-command nil "\
11368 The default grep command for \\[grep].
11369 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
11370 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
11371 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
11373 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
11374 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
11376 (custom-autoload (quote grep-command) "grep")
11378 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
11379 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
11380 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
11381 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
11383 (custom-autoload (quote grep-find-command) "grep")
11385 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
11386 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
11388 (custom-autoload (quote grep-setup-hook) "grep")
11390 (defvar grep-regexp-alist (quote (("^\\(.+?\\)\\([: ]\\)+\\([0-9]+\\)\\([.:]?\\)\\([0-9]+\\)?\\(?:-\\(?:\\([0-9]+\\)\\4\\)?\\.?\\([0-9]+\\)?\\)?\\2" 1 (3 . 6) (5 . 7)) ("^\\(\\(.+?\\):\\([0-9]+\\):\\).*?\\(
\e\\[01;41m\\)\\(.*?\\)\\(
\e\\[00m\\(?:
\e\\[K\\)?\\)" 2 3 ((lambda nil (setq compilation-error-screen-columns nil) (- (match-beginning 5) (match-end 1) 8)) lambda nil (- (match-end 5) (match-end 1) 8)) nil 1) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 1))) "\
11391 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
11393 (defvar grep-program "grep" "\
11394 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
11395 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
11397 (defvar find-program "find" "\
11398 The default find program for `grep-find-command'.
11399 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
11401 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
11402 Whether \\[grep-find] uses the `xargs' utility by default.
11404 If nil, it uses `find -exec'; if `gnu', it uses `find -print0' and `xargs -0';
11405 if not nil and not `gnu', it uses `find -print' and `xargs'.
11407 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
11409 (defvar grep-history nil)
11411 (defvar grep-find-history nil)
11413 (autoload (quote grep-process-setup) "grep" "\
11414 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
11415 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
11419 (autoload (quote grep-compute-defaults) "grep" "\
11424 (autoload (quote grep) "grep" "\
11425 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
11426 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
11427 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines
11428 where grep found matches.
11430 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you can
11431 easily repeat a grep command.
11433 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
11434 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
11435 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command'
11436 if that history list is empty).
11438 If specified, optional second arg HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is the regexp to
11439 temporarily highlight in visited source lines.
11441 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS &optional HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" t nil)
11443 (autoload (quote grep-find) "grep" "\
11444 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
11445 Collect output in a buffer.
11446 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
11447 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
11449 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
11450 easily repeat a find command.
11452 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
11454 (defalias (quote find-grep) (quote grep-find))
11456 (autoload (quote grep-tree) "grep" "\
11457 Grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
11458 Collect output in a buffer.
11459 Interactively, prompt separately for each search parameter.
11460 With prefix arg, reuse previous REGEXP.
11461 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
11462 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-tree-files-aliases', e.g.
11463 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
11465 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
11466 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
11468 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
11469 easily repeat a find command.
11471 When used non-interactively, optional arg SUBDIRS limits the search to
11472 those sub directories of DIR.
11474 \(fn REGEXP FILES DIR &optional SUBDIRS)" t nil)
11478 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (17087 12380))
11479 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
11481 (autoload (quote gs-load-image) "gs" "\
11482 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
11483 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
11484 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
11485 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
11487 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
11491 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-script-mode bashdb jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx
11492 ;;;;;; sdb gdb) "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (17087 12589))
11493 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
11495 (autoload (quote gdb) "gud" "\
11496 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11497 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11498 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11500 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11502 (autoload (quote sdb) "gud" "\
11503 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11504 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11505 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11507 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11509 (autoload (quote dbx) "gud" "\
11510 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11511 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11512 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11514 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11516 (autoload (quote xdb) "gud" "\
11517 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11518 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11519 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11521 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
11522 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
11524 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11526 (autoload (quote perldb) "gud" "\
11527 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11528 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11529 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11531 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11533 (autoload (quote pdb) "gud" "\
11534 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
11535 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11536 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11538 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11540 (autoload (quote jdb) "gud" "\
11541 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
11542 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
11543 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
11544 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
11546 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
11547 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
11548 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
11549 original source file access method.
11551 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
11552 gud, see `gud-mode'.
11554 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11556 (autoload (quote bashdb) "gud" "\
11557 Run bashdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11558 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11559 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11561 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11562 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
11564 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("/\\.gdbinit" . gdb-script-mode)))
11566 (autoload (quote gdb-script-mode) "gud" "\
11567 Major mode for editing GDB scripts
11573 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (17087
11575 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
11577 (autoload (quote handwrite) "handwrite" "\
11578 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
11579 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
11580 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
11582 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
11583 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
11584 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
11585 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)
11591 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
11592 ;;;;;; (17087 12380))
11593 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
11595 (autoload (quote hanoi) "hanoi" "\
11596 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
11598 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
11600 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix) "hanoi" "\
11601 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
11602 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
11603 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
11605 Repent before ring 31 moves.
11609 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix-64) "hanoi" "\
11610 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
11611 This is, necessarily (as of emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
11612 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
11619 ;;;### (autoloads (scan-buf-previous-region scan-buf-next-region
11620 ;;;;;; scan-buf-move-to-region help-at-pt-display-when-idle help-at-pt-set-timer
11621 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-cancel-timer display-local-help help-at-pt-kbd-string
11622 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (17087 12466))
11623 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
11625 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "\
11626 Return the help-echo string at point.
11627 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
11628 property, or nil, is returned.
11629 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
11630 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
11631 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
11633 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
11635 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-kbd-string) "help-at-pt" "\
11636 Return the keyboard help string at point.
11637 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
11638 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property. If
11639 this produces no string either, return nil.
11643 (autoload (quote display-local-help) "help-at-pt" "\
11644 Display local help in the echo area.
11645 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
11646 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
11647 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
11650 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
11651 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
11652 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
11654 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11656 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-cancel-timer) "help-at-pt" "\
11657 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
11658 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
11662 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-set-timer) "help-at-pt" "\
11663 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
11664 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
11668 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle (quote never) "\
11669 *Automatically show local help on point-over.
11670 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
11671 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
11672 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
11673 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
11674 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
11675 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
11676 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
11677 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
11678 a non-empty list disables the feature.
11680 This variable only takes effect after a call to
11681 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
11682 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
11683 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
11684 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
11686 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
11687 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
11688 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
11689 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
11690 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
11691 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
11692 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
11693 The default is `never'.")
11695 (custom-autoload (quote help-at-pt-display-when-idle) "help-at-pt")
11697 (autoload (quote scan-buf-move-to-region) "help-at-pt" "\
11698 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
11699 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
11700 hook.variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
11701 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
11702 considered different regions.
11704 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
11705 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
11706 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
11707 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
11708 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
11709 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
11710 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
11711 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
11712 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
11714 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
11716 (autoload (quote scan-buf-next-region) "help-at-pt" "\
11717 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
11718 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
11719 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
11722 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
11723 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
11724 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
11725 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
11726 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
11727 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
11728 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
11729 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
11731 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
11732 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
11733 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
11734 rarely happens in practice.
11736 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11738 (autoload (quote scan-buf-previous-region) "help-at-pt" "\
11739 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
11740 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
11741 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
11742 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
11743 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG..
11745 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11749 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-categories describe-syntax describe-variable
11750 ;;;;;; variable-at-point describe-function-1 help-C-file-name describe-function
11751 ;;;;;; locate-library help-with-tutorial) "help-fns" "help-fns.el"
11752 ;;;;;; (17087 12567))
11753 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
11755 (autoload (quote help-with-tutorial) "help-fns" "\
11756 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
11757 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
11758 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
11759 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
11760 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
11762 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11764 (autoload (quote locate-library) "help-fns" "\
11765 Show the precise file name of Emacs library LIBRARY.
11766 This command searches the directories in `load-path' like `\\[load-library]'
11767 to find the file that `\\[load-library] RET LIBRARY RET' would load.
11768 Optional second arg NOSUFFIX non-nil means don't add suffixes `load-suffixes'
11769 to the specified name LIBRARY.
11771 If the optional third arg PATH is specified, that list of directories
11772 is used instead of `load-path'.
11774 When called from a program, the file name is normaly returned as a
11775 string. When run interactively, the argument INTERACTIVE-CALL is t,
11776 and the file name is displayed in the echo area.
11778 \(fn LIBRARY &optional NOSUFFIX PATH INTERACTIVE-CALL)" t nil)
11780 (autoload (quote describe-function) "help-fns" "\
11781 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
11783 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
11785 (autoload (quote help-C-file-name) "help-fns" "\
11786 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
11787 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
11789 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
11791 (defface help-argument-name (quote ((((supports :slant italic)) :inherit italic))) "Face to highlight argument names in *Help* buffers." :group (quote help))
11793 (autoload (quote describe-function-1) "help-fns" "\
11796 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
11798 (autoload (quote variable-at-point) "help-fns" "\
11799 Return the bound variable symbol found around point.
11800 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
11801 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
11803 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11805 (autoload (quote describe-variable) "help-fns" "\
11806 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
11807 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
11808 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
11809 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
11810 it is displayed along with the global value.
11812 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
11814 (autoload (quote describe-syntax) "help-fns" "\
11815 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
11816 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
11817 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
11819 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
11821 (autoload (quote describe-categories) "help-fns" "\
11822 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
11823 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
11824 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
11825 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
11827 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
11831 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
11832 ;;;;;; (17087 12453))
11833 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
11835 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
11836 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
11837 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
11838 and window listing and describing the options.
11839 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
11840 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.")
11842 (custom-autoload (quote three-step-help) "help-macro")
11846 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
11847 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-setup-xref help-mode-finish help-mode-setup
11848 ;;;;;; help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (17087 12582))
11849 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
11851 (autoload (quote help-mode) "help-mode" "\
11852 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
11853 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
11859 (autoload (quote help-mode-setup) "help-mode" "\
11864 (autoload (quote help-mode-finish) "help-mode" "\
11869 (autoload (quote help-setup-xref) "help-mode" "\
11870 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
11872 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
11873 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
11874 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
11875 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
11877 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
11878 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
11879 restore it properly when going back.
11881 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
11883 (autoload (quote help-make-xrefs) "help-mode" "\
11884 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
11886 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
11887 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
11888 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
11889 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
11890 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
11891 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
11892 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
11893 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
11895 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
11896 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
11897 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
11898 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
11900 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
11901 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
11904 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
11906 (autoload (quote help-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
11907 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
11908 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
11909 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
11910 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
11911 See `help-make-xrefs'.
11913 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11915 (autoload (quote help-insert-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
11916 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
11917 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
11918 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
11919 See `help-make-xrefs'.
11921 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11923 (autoload (quote help-xref-on-pp) "help-mode" "\
11924 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
11926 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
11930 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
11931 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (17087 12380))
11932 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
11934 (autoload (quote Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "\
11935 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
11939 (autoload (quote Helper-help) "helper" "\
11940 Provide help for current mode.
11946 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
11947 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (17087 12570))
11948 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
11950 (autoload (quote hexl-mode) "hexl" "\
11951 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
11952 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
11953 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
11954 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
11956 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
11957 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
11959 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
11960 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
11961 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
11962 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
11964 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
11965 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
11968 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
11973 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
11974 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
11975 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
11976 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
11977 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
11978 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
11979 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
11980 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
11981 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
11982 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
11983 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
11984 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
11985 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
11986 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
11987 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
11989 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal emacs text buffer. Most
11990 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
11991 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
11993 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
11996 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
11998 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
11999 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
12000 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
12002 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
12003 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
12004 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
12006 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
12007 into the buffer at the current point.
12009 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
12010 into the buffer at the current point.
12012 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
12013 into the buffer at the current point.
12015 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
12017 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
12018 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
12020 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
12022 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
12024 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12026 (autoload (quote hexl-find-file) "hexl" "\
12027 Edit file FILENAME in hexl-mode.
12028 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one in none exists.
12030 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
12032 (autoload (quote hexlify-buffer) "hexl" "\
12033 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
12034 This discards the buffer's undo information.
12040 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
12041 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
12042 ;;;;;; hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (17087
12044 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
12046 (defvar hi-lock-mode nil "\
12047 Toggle hi-lock, for interactively adding font-lock text-highlighting patterns.")
12049 (custom-autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock")
12051 (autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
12052 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
12054 If ARG positive turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
12055 turn hi-lock on. When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\"
12056 submenu is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu,
12057 which can be called interactively, are:
12059 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
12060 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
12062 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
12063 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
12064 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
12065 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
12067 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
12068 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
12070 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
12071 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
12073 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
12074 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They will
12075 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
12076 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
12077 (See `font-lock-keywords') They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
12078 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable.
12080 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
12081 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
12083 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded, the
12084 beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the form:
12086 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock keywords
12087 already present. The patterns must start before position (number
12088 of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns
12091 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
12093 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12095 (defalias (quote highlight-lines-matching-regexp) (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer))
12097 (autoload (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
12098 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
12100 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
12101 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
12102 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
12103 \(See info node `Minibuffer History')
12105 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
12107 (defalias (quote highlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-face-buffer))
12109 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
12110 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
12112 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
12113 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
12114 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
12115 \(See info node `Minibuffer History')
12117 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
12119 (defalias (quote highlight-phrase) (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer))
12121 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
12122 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
12124 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
12125 lower-case letters made case insensitive.
12127 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
12129 (defalias (quote unhighlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer))
12131 (autoload (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
12132 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
12134 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
12135 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
12136 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
12137 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
12138 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
12140 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
12142 (autoload (quote hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns) "hi-lock" "\
12143 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
12145 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
12146 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
12147 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
12153 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially
12154 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (17087 12528))
12155 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
12157 (autoload (quote hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "\
12158 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
12159 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
12160 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
12161 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
12162 how the hiding is done:
12165 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
12166 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
12169 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
12170 An association list of defined symbol lists.
12171 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
12172 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
12173 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
12176 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
12177 #endif lines when hiding.
12179 `hide-ifdef-initially'
12180 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
12183 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
12184 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
12185 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
12187 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
12189 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12191 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
12192 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
12194 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-initially) "hideif")
12196 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
12197 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
12199 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-read-only) "hideif")
12201 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
12202 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
12204 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-lines) "hideif")
12208 ;;;### (autoloads (hs-minor-mode hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all)
12209 ;;;;;; "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (17087 12453))
12210 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
12212 (defvar hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all t "\
12213 *Hide the comments too when you do an `hs-hide-all'.")
12215 (custom-autoload (quote hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all) "hideshow")
12217 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (quote ((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning))) "\
12218 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
12219 Each element has the form
12220 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
12222 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
12223 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
12225 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
12226 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
12228 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
12229 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
12230 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
12231 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
12232 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
12233 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
12235 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
12236 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
12238 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
12239 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
12241 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
12242 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
12243 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
12245 (autoload (quote hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "\
12246 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
12247 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
12248 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
12249 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
12250 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
12252 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
12253 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
12254 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
12256 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
12257 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
12259 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
12262 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
12264 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12268 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file
12269 ;;;;;; highlight-compare-buffers highlight-changes-rotate-faces
12270 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-previous-change highlight-changes-next-change
12271 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight)
12272 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (17087 12570))
12273 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
12275 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-remove-highlight) "hilit-chg" "\
12276 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
12277 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
12279 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
12281 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "\
12282 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode.
12284 Without an argument:
12285 If Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (in either active
12286 or passive state as determined by the variable
12287 `highlight-changes-initial-state'); otherwise, toggle between active
12290 With an argument ARG:
12291 If ARG is positive, set state to active;
12292 If ARG is zero, set state to passive;
12293 If ARG is negative, disable Highlight Changes mode completely.
12295 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face.
12296 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are
12297 not displayed in a different face.
12300 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
12301 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
12302 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
12303 buffer with the contents of a file
12304 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
12305 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through
12309 `highlight-changes-enable-hook' - when enabling Highlight Changes mode.
12310 `highlight-changes-toggle-hook' - when entering active or passive state
12311 `highlight-changes-disable-hook' - when turning off Highlight Changes mode.
12313 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12315 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-next-change) "hilit-chg" "\
12316 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
12320 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-previous-change) "hilit-chg" "\
12321 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
12325 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-rotate-faces) "hilit-chg" "\
12326 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode.
12328 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
12329 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
12330 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
12331 shown in the last face in the list.
12333 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved
12334 by adding the following to `local-write-file-hooks', by evaling it in the
12335 buffer to be saved):
12337 (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces)
12341 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-buffers) "hilit-chg" "\
12342 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
12344 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
12346 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
12349 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
12350 written to a temporary file for comparison.
12352 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
12353 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
12354 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
12356 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
12358 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-with-file) "hilit-chg" "\
12359 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
12361 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
12362 this function is called interactively.
12364 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
12365 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
12366 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
12368 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
12369 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
12370 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
12372 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
12374 (autoload (quote global-highlight-changes) "hilit-chg" "\
12375 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode.
12377 When called interactively:
12378 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off
12379 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode
12380 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode
12381 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off
12383 When called from a program:
12384 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off
12385 - if ARG is `active', turn it on in active mode
12386 - if ARG is `passive', turn it on in passive mode
12387 - otherwise just turn it on
12389 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned
12390 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if
12391 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil).
12392 \"Suitability\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'.
12394 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12398 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
12399 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
12400 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
12401 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
12402 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (17087 12542))
12403 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
12405 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list (quote (try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol)) "\
12406 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
12407 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
12408 or insert functions in this list.")
12410 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp")
12412 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
12413 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
12415 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-verbose) "hippie-exp")
12417 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
12418 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
12420 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space) "hippie-exp")
12422 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
12423 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
12425 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol) "hippie-exp")
12427 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
12428 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
12430 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-no-restriction) "hippie-exp")
12432 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
12433 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
12434 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
12436 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-max-buffers) "hippie-exp")
12438 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (quote ("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode)) "\
12439 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
12440 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
12443 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-ignore-buffers) "hippie-exp")
12445 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
12446 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
12447 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
12448 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
12449 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
12451 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-only-buffers) "hippie-exp")
12453 (autoload (quote hippie-expand) "hippie-exp" "\
12454 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
12455 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
12456 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
12457 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
12459 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
12460 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
12461 undoes the expansion.
12465 (autoload (quote make-hippie-expand-function) "hippie-exp" "\
12466 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
12467 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
12468 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
12470 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil (quote macro))
12474 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
12475 ;;;;;; (17087 12528))
12476 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
12478 (autoload (quote hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
12479 Buffer-local minor mode to highlight the line about point.
12480 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
12482 If `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
12483 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
12484 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
12485 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
12486 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
12488 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
12489 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
12490 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
12491 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
12493 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12495 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
12496 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
12497 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
12498 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12499 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
12501 (custom-autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line")
12503 (autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
12504 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
12505 With ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
12507 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
12508 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
12510 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12514 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el"
12515 ;;;;;; (17087 12528))
12516 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
12518 (autoload (quote holidays) "holidays" "\
12519 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
12520 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
12522 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
12524 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12526 (autoload (quote list-holidays) "holidays" "\
12527 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
12529 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'. See the
12530 documentation for that variable for a description of holiday lists.
12532 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
12534 \(fn Y1 Y2 &optional L LABEL)" t nil)
12538 ;;;### (autoloads (hscroll-global-mode hscroll-mode turn-on-hscroll)
12539 ;;;;;; "hscroll" "obsolete/hscroll.el" (17087 12380))
12540 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/hscroll.el
12542 (autoload (quote turn-on-hscroll) "hscroll" "\
12543 This function is obsolete.
12544 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
12545 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
12549 (autoload (quote hscroll-mode) "hscroll" "\
12550 This function is obsolete.
12551 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
12552 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
12554 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12556 (autoload (quote hscroll-global-mode) "hscroll" "\
12557 This function is obsolete.
12558 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
12559 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
12561 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12565 ;;;### (autoloads (html2text) "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (17087
12567 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
12569 (autoload (quote html2text) "html2text" "\
12570 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
12576 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer-do-occur ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers
12577 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-special-buffers ibuffer-mark-old-buffers ibuffer-mark-help-buffers
12578 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers
12579 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers ibuffer-mark-by-mode ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp
12580 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill
12581 ;;;;;; ibuffer-diff-with-file ibuffer-jump-to-buffer ibuffer-do-kill-lines
12582 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backwards-next-marked ibuffer-forward-next-marked
12583 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide ibuffer-bs-show
12584 ;;;;;; ibuffer-invert-sorting ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters
12585 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-saved-filters ibuffer-delete-saved-filters ibuffer-save-filters
12586 ;;;;;; ibuffer-or-filter ibuffer-negate-filter ibuffer-exchange-filters
12587 ;;;;;; ibuffer-decompose-filter ibuffer-pop-filter ibuffer-filter-disable
12588 ;;;;;; ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups
12589 ;;;;;; ibuffer-save-filter-groups ibuffer-yank-filter-group ibuffer-yank
12590 ;;;;;; ibuffer-kill-line ibuffer-kill-filter-group ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group
12591 ;;;;;; ibuffer-clear-filter-groups ibuffer-decompose-filter-group
12592 ;;;;;; ibuffer-pop-filter-group ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode
12593 ;;;;;; ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group ibuffer-included-in-filters-p
12594 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backward-filter-group ibuffer-forward-filter-group
12595 ;;;;;; ibuffer-toggle-filter-group ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group
12596 ;;;;;; ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode
12597 ;;;;;; ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "ibuf-ext.el" (17087 12562))
12598 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-ext.el
12600 (autoload (quote ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
12601 Toggle use of Ibuffer's auto-update facility.
12602 With numeric ARG, enable auto-update if and only if ARG is positive.
12604 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12606 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
12607 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode chosen via mouse.
12609 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
12611 (autoload (quote ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
12612 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode at point.
12614 \(fn EVENT-OR-POINT)" t nil)
12616 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
12617 Toggle the display status of the filter group chosen with the mouse.
12619 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
12621 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
12622 Toggle the display status of the filter group on this line.
12626 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
12627 Move point forwards by COUNT filtering groups.
12629 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
12631 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
12632 Move point backwards by COUNT filtering groups.
12634 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
12635 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe "ibuf-ext.el")
12636 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe-replace "ibuf-ext.el")
12637 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-file "ibuf-ext.el")
12638 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-eval "ibuf-ext.el")
12639 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-view-and-eval "ibuf-ext.el")
12640 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-rename-uniquely "ibuf-ext.el")
12641 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-revert "ibuf-ext.el")
12642 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext.el")
12643 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace "ibuf-ext.el")
12644 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext.el")
12645 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-print "ibuf-ext.el")
12647 (autoload (quote ibuffer-included-in-filters-p) "ibuf-ext" "\
12650 \(fn BUF FILTERS)" nil nil)
12652 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
12653 Make the current filters into a filtering group.
12657 (autoload (quote ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
12658 Set the current filter groups to filter by mode.
12662 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
12663 Remove the first filter group.
12667 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
12668 Decompose the filter group GROUP into active filters.
12670 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
12672 (autoload (quote ibuffer-clear-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
12673 Remove all filter groups.
12677 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
12678 Move point to the filter group whose name is NAME.
12682 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
12683 Kill the filter group named NAME.
12684 The group will be added to `ibuffer-filter-group-kill-ring'.
12688 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-line) "ibuf-ext" "\
12689 Kill the filter group at point.
12690 See also `ibuffer-kill-filter-group'.
12692 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
12694 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank) "ibuf-ext" "\
12695 Yank the last killed filter group before group at point.
12699 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
12700 Yank the last killed filter group before group named NAME.
12704 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
12705 Save all active filter groups GROUPS as NAME.
12706 They are added to `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'. Interactively,
12707 prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
12709 \(fn NAME GROUPS)" t nil)
12711 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
12712 Delete saved filter groups with NAME.
12713 They are removed from `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'.
12717 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
12718 Set this buffer's filter groups to saved version with NAME.
12719 The value from `ibuffer-saved-filters' is used.
12720 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
12721 of replacing the current filters.
12725 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filter-disable) "ibuf-ext" "\
12726 Disable all filters currently in effect in this buffer.
12730 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
12731 Remove the top filter in this buffer.
12735 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
12736 Separate the top compound filter (OR, NOT, or SAVED) in this buffer.
12738 This means that the topmost filter on the filtering stack, which must
12739 be a complex filter like (OR [name: foo] [mode: bar-mode]), will be
12740 turned into two separate filters [name: foo] and [mode: bar-mode].
12744 (autoload (quote ibuffer-exchange-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
12745 Exchange the top two filters on the stack in this buffer.
12749 (autoload (quote ibuffer-negate-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
12750 Negate the sense of the top filter in the current buffer.
12754 (autoload (quote ibuffer-or-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
12755 Replace the top two filters in this buffer with their logical OR.
12756 If optional argument REVERSE is non-nil, instead break the top OR
12759 \(fn &optional REVERSE)" t nil)
12761 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
12762 Save FILTERS in this buffer with name NAME in `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
12763 Interactively, prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
12765 \(fn NAME FILTERS)" t nil)
12767 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
12768 Delete saved filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
12772 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
12773 Add saved filters from `ibuffer-saved-filters' to this buffer's filters.
12777 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
12778 Set this buffer's filters to filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
12779 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
12780 of replacing the current filters.
12783 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext.el")
12784 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-used-mode "ibuf-ext.el")
12785 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-name "ibuf-ext.el")
12786 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-filename "ibuf-ext.el")
12787 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-gt "ibuf-ext.el")
12788 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-lt "ibuf-ext.el")
12789 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-content "ibuf-ext.el")
12790 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-predicate "ibuf-ext.el")
12792 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
12793 Toggle the current sorting mode.
12794 Default sorting modes are:
12795 Recency - the last time the buffer was viewed
12796 Name - the name of the buffer
12797 Major Mode - the name of the major mode of the buffer
12798 Size - the size of the buffer
12802 (autoload (quote ibuffer-invert-sorting) "ibuf-ext" "\
12803 Toggle whether or not sorting is in reverse order.
12806 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-major-mode "ibuf-ext.el")
12807 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-mode-name "ibuf-ext.el")
12808 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-alphabetic "ibuf-ext.el")
12809 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-size "ibuf-ext.el")
12811 (autoload (quote ibuffer-bs-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
12812 Emulate `bs-show' from the bs.el package.
12816 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide) "ibuf-ext" "\
12817 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-hide-regexps'.
12818 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will not be shown
12819 for this Ibuffer session.
12821 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
12823 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
12824 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-show-regexps'.
12825 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will always be shown
12826 for this Ibuffer session.
12828 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
12830 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
12831 Move forward by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
12833 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
12834 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
12836 If DIRECTION is non-nil, it should be an integer; negative integers
12837 mean move backwards, non-negative integers mean move forwards.
12839 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK DIRECTION)" t nil)
12841 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backwards-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
12842 Move backwards by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
12844 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
12845 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
12847 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK)" t nil)
12849 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-kill-lines) "ibuf-ext" "\
12850 Hide all of the currently marked lines.
12854 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-buffer) "ibuf-ext" "\
12855 Move point to the buffer whose name is NAME.
12857 If called interactively, prompt for a buffer name and go to the
12858 corresponding line in the Ibuffer buffer. If said buffer is in a
12859 hidden group filter, open it.
12861 If `ibuffer-jump-offer-only-visible-buffers' is non-nil, only offer
12862 visible buffers in the completion list. Calling the command with
12863 a prefix argument reverses the meaning of that variable.
12867 (autoload (quote ibuffer-diff-with-file) "ibuf-ext" "\
12868 View the differences between this buffer and its associated file.
12869 This requires the external program \"diff\" to be in your `exec-path'.
12873 (autoload (quote ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill) "ibuf-ext" "\
12874 Copy filenames of marked buffers into the kill ring.
12876 The names are separated by a space.
12877 If a buffer has no filename, it is ignored.
12879 With no prefix arg, use the filename sans its directory of each marked file.
12880 With a zero prefix arg, use the complete filename of each marked file.
12881 With \\[universal-argument], use the filename of each marked file relative
12882 to `ibuffer-default-directory' iff non-nil, otherwise `default-directory'.
12884 You can then feed the file name(s) to other commands with \\[yank].
12886 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12888 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
12889 Mark all buffers whose name matches REGEXP.
12891 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
12893 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
12894 Mark all buffers whose major mode matches REGEXP.
12896 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
12898 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
12899 Mark all buffers whose file name matches REGEXP.
12901 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
12903 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
12904 Mark all buffers whose major mode equals MODE.
12908 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
12909 Mark all modified buffers.
12913 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
12914 Mark all modified buffers that have an associated file.
12918 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
12919 Mark all buffers whose associated file does not exist.
12923 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-help-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
12924 Mark buffers like *Help*, *Apropos*, *Info*.
12928 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-old-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
12929 Mark buffers which have not been viewed in `ibuffer-old-time' days.
12933 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-special-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
12934 Mark all buffers whose name begins and ends with '*'.
12938 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
12939 Mark all read-only buffers.
12943 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
12944 Mark all `dired' buffers.
12948 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-occur) "ibuf-ext" "\
12949 View lines which match REGEXP in all marked buffers.
12950 Optional argument NLINES says how many lines of context to display: it
12953 \(fn REGEXP &optional NLINES)" t nil)
12957 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
12958 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (17087
12960 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
12962 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "\
12963 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
12965 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
12966 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
12967 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
12969 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
12970 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
12971 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
12972 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
12973 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
12974 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
12976 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
12977 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
12978 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
12979 change its definition, you should explicitly call
12980 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
12982 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
12984 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-sorter) "ibuf-macs" "\
12985 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
12986 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
12987 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
12988 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
12990 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
12991 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
12992 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
12994 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
12996 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-op) "ibuf-macs" "\
12997 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
12998 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
12999 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
13000 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
13001 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
13003 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
13004 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
13005 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
13006 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
13007 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
13008 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
13009 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
13010 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
13012 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
13013 t - the function it always modifies buffers
13014 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
13015 buffer's modification flag.
13016 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
13017 prompted before performing this operation.
13018 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
13019 operation is complete, in the form:
13020 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
13021 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
13022 confirmation message, in the form:
13023 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
13024 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
13025 macro for exactly what it does.
13027 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13029 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-filter) "ibuf-macs" "\
13030 Define a filter named NAME.
13031 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
13032 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
13033 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
13035 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
13036 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
13037 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
13038 bound to the current value of the filter.
13040 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13044 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
13045 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (17087 12566))
13046 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
13048 (autoload (quote ibuffer-list-buffers) "ibuffer" "\
13049 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
13050 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
13051 buffers which are visiting a file.
13053 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
13055 (autoload (quote ibuffer-other-window) "ibuffer" "\
13056 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
13057 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
13058 buffers which are visiting a file.
13060 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
13062 (autoload (quote ibuffer) "ibuffer" "\
13063 Begin using `ibuffer' to edit a list of buffers.
13064 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
13066 Optional argument OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
13067 Optional argument NAME specifies the name of the buffer; it defaults
13069 Optional argument QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers
13070 to use; see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
13071 Optional argument NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
13072 Optional argument SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The
13073 special value `onewindow' means always use another window.
13074 Optional argument FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering
13075 groups to use; see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
13076 Optional argument FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
13077 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have that value
13078 locally in this buffer.
13080 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
13084 ;;;### (autoloads (icalendar-import-buffer icalendar-import-file
13085 ;;;;;; icalendar-export-region icalendar-export-file) "icalendar"
13086 ;;;;;; "calendar/icalendar.el" (17087 12567))
13087 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
13089 (autoload (quote icalendar-export-file) "icalendar" "\
13090 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
13091 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
13092 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
13094 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
13096 (autoload (quote icalendar-export-region) "icalendar" "\
13097 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
13098 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
13099 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
13101 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
13102 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
13103 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
13105 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
13107 (autoload (quote icalendar-import-file) "icalendar" "\
13108 Import a iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
13109 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
13110 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
13111 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
13112 non-marking or not.
13114 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
13116 (autoload (quote icalendar-import-buffer) "icalendar" "\
13117 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
13119 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
13120 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
13123 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
13124 when DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
13125 DO-NOT-ASK is set to t, so that you are asked fore each event.
13127 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
13130 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
13131 means that an error has occured. Error messages will be in the
13132 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
13134 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
13138 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (17087
13140 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
13142 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
13143 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
13144 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
13145 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13146 use either \\[customize] or the function `icomplete-mode'.")
13148 (custom-autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete")
13150 (autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "\
13151 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
13152 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on iff ARG is positive.
13154 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13158 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (17087 12566))
13159 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
13161 (autoload (quote icon-mode) "icon" "\
13162 Major mode for editing Icon code.
13163 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
13164 Tab indents for Icon code.
13165 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
13166 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
13168 Variables controlling indentation style:
13169 icon-tab-always-indent
13170 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
13171 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
13173 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
13174 inserted in Icon code.
13176 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
13177 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
13178 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
13179 icon-continued-statement-offset
13180 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
13181 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
13182 icon-continued-brace-offset
13183 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
13184 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
13186 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
13187 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
13188 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
13189 this far to the right of the start of its line.
13191 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
13192 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
13198 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
13199 ;;;;;; (17087 12570))
13200 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
13202 (autoload (quote idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "\
13203 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
13204 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
13205 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
13207 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
13208 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
13211 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
13212 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
13214 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
13215 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
13216 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
13218 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
13220 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
13224 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
13225 ;;;;;; (17087 12575))
13226 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
13228 (autoload (quote idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "\
13229 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 5.5).
13231 The main features of this mode are
13233 1. Indentation and Formatting
13234 --------------------------
13235 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
13236 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
13238 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
13239 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
13240 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
13241 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
13243 Comments are indented as follows:
13245 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
13246 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
13247 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
13249 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
13251 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
13252 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
13253 relative to the first will be retained. Use
13254 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
13255 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
13256 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
13258 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
13259 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
13260 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
13261 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
13265 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
13266 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
13267 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
13268 source file of a module. These commands know about system
13269 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
13270 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
13271 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
13272 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
13273 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
13274 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
13278 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
13279 for the system variable, keyword, or routine at point. A single
13280 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. The
13281 HTML help files package must be installed for this to work -- check
13282 the IDLWAVE webpage for the correct package for your version. See
13283 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
13287 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
13288 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
13289 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
13290 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
13291 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
13294 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
13295 --------------------------------
13296 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
13297 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples
13299 \\pr PROCEDURE template
13300 \\fu FUNCTION template
13301 \\c CASE statement template
13302 \\sw SWITCH statement template
13303 \\f FOR loop template
13304 \\r REPEAT Loop template
13305 \\w WHILE loop template
13306 \\i IF statement template
13307 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
13310 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
13311 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
13313 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
13314 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
13315 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
13316 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
13318 6. Automatic Case Conversion
13319 -------------------------
13320 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
13321 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
13323 7. Automatic END completion
13324 ------------------------
13325 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
13326 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
13330 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
13331 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
13333 9. Documentation and Customization
13334 -------------------------------
13335 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
13336 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
13337 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
13338 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at `http://idlwave.org'.
13339 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
13343 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
13344 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
13345 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
13347 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
13350 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[Pp][Rr][Oo]\\'" . idlwave-mode))
13354 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-completing-read ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name
13355 ;;;;;; ido-read-buffer ido-dired ido-insert-file ido-write-file
13356 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-other-frame ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
13357 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only-other-window ido-find-file-read-only
13358 ;;;;;; ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window ido-find-file
13359 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame ido-insert-buffer
13360 ;;;;;; ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
13361 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido" "ido.el" (17087
13363 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
13365 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
13366 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
13367 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
13368 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
13370 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
13371 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
13372 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
13374 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13375 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
13377 (custom-autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido")
13379 (autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido" "\
13380 Toggle ido speed-ups on or off.
13381 With ARG, turn ido speed-up on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
13382 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
13383 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
13384 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
13385 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
13386 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
13387 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
13389 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13391 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer) "ido" "\
13392 Switch to another buffer.
13393 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
13394 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
13397 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
13398 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
13399 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
13400 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
13401 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-mode-map>
13403 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
13404 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
13406 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer.
13407 If no buffer is found, prompt for a new one.
13409 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
13410 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
13411 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
13412 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
13413 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
13414 in a separate window.
13415 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
13416 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
13417 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
13418 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
13419 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
13420 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
13421 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into ido-find-file.
13422 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
13423 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
13427 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-window) "ido" "\
13428 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
13429 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13430 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
13434 (autoload (quote ido-display-buffer) "ido" "\
13435 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
13436 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13437 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
13441 (autoload (quote ido-kill-buffer) "ido" "\
13443 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13444 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
13448 (autoload (quote ido-insert-buffer) "ido" "\
13449 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
13450 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13451 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
13455 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-frame) "ido" "\
13456 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
13457 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13458 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
13462 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-in-dir) "ido" "\
13463 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
13467 (autoload (quote ido-find-file) "ido" "\
13468 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
13469 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
13470 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
13471 visible in another frame.
13473 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
13474 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
13475 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
13476 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
13477 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
13478 except for the following: \\<ido-mode-map>
13480 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
13481 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
13483 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer or file.
13484 If no buffer or file is found, prompt for a new one.
13486 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
13487 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
13488 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
13489 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
13490 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
13491 in a separate window.
13492 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
13493 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
13494 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
13495 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
13496 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
13497 \\[ido-wide-find-file] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
13498 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
13499 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
13500 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
13501 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
13502 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
13503 \\[ido-toggle-vc] Toggle version control for this file.
13504 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
13505 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
13506 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
13510 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-window) "ido" "\
13511 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
13512 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13513 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
13517 (autoload (quote ido-find-alternate-file) "ido" "\
13518 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
13519 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13520 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
13524 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only) "ido" "\
13525 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
13526 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13527 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
13531 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-window) "ido" "\
13532 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
13533 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13534 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
13538 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame) "ido" "\
13539 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
13540 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13541 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
13545 (autoload (quote ido-display-file) "ido" "\
13546 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
13547 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13548 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
13552 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-frame) "ido" "\
13553 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
13554 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13555 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
13559 (autoload (quote ido-write-file) "ido" "\
13560 Write current buffer to a file.
13561 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13562 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
13566 (autoload (quote ido-insert-file) "ido" "\
13567 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
13568 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13569 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
13573 (autoload (quote ido-dired) "ido" "\
13574 Call dired the ido way.
13575 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13576 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
13580 (autoload (quote ido-read-buffer) "ido" "\
13581 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
13582 Return the name of a buffer selected.
13583 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
13584 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
13585 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
13587 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
13589 (autoload (quote ido-read-file-name) "ido" "\
13590 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
13591 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
13592 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
13594 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
13596 (autoload (quote ido-read-directory-name) "ido" "\
13597 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
13598 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
13599 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
13601 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
13603 (autoload (quote ido-completing-read) "ido" "\
13604 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
13605 Read a string in the minibuffer with ido-style completion.
13606 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
13607 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
13608 PREDICATE is currently ignored; it is included to be compatible
13609 with `completing-read'.
13610 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
13611 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
13612 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
13613 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
13614 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
13615 with point positioned at the end.
13616 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
13617 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
13619 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF)" nil nil)
13623 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (17087 12570))
13624 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
13625 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
13627 (autoload (quote ielm) "ielm" "\
13628 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
13629 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
13635 ;;;### (autoloads (iimage-mode turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "iimage.el"
13636 ;;;;;; (17087 12528))
13637 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
13639 (autoload (quote turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "\
13640 Unconditionally turn on iimage mode.
13644 (autoload (quote iimage-mode) "iimage" "\
13645 Toggle inline image minor mode.
13647 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13651 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-sliced-image
13652 ;;;;;; insert-image put-image create-image image-type-available-p
13653 ;;;;;; image-type-from-file-header image-type-from-data) "image"
13654 ;;;;;; "image.el" (17087 12566))
13655 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
13657 (autoload (quote image-type-from-data) "image" "\
13658 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
13659 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
13662 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
13664 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-header) "image" "\
13665 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
13666 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
13669 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
13671 (autoload (quote image-type-available-p) "image" "\
13672 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
13673 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
13675 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
13677 (autoload (quote create-image) "image" "\
13679 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
13680 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
13681 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
13682 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
13683 use its file extension as image type.
13684 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
13685 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
13686 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
13687 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
13689 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
13691 (autoload (quote put-image) "image" "\
13692 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
13693 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
13694 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
13695 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
13696 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
13697 POS may be an integer or marker.
13698 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
13699 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
13700 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
13701 means display it in the right marginal area.
13703 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
13705 (autoload (quote insert-image) "image" "\
13706 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
13707 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
13708 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
13709 defaulted if you omit it.
13710 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
13711 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
13712 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
13713 means display it in the right marginal area.
13714 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
13715 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
13716 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
13717 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
13718 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
13720 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
13722 (autoload (quote insert-sliced-image) "image" "\
13723 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
13724 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
13725 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
13726 defaulted if you omit it.
13727 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
13728 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
13729 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
13730 means display it in the right marginal area.
13731 The image is automatically split into ROW x COLS slices.
13733 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
13735 (autoload (quote remove-images) "image" "\
13736 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
13737 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
13738 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
13740 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
13742 (autoload (quote find-image) "image" "\
13743 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
13745 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
13747 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
13748 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
13749 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
13750 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
13751 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
13752 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
13753 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
13754 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
13757 The image is looked for first on `load-path' and then in `data-directory'.
13759 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
13761 (autoload (quote defimage) "image" "\
13762 Define SYMBOL as an image.
13764 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
13765 documentation string.
13767 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
13768 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
13769 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
13770 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
13771 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
13772 string containing the actual image data. The first image
13773 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
13778 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
13779 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
13781 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
13785 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
13786 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
13787 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (17087 12504))
13788 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
13790 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (quote ("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm")) "\
13791 *A list of image-file filename extensions.
13792 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
13793 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
13795 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
13796 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
13797 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
13798 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
13800 (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-extensions) "image-file")
13802 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
13803 *List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
13804 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
13805 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
13807 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
13808 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
13809 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
13810 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
13812 (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-regexps) "image-file")
13814 (autoload (quote image-file-name-regexp) "image-file" "\
13815 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
13819 (autoload (quote insert-image-file) "image-file" "\
13820 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
13821 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
13822 the command `insert-file-contents'.
13824 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
13826 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
13827 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
13828 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
13829 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13830 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
13832 (custom-autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file")
13834 (autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" "\
13835 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
13836 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
13837 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
13839 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
13840 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
13841 `image-file-name-regexps'.
13843 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13847 ;;;### (autoloads (image-mode-maybe image-minor-mode image-mode)
13848 ;;;;;; "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (17087 12524))
13849 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
13850 (push '("\\.jpe?g\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
13851 (push '("\\.png\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
13852 (push '("\\.gif\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
13853 (push '("\\.tiff?\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
13854 (push '("\\.p[bpgn]m\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
13855 (push '("\\.x[bp]m\\'" . image-mode-maybe) auto-mode-alist)
13857 (autoload (quote image-mode) "image-mode" "\
13858 Major mode for image files.
13859 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
13860 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
13864 (autoload (quote image-minor-mode) "image-mode" "\
13865 Toggle Image minor mode.
13866 With arg, turn Image minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
13867 See the command `image-mode' for more information on this mode.
13869 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13871 (autoload (quote image-mode-maybe) "image-mode" "\
13872 Set major or minor mode for image files.
13873 Set Image major mode only when there are no other major modes
13874 associated with a filename in `auto-mode-alist'. When an image
13875 filename matches another major mode in `auto-mode-alist' then
13876 set that major mode and Image minor mode.
13878 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more
13879 information on these modes.
13885 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
13886 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (17087 12566))
13887 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
13889 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
13890 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
13892 Affects only the mouse index menu.
13894 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
13895 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
13898 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
13900 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
13901 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
13902 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
13904 (custom-autoload (quote imenu-sort-function) "imenu")
13906 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
13907 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
13909 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
13910 create a buffer index. Look there for the documentation of this
13911 pattern's structure.
13913 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
13914 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
13915 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
13918 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-generic-expression))
13920 (defvar imenu-create-index-function (quote imenu-default-create-index-function) "\
13921 The function to use for creating a buffer index.
13923 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns an index
13924 of the current buffer as an alist.
13926 Simple elements in the alist look like (INDEX-NAME . INDEX-POSITION).
13927 Special elements look like (INDEX-NAME INDEX-POSITION FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...).
13928 A nested sub-alist element looks like (INDEX-NAME SUB-ALIST).
13929 The function `imenu--subalist-p' tests an element and returns t
13930 if it is a sub-alist.
13932 This function is called within a `save-excursion'.")
13934 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-create-index-function))
13936 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function (quote beginning-of-defun) "\
13937 Function for finding the next index position.
13939 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
13940 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
13941 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
13944 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
13945 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
13947 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-prev-index-position-function))
13949 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
13950 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
13952 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
13953 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
13954 It should return the name for that index item.")
13956 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-extract-index-name-function))
13958 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
13959 Function to compare string with index item.
13961 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
13962 non-nil if they match.
13964 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
13965 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
13966 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
13967 arguments match\".")
13969 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-name-lookup-function))
13971 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function (quote imenu-default-goto-function) "\
13972 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
13973 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
13975 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-default-goto-function))
13977 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-syntax-alist))
13979 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-case-fold-search))
13981 (autoload (quote imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "\
13982 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
13983 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
13984 See the command `imenu' for more information.
13988 (autoload (quote imenu-add-menubar-index) "imenu" "\
13989 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
13991 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
13995 (autoload (quote imenu) "imenu" "\
13996 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
13997 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
13998 for more information.
14000 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
14004 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-char-glyph indian-glyph-char in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
14005 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
14006 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (17087 12380))
14007 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
14009 (autoload (quote indian-compose-region) "ind-util" "\
14010 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
14012 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
14014 (autoload (quote indian-compose-string) "ind-util" "\
14017 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
14019 (autoload (quote in-is13194-post-read-conversion) "ind-util" "\
14022 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
14024 (autoload (quote in-is13194-pre-write-conversion) "ind-util" "\
14027 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
14029 (autoload (quote indian-glyph-char) "ind-util" "\
14030 Return character of charset `indian-glyph' made from glyph index INDEX.
14031 The variable `indian-default-script' specifies the script of the glyph.
14032 Optional argument SCRIPT, if non-nil, overrides `indian-default-script'.
14033 See also the function `indian-char-glyph'.
14035 \(fn INDEX &optional SCRIPT)" nil nil)
14037 (autoload (quote indian-char-glyph) "ind-util" "\
14038 Return information about the glyph code for CHAR of `indian-glyph' charset.
14039 The value is (INDEX . SCRIPT), where INDEX is the glyph index
14040 in the font that Indian script name SCRIPT specifies.
14041 See also the function `indian-glyph-char'.
14043 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
14047 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp inferior-lisp-prompt inferior-lisp-load-command
14048 ;;;;;; inferior-lisp-program inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp"
14049 ;;;;;; "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (17087 12575))
14050 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
14052 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
14053 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
14054 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
14055 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
14056 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
14058 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp")
14060 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
14061 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp in Inferior Lisp mode.")
14063 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-program) "inf-lisp")
14065 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
14066 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
14067 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
14068 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
14069 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
14070 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
14071 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
14072 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
14074 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-load-command) "inf-lisp")
14076 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
14077 Regexp to recognize prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
14078 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
14079 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
14080 Inferior Lisp buffer.
14082 This variable is only used if the variable
14083 `comint-use-prompt-regexp' is non-nil.
14085 More precise choices:
14086 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
14087 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
14090 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file or through Custom.")
14092 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-prompt) "inf-lisp")
14094 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook (quote nil) "\
14095 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
14097 (autoload (quote inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "\
14098 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
14099 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
14101 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
14102 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
14103 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
14104 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
14107 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
14109 (defalias (quote run-lisp) (quote inferior-lisp))
14113 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-restore-desktop-buffer Info-speedbar-browser
14114 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node Info-goto-emacs-command-node
14115 ;;;;;; info-apropos Info-index Info-directory info-standalone info-emacs-manual
14116 ;;;;;; info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (17087 12574))
14117 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
14119 (autoload (quote info-other-window) "info" "\
14120 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
14122 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
14123 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*info\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
14124 (put 'info 'info-file "emacs")
14126 (autoload (quote info) "info" "\
14127 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
14128 Optional argument FILE specifies the file to examine;
14129 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
14130 Called from a program, FILE may specify an Info node of the form
14131 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
14132 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
14133 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
14134 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
14135 with the top-level Info directory.
14137 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
14138 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
14139 A numeric prefix argument selects an Info buffer with the prefix number
14140 appended to the Info buffer name.
14142 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
14143 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
14144 in all the directories in that path.
14146 \(fn &optional FILE BUFFER)" t nil)
14148 (autoload (quote info-emacs-manual) "info" "\
14149 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
14153 (autoload (quote info-standalone) "info" "\
14154 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
14155 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
14156 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
14160 (autoload (quote Info-directory) "info" "\
14161 Go to the Info directory node.
14165 (autoload (quote Info-index) "info" "\
14166 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this file.
14167 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
14168 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
14169 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
14170 Give a blank topic name to go to the Index node itself.
14172 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
14174 (autoload (quote info-apropos) "info" "\
14175 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
14176 Build a menu of the possible matches.
14178 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
14179 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
14181 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-command-node) "info" "\
14182 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
14183 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
14184 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
14185 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
14186 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
14188 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
14189 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
14191 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node) "info" "\
14192 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
14194 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
14195 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
14196 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
14197 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
14201 (autoload (quote Info-speedbar-browser) "info" "\
14202 Initialize speedbar to display an info node browser.
14203 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
14207 (autoload (quote Info-restore-desktop-buffer) "info" "\
14208 Restore an info buffer specified in a desktop file.
14210 \(fn DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)" nil nil)
14214 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
14215 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
14216 ;;;;;; (17087 12453))
14217 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
14219 (autoload (quote info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "\
14220 Throw away all cached data.
14221 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
14222 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
14226 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
14228 (autoload (quote info-lookup-symbol) "info-look" "\
14229 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
14230 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the minibuffer.
14231 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument value
14232 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
14233 The default symbol is the one found at point.
14235 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
14237 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
14238 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
14240 (autoload (quote info-lookup-file) "info-look" "\
14241 Display the documentation of a file.
14242 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
14243 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
14244 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
14245 The default file name is the one found at point.
14247 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
14249 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
14251 (autoload (quote info-complete-symbol) "info-look" "\
14252 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
14254 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
14256 (autoload (quote info-complete-file) "info-look" "\
14257 Perform completion on file preceding point.
14259 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
14263 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-check-all-custom info-xref-check-all
14264 ;;;;;; info-xref-check) "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (17087 12380))
14265 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
14267 (autoload (quote info-xref-check) "info-xref" "\
14268 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
14270 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
14272 (autoload (quote info-xref-check-all) "info-xref" "\
14273 Check external references in all info documents in the usual path.
14274 The usual path is `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list'.
14278 (autoload (quote info-xref-check-all-custom) "info-xref" "\
14279 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
14280 `custom-manual' and `info-link' entries in the `custom-links' list are checked.
14282 `custom-load' autoloads for all symbols are loaded in order to get all the
14283 link information. This will be a lot of lisp packages loaded, and can take
14290 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
14291 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (17087 12380))
14292 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
14294 (autoload (quote Info-tagify) "informat" "\
14295 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
14297 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
14299 (autoload (quote Info-split) "informat" "\
14300 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
14301 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
14303 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
14304 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
14305 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
14307 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
14308 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
14309 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
14310 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
14314 (autoload (quote Info-validate) "informat" "\
14315 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
14316 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
14320 (autoload (quote batch-info-validate) "informat" "\
14321 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
14322 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
14323 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
14324 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
14330 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
14331 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
14332 ;;;;;; (17087 12558))
14333 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
14335 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
14336 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
14340 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
14341 Toggle input method in interactive search.
14345 (autoload (quote isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters) "isearch-x" "\
14348 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil)
14352 ;;;### (autoloads (isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (17087
14354 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
14356 (autoload (quote isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "\
14357 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
14358 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
14359 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
14360 accessed via isearchb.
14366 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "obsolete/iso-acc.el"
14367 ;;;;;; (17087 12588))
14368 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/iso-acc.el
14370 (autoload (quote iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "\
14371 Toggle ISO Accents mode, in which accents modify the following letter.
14372 This permits easy insertion of accented characters according to ISO-8859-1.
14373 When Iso-accents mode is enabled, accent character keys
14374 \(`, ', \", ^, / and ~) do not self-insert; instead, they modify the following
14375 letter key so that it inserts an ISO accented letter.
14377 You can customize ISO Accents mode to a particular language
14378 with the command `iso-accents-customize'.
14380 Special combinations: ~c gives a c with cedilla,
14381 ~d gives an Icelandic eth (d with dash).
14382 ~t gives an Icelandic thorn.
14383 \"s gives German sharp s.
14384 /a gives a with ring.
14385 /e gives an a-e ligature.
14386 ~< and ~> give guillemots.
14387 ~! gives an inverted exclamation mark.
14388 ~? gives an inverted question mark.
14390 With an argument, a positive argument enables ISO Accents mode,
14391 and a negative argument disables it.
14393 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14397 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
14398 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
14399 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
14400 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (17087 12570))
14401 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
14403 (autoload (quote iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "\
14404 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
14405 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
14406 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14408 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
14410 (autoload (quote iso-german) "iso-cvt" "\
14411 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
14412 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
14413 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14415 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
14417 (autoload (quote iso-iso2tex) "iso-cvt" "\
14418 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
14419 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
14420 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14422 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
14424 (autoload (quote iso-tex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
14425 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
14426 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
14427 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14429 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
14431 (autoload (quote iso-gtex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
14432 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
14433 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
14434 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14436 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
14438 (autoload (quote iso-iso2gtex) "iso-cvt" "\
14439 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
14440 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
14441 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14443 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
14445 (autoload (quote iso-iso2duden) "iso-cvt" "\
14446 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
14447 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
14448 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14450 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
14452 (autoload (quote iso-iso2sgml) "iso-cvt" "\
14453 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
14454 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
14455 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14457 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
14459 (autoload (quote iso-sgml2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
14460 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
14461 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
14462 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14464 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
14466 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-read-only) "iso-cvt" "\
14467 Warn that format is read-only.
14471 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-write-only) "iso-cvt" "\
14472 Warn that format is write-only.
14476 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-define-menu) "iso-cvt" "\
14477 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
14483 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
14484 ;;;;;; (17087 12588))
14485 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
14486 (or global-key-translation-map (setq global-key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
14487 (define-key global-key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
14488 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
14492 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
14493 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
14494 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
14495 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-local-dictionary-alist
14496 ;;;;;; ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el"
14497 ;;;;;; (17087 12570))
14498 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
14500 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
14501 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
14502 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
14503 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
14505 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell")
14507 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\
14508 *List of local or customized dictionary definitions.
14509 These can override the values in `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
14511 To make permanent changes to your dictionary definitions, you
14512 will need to make your changes in this variable, save, and then
14515 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-local-dictionary-alist) "ispell")
14517 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 (quote ((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasileiro" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil nil nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
14519 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 (quote (("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1))))
14521 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 (quote (("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-1) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^---]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[-']" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[-'^`\"]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1))))
14523 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 (quote (("german" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("german8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "german") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("italiano" "[A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[^A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "italian") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1))))
14525 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 (quote (("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1) ("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "" nil nil nil iso-8859-2) ("portugues" "[a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[^a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[']" t ("-C") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
14527 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 (quote (("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil nil nil koi8-r) ("russianw" "[\300\301\302\303\304\305\250\306\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\321\322\323\324\325\326\327\330\331\334\333\332\335\336\337\340\341\342\343\344\345\270\346\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\361\362\363\364\365\366\367\370\371\374\373\372\375\376\377]" "[^\300\301\302\303\304\305\250\306\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\321\322\323\324\325\326\327\330\331\334\333\332\335\336\337\340\341\342\343\344\345\270\346\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\361\362\363\364\365\366\367\370\371\374\373\372\375\376\377]" "" nil nil nil windows-1251) ("slovak" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("slovenian" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "slovenian") nil iso-8859-2) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1))))
14529 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\
14530 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
14532 Each element of this list is also a list:
14534 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
14535 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET)
14537 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary',
14538 nil means the default dictionary.
14540 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a
14543 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
14545 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be
14546 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow
14547 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word,
14548 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the
14549 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and
14550 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but
14551 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word.
14552 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string.
14553 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
14555 CASECHAS, NOT-CASECHARS, and OTHERCHARS must be a unibyte string
14556 containing bytes of CHARACTER-SET. In addition, if they contain
14557 a non-ASCII byte, the regular expression must be a single
14558 `character set' construct that doesn't specify a character range
14559 for non-ASCII bytes.
14561 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word.
14562 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any
14565 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
14568 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
14569 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
14570 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
14571 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
14572 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
14573 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
14574 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
14575 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
14577 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters.
14579 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
14580 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
14581 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
14583 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
14584 Key map for ispell menu.")
14586 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
14587 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
14588 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
14589 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
14591 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) (quote reload)))
14593 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (let ((dicts (if (fboundp (quote ispell-valid-dictionary-list)) (ispell-valid-dictionary-list) (mapcar (lambda (x) (or (car x) "default")) ispell-dictionary-alist))) (dict-map (make-sparse-keymap "Dictionaries"))) (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (if (not dicts) (define-key ispell-menu-map [default] (quote ("Select Default Dict" "Dictionary for which Ispell was configured" lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-change-dictionary "default"))))) (fset (quote ispell-dict-map) dict-map) (define-key ispell-menu-map [dictionaries] (\` (menu-item "Select Dict" ispell-dict-map))) (dolist (name dicts) (define-key dict-map (vector (intern name)) (cons (concat "Select " (capitalize name) " Dict") (\` (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-change-dictionary (\, name)))))))))
14595 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] (quote (menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] (quote (menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-process)) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) (quote run))) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] (quote (menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] (quote (menu-item "Customize..." (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group (quote ispell))) :help "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] (quote (menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function (quote ispell-help))) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] (quote (menu-item "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)" flyspell-mode :help "Check spelling while you edit the text" :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode)))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
14597 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] (quote (menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-region-end)) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
14599 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :help "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer :help "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset (quote ispell-menu-map) (symbol-value (quote ispell-menu-map)))))
14601 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist (quote ((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$" . "\nend\n") ("^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0" . "\n%%EOF\n") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(--+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
14602 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
14603 The alist key must be a regular expression.
14604 Valid forms include:
14605 (KEY) - just skip the key.
14606 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
14607 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
14608 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
14610 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (quote ((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
14611 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
14612 First list is used raw.
14613 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
14615 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
14616 for skipping in latex mode.")
14618 (defvar ispell-html-skip-alists (quote (("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]"))) "\
14619 *Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
14620 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'
14621 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
14622 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
14623 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
14625 (autoload (quote ispell-word) "ispell" "\
14626 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
14627 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
14628 in a window allowing you to choose one.
14630 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
14631 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
14632 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
14633 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
14634 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
14636 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
14637 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
14639 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
14640 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
14642 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
14643 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
14646 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
14647 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
14648 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
14649 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
14650 quit spell session exited.
14652 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE)" t nil)
14654 (autoload (quote ispell-pdict-save) "ispell" "\
14655 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
14656 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
14658 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
14660 (autoload (quote ispell-help) "ispell" "\
14661 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
14665 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
14666 SPC: Accept word this time.
14667 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
14668 `a': Accept word for this session.
14669 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
14670 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
14671 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
14672 `?': Show these commands.
14673 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
14674 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
14675 the aborted check to be completed later.
14676 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
14677 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
14678 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
14679 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
14680 `C-l': redraws screen
14681 `C-r': recursive edit
14682 `C-z': suspend emacs or iconify frame
14686 (autoload (quote ispell-kill-ispell) "ispell" "\
14687 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
14688 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
14690 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
14692 (autoload (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "ispell" "\
14693 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
14694 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
14695 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
14697 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
14699 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
14701 (autoload (quote ispell-region) "ispell" "\
14702 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
14703 Return nil if spell session is quit,
14704 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed.
14706 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
14708 (autoload (quote ispell-comments-and-strings) "ispell" "\
14709 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
14713 (autoload (quote ispell-buffer) "ispell" "\
14714 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
14718 (autoload (quote ispell-continue) "ispell" "\
14719 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
14723 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word) "ispell" "\
14724 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
14725 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
14726 sequence inside of a word.
14728 Standard ispell choices are then available.
14730 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
14732 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word-interior-frag) "ispell" "\
14733 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
14737 (autoload (quote ispell) "ispell" "\
14738 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
14739 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
14740 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
14742 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
14743 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
14744 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
14745 available on the net.
14749 (autoload (quote ispell-minor-mode) "ispell" "\
14750 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
14751 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive.
14753 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
14754 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
14756 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
14757 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC.
14759 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14761 (autoload (quote ispell-message) "ispell" "\
14762 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
14763 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
14764 Don't check included messages.
14766 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
14767 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
14768 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
14770 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
14771 in your .emacs file:
14772 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
14773 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
14774 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
14775 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
14777 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
14778 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
14779 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
14785 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (17087
14787 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
14789 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
14790 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
14791 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
14792 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14793 use either \\[customize] or the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
14795 (custom-autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb")
14797 (autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "\
14798 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
14799 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if and only iff ARG is positive.
14800 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
14801 `iswitchb' for details.
14803 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14807 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
14808 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
14809 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
14810 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (17087 12562))
14811 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
14813 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment-internal) "japan-util" "\
14818 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "\
14819 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
14820 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
14821 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
14822 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
14823 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
14824 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
14825 necessary to represent OBJ.
14827 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
14829 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana) "japan-util" "\
14830 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
14831 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
14832 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
14834 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
14836 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku) "japan-util" "\
14837 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
14838 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
14839 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
14840 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
14842 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
14844 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku) "japan-util" "\
14845 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
14846 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
14847 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
14849 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
14851 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana-region) "japan-util" "\
14852 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
14853 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
14854 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
14856 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
14858 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana-region) "japan-util" "\
14859 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
14861 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
14863 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku-region) "japan-util" "\
14864 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
14865 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
14866 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
14867 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
14869 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
14871 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku-region) "japan-util" "\
14872 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
14873 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
14874 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
14875 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
14877 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
14879 (autoload (quote read-hiragana-string) "japan-util" "\
14880 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
14881 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
14883 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
14887 ;;;### (autoloads (jit-lock-register) "jit-lock" "jit-lock.el" (17087
14889 ;;; Generated autoloads from jit-lock.el
14891 (autoload (quote jit-lock-register) "jit-lock" "\
14892 Register FUN as a fontification function to be called in this buffer.
14893 FUN will be called with two arguments START and END indicating the region
14894 that needs to be (re)fontified.
14895 If non-nil, CONTEXTUAL means that a contextual fontification would be useful.
14897 \(fn FUN &optional CONTEXTUAL)" nil nil)
14901 ;;;### (autoloads (jka-compr-uninstall jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr"
14902 ;;;;;; "jka-compr.el" (17087 12589))
14903 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
14905 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
14906 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
14907 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
14908 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
14910 (autoload (quote jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr" "\
14913 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
14915 (autoload (quote jka-compr-uninstall) "jka-compr" "\
14916 Uninstall jka-compr.
14917 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
14918 and `inhibit-first-line-modes-suffixes' that were added
14919 by `jka-compr-installed'.
14925 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
14926 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
14927 ;;;;;; (17087 12466))
14928 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
14930 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
14931 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
14932 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
14933 decimal key must be specified.")
14935 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad")
14937 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
14938 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
14939 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
14940 decimal key must be specified.")
14942 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-setup) "keypad")
14944 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
14945 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
14946 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
14947 decimal key must be specified.")
14949 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-shifted-setup) "keypad")
14951 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
14952 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
14953 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
14954 decimal key must be specified.")
14956 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-shifted-setup) "keypad")
14958 (autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad" "\
14959 Set keypad bindings in function-key-map according to SETUP.
14960 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
14961 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
14962 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
14966 -------------------------------------------------------------
14967 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
14968 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
14969 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
14970 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
14971 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
14972 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
14973 in the global and local keymaps.
14975 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
14976 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
14978 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
14982 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
14983 ;;;;;; (17087 12558))
14984 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
14986 (autoload (quote kinsoku) "kinsoku" "\
14987 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
14988 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
14990 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
14991 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
14992 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
14993 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
14996 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
14997 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
14998 the context of text formatting.
15000 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
15004 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (17087
15006 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
15008 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
15009 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
15010 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
15011 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
15012 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
15013 positions that contains the current selection.")
15015 (autoload (quote kkc-region) "kkc" "\
15016 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
15017 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
15018 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
15019 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
15020 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
15021 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
15023 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15027 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
15028 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
15029 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro"
15030 ;;;;;; "kmacro.el" (17087 12570))
15031 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
15032 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
15033 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
15034 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
15035 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
15036 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
15037 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
15038 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
15040 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro" "\
15041 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
15042 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
15043 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
15044 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
15046 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
15048 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
15049 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
15050 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
15052 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
15053 defining the macro.
15055 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
15056 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
15057 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
15059 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
15060 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
15064 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-macro) "kmacro" "\
15065 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
15066 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
15067 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
15068 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
15071 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
15072 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
15073 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
15077 (autoload (quote kmacro-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
15078 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
15079 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
15081 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
15082 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
15083 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
15084 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
15086 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
15087 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
15089 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
15091 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter) "kmacro" "\
15092 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
15093 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
15095 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
15098 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
15099 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
15101 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
15102 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
15103 inserts previous kmacro-counter (but do not modify counter).
15105 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
15106 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
15110 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-or-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
15111 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
15112 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
15113 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
15115 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
15117 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-and-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
15118 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
15119 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
15120 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
15122 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
15123 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
15125 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
15127 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-call-mouse) "kmacro" "\
15128 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
15129 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
15131 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
15135 ;;;### (autoloads (kannada-post-read-conversion kannada-compose-string
15136 ;;;;;; kannada-compose-region) "knd-util" "language/knd-util.el"
15137 ;;;;;; (17087 12380))
15138 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/knd-util.el
15140 (defconst kannada-consonant "[\x51f75-\x51fb9]")
15142 (autoload (quote kannada-compose-region) "knd-util" "\
15145 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15147 (autoload (quote kannada-compose-string) "knd-util" "\
15150 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15152 (autoload (quote kannada-post-read-conversion) "knd-util" "\
15155 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15159 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
15160 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (17087 12562))
15161 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
15163 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
15164 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
15165 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
15167 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" "\
15174 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
15175 ;;;;;; (17087 12566))
15176 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
15178 (defalias (quote landmark-repeat) (quote lm-test-run))
15180 (autoload (quote lm-test-run) "landmark" "\
15181 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
15185 (defalias (quote landmark) (quote lm))
15187 (autoload (quote lm) "landmark" "\
15188 Start or resume an Lm game.
15189 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
15190 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
15192 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
15193 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
15194 none / 1 | yes | no
15199 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
15200 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
15201 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
15207 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-post-read-conversion
15208 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao
15209 ;;;;;; lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (17087
15211 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
15213 (autoload (quote lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "\
15216 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
15218 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao) "lao-util" "\
15219 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
15220 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
15221 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
15222 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
15223 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
15225 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
15226 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
15228 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
15230 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string) "lao-util" "\
15231 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
15233 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
15235 (autoload (quote lao-post-read-conversion) "lao-util" "\
15238 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15240 (autoload (quote lao-composition-function) "lao-util" "\
15241 Compose Lao text in the region FROM and TO.
15242 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
15243 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
15246 The return value is number of composed characters.
15248 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
15250 (autoload (quote lao-compose-region) "lao-util" "\
15253 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15257 ;;;### (autoloads (latexenc-find-file-coding-system latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc
15258 ;;;;;; latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system latex-inputenc-coding-alist)
15259 ;;;;;; "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (17087 12570))
15260 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
15262 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (quote (("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
15263 Mapping from encoding names used by LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
15264 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
15266 (custom-autoload (quote latex-inputenc-coding-alist) "latexenc")
15268 (autoload (quote latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system) "latexenc" "\
15269 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
15270 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
15272 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
15274 (autoload (quote latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc) "latexenc" "\
15275 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
15276 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
15280 (autoload (quote latexenc-find-file-coding-system) "latexenc" "\
15281 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
15282 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
15283 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
15285 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
15289 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
15290 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (17087 12558))
15291 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
15293 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
15294 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
15295 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
15296 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
15297 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
15298 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
15299 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
15300 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
15302 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
15303 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
15305 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15306 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
15308 (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp")
15310 (autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" "\
15311 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
15312 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
15313 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
15314 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
15315 `latin1-display-setup'. As well as iso-8859 characters, this treats
15316 some characters in the `mule-unicode-...' charsets if you don't have
15317 a Unicode font with which to display them.
15319 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
15321 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
15322 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
15323 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
15324 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
15326 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15327 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
15329 (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx) "latin1-disp")
15333 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-lazy-lock lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock"
15334 ;;;;;; "obsolete/lazy-lock.el" (17087 12570))
15335 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/lazy-lock.el
15337 (autoload (quote lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" "\
15338 Toggle Lazy Lock mode.
15339 With arg, turn Lazy Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive. Enable it
15340 automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
15342 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
15344 For a newer font-lock support mode with similar functionality, see
15345 `jit-lock-mode'. Eventually, Lazy Lock mode will be deprecated in
15348 When Lazy Lock mode is enabled, fontification can be lazy in a number of ways:
15350 - Demand-driven buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-minimum-size' is non-nil.
15351 This means initial fontification does not occur if the buffer is greater than
15352 `lazy-lock-minimum-size' characters in length. Instead, fontification occurs
15353 when necessary, such as when scrolling through the buffer would otherwise
15354 reveal unfontified areas. This is useful if buffer fontification is too slow
15357 - Deferred scroll fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling' is non-nil.
15358 This means demand-driven fontification does not occur as you scroll.
15359 Instead, fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds
15360 of Emacs idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if
15361 fontification is too slow to keep up with scrolling.
15363 - Deferred on-the-fly fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly' is non-nil.
15364 This means on-the-fly fontification does not occur as you type. Instead,
15365 fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs
15366 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if fontification is too
15367 slow to keep up with your typing.
15369 - Deferred context fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil.
15370 This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to true syntactic
15371 context, after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs idle time, while Emacs
15372 remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs on modified lines only, and
15373 subsequent lines can remain fontified corresponding to previous syntactic
15374 contexts. This is useful where strings or comments span lines.
15376 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil.
15377 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has
15378 been idle for `lazy-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle.
15379 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification.
15381 Basic Font Lock mode on-the-fly fontification behavior fontifies modified
15382 lines only. Thus, if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil, Lazy Lock mode
15383 on-the-fly fontification may fontify differently, albeit correctly. In any
15384 event, to refontify some lines you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
15386 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded.
15387 If the system load rises above `lazy-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth
15388 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via
15389 the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-nice' and `lazy-lock-stealth-lines', and
15390 verbosity is controlled via the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-verbose'.
15392 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15394 (autoload (quote turn-on-lazy-lock) "lazy-lock" "\
15395 Unconditionally turn on Lazy Lock mode.
15401 ;;;### (autoloads (ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el"
15402 ;;;;;; (17087 12570))
15403 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
15405 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.lds" . ld-script-mode)))
15407 (autoload (quote ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "\
15408 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
15414 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
15415 ;;;;;; (17087 12570))
15416 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
15418 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
15419 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
15421 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
15422 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
15424 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
15425 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
15427 (autoload (quote ledit-mode) "ledit" "\
15428 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
15429 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
15430 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
15431 for later transmission to Lisp job.
15432 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
15433 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
15434 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
15435 and transmit saved text.
15437 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
15438 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)
15442 (autoload (quote ledit-from-lisp-mode) "ledit" "\
15449 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (17087 12558))
15450 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
15452 (autoload (quote life) "life" "\
15453 Run Conway's Life simulation.
15454 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
15455 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
15456 generations (this defaults to 1).
15458 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
15462 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (17087
15464 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
15466 (autoload (quote unload-feature) "loadhist" "\
15467 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads.
15468 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
15469 is nil, raise an error.
15471 This function tries to undo modifications made by the package to
15472 hooks. Packages may define a hook FEATURE-unload-hook that is called
15473 instead of the normal heuristics for doing this. Such a hook should
15474 undo all the relevant global state changes that may have been made by
15475 loading the package or executing functions in it. It has access to
15476 the package's feature list (before anything is unbound) in the
15477 variable `unload-hook-features-list' and could remove features from it
15478 in the event that the package has done something normally-ill-advised,
15479 such as redefining an Emacs function.
15481 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
15485 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate locate-ls-subdir-switches)
15486 ;;;;;; "locate" "locate.el" (17087 12566))
15487 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
15489 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
15490 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
15491 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
15493 (custom-autoload (quote locate-ls-subdir-switches) "locate")
15495 (autoload (quote locate) "locate" "\
15496 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
15497 With prefix arg, prompt for the locate command to run.
15499 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER)" t nil)
15501 (autoload (quote locate-with-filter) "locate" "\
15502 Run the locate command with a filter.
15504 The filter is a regular expression. Only results matching the filter are
15505 shown; this is often useful to constrain a big search.
15507 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER)" t nil)
15511 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (17087 12570))
15512 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
15514 (autoload (quote log-edit) "log-edit" "\
15515 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
15516 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
15517 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
15518 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the
15519 buffer so that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
15520 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
15521 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
15522 LISTFUN if non-nil is a function of no arguments returning the list of files
15523 that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names).
15524 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
15525 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
15526 uses the current buffer.
15528 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP LISTFUN BUFFER &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
15532 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (17087
15534 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
15536 (autoload (quote log-view-mode) "log-view" "\
15537 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
15543 ;;;### (autoloads (longlines-mode) "longlines" "longlines.el" (17087
15545 ;;; Generated autoloads from longlines.el
15547 (autoload (quote longlines-mode) "longlines" "\
15548 Toggle Long Lines mode.
15549 In Long Lines mode, long lines are wrapped if they extend beyond
15550 `fill-column'. The soft newlines used for line wrapping will not
15551 show up when the text is yanked or saved to disk.
15553 If the variable `longlines-auto-wrap' is non-nil, lines are automatically
15554 wrapped whenever the buffer is changed. You can always call
15555 `fill-paragraph' to fill individual paragraphs.
15557 If the variable `longlines-show-hard-newlines' is non-nil, hard newlines
15558 are indicated with a symbol.
15560 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15564 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
15565 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (17087
15567 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
15569 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type (quote (emx win32 w32 mswindows ms-dos windows-nt))))
15571 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type (quote (usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix))))
15573 (defvar printer-name (and lpr-windows-system "PRN") "\
15574 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
15575 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
15577 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
15578 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
15580 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
15581 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
15582 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
15583 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
15584 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
15585 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
15586 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
15588 (custom-autoload (quote printer-name) "lpr")
15590 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
15591 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
15592 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
15593 switch on this list.
15594 See `lpr-command'.")
15596 (custom-autoload (quote lpr-switches) "lpr")
15598 (defvar lpr-command (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
15599 *Name of program for printing a file.
15601 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
15602 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
15603 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
15604 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
15605 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
15606 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
15609 (custom-autoload (quote lpr-command) "lpr")
15611 (autoload (quote lpr-buffer) "lpr" "\
15612 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
15613 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
15614 for customization of the printer command.
15618 (autoload (quote print-buffer) "lpr" "\
15619 Paginate and print buffer contents.
15621 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
15622 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
15623 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
15624 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
15626 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
15627 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
15629 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
15630 for further customization of the printer command.
15634 (autoload (quote lpr-region) "lpr" "\
15635 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
15636 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
15637 for customization of the printer command.
15639 \(fn START END)" t nil)
15641 (autoload (quote print-region) "lpr" "\
15642 Paginate and print the region contents.
15644 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
15645 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
15646 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
15647 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
15649 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
15650 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
15652 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
15653 for further customization of the printer command.
15655 \(fn START END)" t nil)
15659 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
15660 ;;;;;; (17087 12575))
15661 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
15663 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
15664 *Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
15665 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
15667 (custom-autoload (quote ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp")
15671 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (17087
15673 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
15675 (autoload (quote phases-of-moon) "lunar" "\
15676 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
15677 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
15679 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
15681 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15685 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (17087
15687 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
15689 (autoload (quote m4-mode) "m4-mode" "\
15690 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
15697 ;;;### (autoloads (macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "emacs-lisp/macroexp.el"
15698 ;;;;;; (17087 12380))
15699 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/macroexp.el
15701 (autoload (quote macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "\
15702 Return result of expanding macros at all levels in FORM.
15703 If no macros are expanded, FORM is returned unchanged.
15704 The second optional arg ENVIRONMENT specifies an environment of macro
15705 definitions to shadow the loaded ones for use in file byte-compilation.
15707 \(fn FORM &optional ENVIRONMENT)" nil nil)
15711 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
15712 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (17087 12444))
15713 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
15715 (autoload (quote name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
15716 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
15717 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
15718 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
15719 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
15721 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
15723 (autoload (quote insert-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
15724 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
15725 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
15726 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
15728 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
15729 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
15730 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
15731 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
15734 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
15735 use this command, and then save the file.
15737 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
15739 (autoload (quote kbd-macro-query) "macros" "\
15740 Query user during kbd macro execution.
15741 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
15742 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
15743 each time the macro executes.
15744 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
15745 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
15746 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
15747 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
15748 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
15749 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
15750 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
15754 (autoload (quote apply-macro-to-region-lines) "macros" "\
15755 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
15756 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
15757 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
15759 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
15760 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
15761 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
15764 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
15765 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
15767 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
15768 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
15769 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
15770 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
15771 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
15773 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
15776 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
15777 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
15778 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
15780 You could enter the names in this format:
15786 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
15789 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
15792 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
15793 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
15795 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
15796 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
15800 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
15801 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (17087 12466))
15802 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
15804 (autoload (quote mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "\
15805 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
15806 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS).
15807 If no name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
15808 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
15810 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
15811 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
15812 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
15813 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
15814 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
15816 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
15817 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
15818 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
15821 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
15823 (autoload (quote what-domain) "mail-extr" "\
15824 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
15826 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
15830 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
15831 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
15832 ;;;;;; (17087 12380))
15833 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
15835 (autoload (quote mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "\
15836 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
15840 (autoload (quote mail-hist-enable) "mail-hist" "\
15845 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
15846 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
15848 (custom-autoload (quote mail-hist-keep-history) "mail-hist")
15850 (autoload (quote mail-hist-put-headers-into-history) "mail-hist" "\
15851 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
15852 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
15855 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
15861 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
15862 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p
15863 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (17087
15865 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
15867 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
15868 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
15869 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
15870 often correct parser.")
15872 (custom-autoload (quote mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils")
15874 (autoload (quote mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" "\
15877 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
15879 (autoload (quote mail-quote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
15880 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
15881 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
15882 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
15884 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
15886 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
15887 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
15888 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
15889 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
15891 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
15893 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable-region) "mail-utils" "\
15894 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
15895 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
15896 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
15897 If NOERROR is non-nil, return t if successful.
15898 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
15899 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
15902 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
15904 (autoload (quote mail-fetch-field) "mail-utils" "\
15905 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
15906 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
15907 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
15908 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
15909 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
15911 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
15915 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup)
15916 ;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (17087 12453))
15917 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
15919 (autoload (quote mail-abbrevs-setup) "mailabbrev" "\
15920 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
15924 (autoload (quote build-mail-abbrevs) "mailabbrev" "\
15925 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
15926 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
15928 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
15930 (autoload (quote define-mail-abbrev) "mailabbrev" "\
15931 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
15932 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
15934 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
15938 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
15939 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (17087
15941 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
15943 (defvar mail-complete-style (quote angles) "\
15944 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
15945 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
15947 If `parens', they look like:
15948 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
15949 If `angles', they look like:
15950 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
15952 (custom-autoload (quote mail-complete-style) "mailalias")
15954 (autoload (quote expand-mail-aliases) "mailalias" "\
15955 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
15956 If interactive, expand in header fields.
15957 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
15958 their `Resent-' variants.
15960 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
15961 removed from alias expansions.
15963 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
15965 (autoload (quote define-mail-alias) "mailalias" "\
15966 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
15967 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
15969 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
15970 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
15971 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
15972 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
15974 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
15976 (autoload (quote mail-complete) "mailalias" "\
15977 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
15978 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
15979 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any.
15985 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-bsdmake-mode makefile-makepp-mode makefile-gmake-mode
15986 ;;;;;; makefile-automake-mode makefile-mode) "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el"
15987 ;;;;;; (17087 12575))
15988 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
15990 (autoload (quote makefile-mode) "make-mode" "\
15991 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
15993 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
15994 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
15995 `makefile-makepp-mode' or `makefile-bsdmake-mode'. All but the
15996 last should be correctly chosen based on the file name, except if
15997 it is *.mk. This function ends by invoking the function(s)
15998 `makefile-mode-hook'.
16000 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
16001 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
16002 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
16003 dependency, despite the colon.
16005 \\{makefile-mode-map}
16007 In the browser, use the following keys:
16009 \\{makefile-browser-map}
16011 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
16013 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
16014 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
16016 `makefile-target-colon':
16017 The string that gets appended to all target names
16018 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
16019 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
16021 `makefile-macro-assign':
16022 The string that gets appended to all macro names
16023 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
16024 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
16025 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
16026 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
16027 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
16029 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
16030 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
16031 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
16033 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
16034 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
16036 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
16037 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
16038 up or down in the browser.
16040 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
16041 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
16043 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
16044 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
16046 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
16047 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
16048 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
16049 has been selected in the browser.
16051 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
16052 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
16053 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
16054 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
16055 filenames are omitted.
16057 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
16058 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
16059 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
16060 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
16061 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
16062 the backslash itself intact.
16063 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
16064 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
16066 `makefile-browser-hook':
16067 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
16068 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
16070 `makefile-special-targets-list':
16071 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
16072 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
16073 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
16077 (autoload (quote makefile-automake-mode) "make-mode" "\
16078 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
16082 (autoload (quote makefile-gmake-mode) "make-mode" "\
16083 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
16087 (autoload (quote makefile-makepp-mode) "make-mode" "\
16088 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
16092 (autoload (quote makefile-bsdmake-mode) "make-mode" "\
16093 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
16099 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (17087
16101 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
16103 (autoload (quote make-command-summary) "makesum" "\
16104 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
16105 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
16111 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (17087 12570))
16112 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
16114 (defalias (quote manual-entry) (quote man))
16116 (autoload (quote man) "man" "\
16117 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
16118 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
16119 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
16120 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
16121 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
16122 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately.
16124 To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or
16125 SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry. To see manpages from
16126 all sections related to a subject, put something appropriate into the
16127 `Man-switches' variable, which see.
16129 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
16131 (autoload (quote man-follow) "man" "\
16132 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
16134 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
16138 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (17087 12528))
16139 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
16141 (autoload (quote master-mode) "master" "\
16142 Toggle Master mode.
16143 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
16144 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
16145 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
16147 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the
16148 following commands:
16150 \\{master-mode-map}
16152 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
16153 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
16154 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
16156 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16160 ;;;### (autoloads (menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "menu-bar.el" (17087
16162 ;;; Generated autoloads from menu-bar.el
16164 (put (quote menu-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
16166 (defvar menu-bar-mode nil "\
16167 Non-nil if Menu-Bar mode is enabled.
16168 See the command `menu-bar-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
16169 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16170 use either \\[customize] or the function `menu-bar-mode'.")
16172 (custom-autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar")
16174 (autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "\
16175 Toggle display of a menu bar on each frame.
16176 This command applies to all frames that exist and frames to be
16177 created in the future.
16178 With a numeric argument, if the argument is positive,
16179 turn on menu bars; otherwise, turn off menu bars.
16181 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16185 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame
16186 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
16187 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
16188 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
16189 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
16190 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-reduce-to-to-cc
16191 ;;;;;; message-cross-post-followup-to message-cross-post-insert-note
16192 ;;;;;; message-cross-post-followup-to-header message-add-archive-header
16193 ;;;;;; message-mark-insert-file message-mark-inserted-region message-change-subject
16194 ;;;;;; message-signature-insert-empty-line message-signature-file
16195 ;;;;;; message-signature message-indent-citation-function message-cite-function
16196 ;;;;;; message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function message-send-mail-function
16197 ;;;;;; message-user-organization-file message-signature-separator
16198 ;;;;;; message-from-style) "message" "gnus/message.el" (17087 12574))
16199 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
16201 (defvar message-from-style (quote default) "\
16202 *Specifies how \"From\" headers look.
16204 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
16206 If `parens', they look like:
16207 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
16208 If `angles', they look like:
16209 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
16211 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
16212 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
16214 (custom-autoload (quote message-from-style) "message")
16216 (defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\
16217 Regexp matching the signature separator.")
16219 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-separator) "message")
16221 (defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\
16222 *Local news organization file.")
16224 (custom-autoload (quote message-user-organization-file) "message")
16226 (defvar message-send-mail-function (quote message-send-mail-with-sendmail) "\
16227 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
16228 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the
16229 variable `mail-header-separator'.
16231 Valid values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default),
16232 `message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail',
16233 `message-smtpmail-send-it', `smtpmail-send-it' and `feedmail-send-it'.
16235 See also `send-mail-function'.")
16237 (custom-autoload (quote message-send-mail-function) "message")
16239 (defvar message-citation-line-function (quote message-insert-citation-line) "\
16240 *Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line.
16242 Note that Gnus provides a feature where the reader can click on
16243 `writes:' to hide the cited text. If you change this line too much,
16244 people who read your message will have to change their Gnus
16245 configuration. See the variable `gnus-cite-attribution-suffix'.")
16247 (custom-autoload (quote message-citation-line-function) "message")
16249 (defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\
16250 *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.
16251 Fix `message-cite-prefix-regexp' if it is set to an abnormal value.
16252 See also `message-yank-cited-prefix'.")
16254 (custom-autoload (quote message-yank-prefix) "message")
16256 (defvar message-cite-function (quote message-cite-original) "\
16257 *Function for citing an original message.
16258 Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and
16259 `message-cite-original-without-signature'.
16260 Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.")
16262 (custom-autoload (quote message-cite-function) "message")
16264 (defvar message-indent-citation-function (quote message-indent-citation) "\
16265 *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
16266 This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the
16267 citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave
16268 point and mark around the citation text as modified.")
16270 (custom-autoload (quote message-indent-citation-function) "message")
16272 (defvar message-signature t "\
16273 *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer.
16274 If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead.
16275 If a function, the result from the function will be used instead.
16276 If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.")
16278 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature) "message")
16280 (defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
16281 *Name of file containing the text inserted at end of message buffer.
16282 Ignored if the named file doesn't exist.
16283 If nil, don't insert a signature.")
16285 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-file) "message")
16287 (defvar message-signature-insert-empty-line t "\
16288 *If non-nil, insert an empty line before the signature separator.")
16290 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-insert-empty-line) "message")
16292 (define-mail-user-agent (quote message-user-agent) (quote message-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
16294 (autoload (quote message-change-subject) "message" "\
16295 Ask for NEW-SUBJECT header, append (was: <Old Subject>).
16297 \(fn NEW-SUBJECT)" t nil)
16299 (autoload (quote message-mark-inserted-region) "message" "\
16300 Mark some region in the current article with enclosing tags.
16301 See `message-mark-insert-begin' and `message-mark-insert-end'.
16303 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
16305 (autoload (quote message-mark-insert-file) "message" "\
16306 Insert FILE at point, marking it with enclosing tags.
16307 See `message-mark-insert-begin' and `message-mark-insert-end'.
16311 (autoload (quote message-add-archive-header) "message" "\
16312 Insert \"X-No-Archive: Yes\" in the header and a note in the body.
16313 The note can be customized using `message-archive-note'. When called with a
16314 prefix argument, ask for a text to insert. If you don't want the note in the
16315 body, set `message-archive-note' to nil.
16319 (autoload (quote message-cross-post-followup-to-header) "message" "\
16320 Mangles FollowUp-To and Newsgroups header to point to TARGET-GROUP.
16321 With prefix-argument just set Follow-Up, don't cross-post.
16323 \(fn TARGET-GROUP)" t nil)
16325 (autoload (quote message-cross-post-insert-note) "message" "\
16326 Insert a in message body note about a set Followup or Crosspost.
16327 If there have been previous notes, delete them. TARGET-GROUP specifies the
16328 group to Followup-To. When CROSS-POST is t, insert note about
16329 crossposting. IN-OLD specifies whether TARGET-GROUP is a member of
16330 OLD-GROUPS. OLD-GROUPS lists the old-groups the posting would have
16331 been made to before the user asked for a Crosspost.
16333 \(fn TARGET-GROUP CROSS-POST IN-OLD OLD-GROUPS)" nil nil)
16335 (autoload (quote message-cross-post-followup-to) "message" "\
16336 Crossposts message and set Followup-To to TARGET-GROUP.
16337 With prefix-argument just set Follow-Up, don't cross-post.
16339 \(fn TARGET-GROUP)" t nil)
16341 (autoload (quote message-reduce-to-to-cc) "message" "\
16342 Replace contents of To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc: header.
16346 (autoload (quote message-mode) "message" "\
16347 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
16348 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
16349 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
16350 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
16351 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
16352 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
16353 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
16354 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
16355 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
16356 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
16357 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
16358 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
16359 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
16360 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
16361 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
16362 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
16363 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
16364 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
16365 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
16366 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
16367 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
16368 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
16369 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
16370 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
16371 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
16372 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
16373 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
16374 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
16375 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
16376 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
16377 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
16378 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
16379 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
16380 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
16381 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
16382 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
16386 (autoload (quote message-mail) "message" "\
16387 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
16388 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs.
16390 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
16392 (autoload (quote message-news) "message" "\
16393 Start editing a news article to be sent.
16395 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
16397 (autoload (quote message-reply) "message" "\
16398 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
16400 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
16402 (autoload (quote message-wide-reply) "message" "\
16403 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
16405 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
16407 (autoload (quote message-followup) "message" "\
16408 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
16409 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
16411 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
16413 (autoload (quote message-cancel-news) "message" "\
16414 Cancel an article you posted.
16415 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
16417 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16419 (autoload (quote message-supersede) "message" "\
16420 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
16421 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
16422 header line with the old Message-ID.
16426 (autoload (quote message-recover) "message" "\
16427 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
16431 (autoload (quote message-forward) "message" "\
16432 Forward the current message via mail.
16433 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
16434 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
16436 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
16438 (autoload (quote message-forward-make-body) "message" "\
16441 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
16443 (autoload (quote message-forward-rmail-make-body) "message" "\
16446 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
16448 (autoload (quote message-insinuate-rmail) "message" "\
16449 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
16453 (autoload (quote message-resend) "message" "\
16454 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
16456 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
16458 (autoload (quote message-bounce) "message" "\
16459 Re-mail the current message.
16460 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
16461 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
16466 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-window) "message" "\
16467 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
16469 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
16471 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-frame) "message" "\
16472 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
16474 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
16476 (autoload (quote message-news-other-window) "message" "\
16477 Start editing a news article to be sent.
16479 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
16481 (autoload (quote message-news-other-frame) "message" "\
16482 Start editing a news article to be sent.
16484 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
16486 (autoload (quote bold-region) "message" "\
16487 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
16488 Works by overstriking characters.
16489 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
16490 which specify the range to operate on.
16492 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16494 (autoload (quote unbold-region) "message" "\
16495 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
16496 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
16497 which specify the range to operate on.
16499 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16503 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
16504 ;;;;;; (17087 12566))
16505 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
16507 (autoload (quote metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "\
16508 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
16512 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
16513 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
16517 (autoload (quote metapost-mode) "meta-mode" "\
16518 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
16522 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
16523 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
16529 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
16530 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
16531 ;;;;;; (17087 12380))
16532 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
16534 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "\
16535 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
16536 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
16540 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-body) "metamail" "\
16541 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
16542 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
16543 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
16544 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
16545 redisplayed as output is inserted.
16546 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
16548 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
16550 (autoload (quote metamail-buffer) "metamail" "\
16551 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
16552 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
16553 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
16554 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
16556 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
16557 redisplayed as output is inserted.
16559 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
16561 (autoload (quote metamail-region) "metamail" "\
16562 Process current region through 'metamail'.
16563 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
16564 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
16565 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
16567 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
16568 redisplayed as output is inserted.
16570 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
16574 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-letter-mode mh-smail-other-window mh-user-agent-compose
16575 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail) "mh-comp" "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (17087
16577 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
16579 (autoload (quote mh-smail) "mh-comp" "\
16580 Compose and send mail with the MH mail system.
16581 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to the MH mail
16584 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
16588 (autoload (quote mh-smail-batch) "mh-comp" "\
16589 Set up a mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
16590 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to the MH mail
16591 system. This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and thus
16592 is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail buffer. Users
16593 should use `mh-smail' to compose mail.
16595 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO, SUBJECT, and
16596 OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
16598 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
16600 (autoload (quote mh-user-agent-compose) "mh-comp" "\
16601 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
16602 This is `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E.
16604 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
16605 initial Subject field, respectively.
16607 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional
16608 header fields. Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both
16609 HEADER and VALUE are strings.
16611 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION and SEND-ACTIONS are ignored.
16613 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" nil nil)
16615 (autoload (quote mh-smail-other-window) "mh-comp" "\
16616 Compose and send mail in other window with the MH mail system.
16617 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to the MH mail
16620 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
16624 (autoload (quote mh-letter-mode) "mh-comp" "\
16625 Mode for composing letters in MH-E.\\<mh-letter-mode-map>
16627 When you have finished composing, type \\[mh-send-letter] to send the message
16628 using the MH mail handling system.
16630 There are two types of MIME directives used by MH-E: Gnus and MH. The option
16631 `mh-compose-insertion' controls what type of directives are inserted by MH-E
16632 commands. These directives can be converted to MIME body parts by running
16633 \\[mh-edit-mhn] for mhn directives or \\[mh-mml-to-mime] for Gnus directives.
16634 This step is mandatory if these directives are added manually. If the
16635 directives are inserted with MH-E commands such as \\[mh-compose-insertion],
16636 the directives are expanded automatically when the letter is sent.
16638 Options that control this mode can be changed with
16639 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh-compose\" group.
16641 When a message is composed, the hooks `text-mode-hook' and
16642 `mh-letter-mode-hook' are run.
16644 \\{mh-letter-mode-map}
16650 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-restore-desktop-buffer mh-version mh-nmail
16651 ;;;;;; mh-rmail) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (17087 12567))
16652 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
16654 (autoload (quote mh-rmail) "mh-e" "\
16655 Inc(orporate) new mail with MH.
16656 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil. This function is an entry point to MH-E,
16657 the Emacs interface to the MH mail system.
16659 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16661 (autoload (quote mh-nmail) "mh-e" "\
16662 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
16663 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil. This function is an entry point to MH-E,
16664 the Emacs interface to the MH mail system.
16666 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16668 (autoload (quote mh-version) "mh-e" "\
16669 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
16673 (autoload (quote mh-restore-desktop-buffer) "mh-e" "\
16674 Restore an MH folder buffer specified in a desktop file.
16675 When desktop creates a buffer, DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME holds the file name to
16676 visit, DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME holds the desired buffer name, and
16677 DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC holds a list of miscellaneous info used by the
16678 `desktop-buffer-handlers' functions.
16680 \(fn DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)" nil nil)
16684 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-init" "mh-e/mh-init.el" (17087 12567))
16685 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-init.el
16687 (put (quote mh-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
16689 (put (quote mh-lib) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
16691 (put (quote mh-lib-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
16695 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
16696 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (17087 12537))
16697 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
16699 (autoload (quote clean-buffer-list) "midnight" "\
16700 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
16701 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
16702 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
16703 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
16704 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
16705 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
16706 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
16707 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
16708 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
16709 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
16713 (autoload (quote midnight-delay-set) "midnight" "\
16714 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
16715 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
16716 to its second argument TM.
16718 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
16722 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
16723 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (17087 12380))
16724 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
16726 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
16727 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
16728 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
16729 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16730 use either \\[customize] or the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
16732 (custom-autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef")
16734 (autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" "\
16735 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
16736 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
16737 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
16738 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
16739 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
16740 default indication.
16742 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
16743 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
16745 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16749 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
16750 ;;;;;; (17087 12451))
16751 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
16753 (autoload (quote mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "\
16754 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
16759 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.mixal\\'" . mixal-mode)))
16763 ;;;### (autoloads (malayalam-composition-function malayalam-post-read-conversion
16764 ;;;;;; malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "language/mlm-util.el"
16765 ;;;;;; (17087 12380))
16766 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/mlm-util.el
16768 (autoload (quote malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "\
16771 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16773 (autoload (quote malayalam-post-read-conversion) "mlm-util" "\
16776 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
16778 (autoload (quote malayalam-composition-function) "mlm-util" "\
16779 Compose Malayalam characters in REGION, or STRING if specified.
16780 Assume that the REGION or STRING must fully match the composable
16783 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
16787 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-external-body) "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el"
16788 ;;;;;; (17087 12574))
16789 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
16791 (autoload (quote mm-inline-external-body) "mm-extern" "\
16792 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
16793 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
16794 the entire message.
16795 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
16797 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
16801 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
16802 ;;;;;; (17087 12415))
16803 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
16805 (autoload (quote mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "\
16806 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
16807 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
16808 the entire message.
16809 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
16811 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
16815 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-url-insert-file-contents-external mm-url-insert-file-contents)
16816 ;;;;;; "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (17087 12531))
16817 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
16819 (autoload (quote mm-url-insert-file-contents) "mm-url" "\
16820 Insert file contents of URL.
16821 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
16823 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
16825 (autoload (quote mm-url-insert-file-contents-external) "mm-url" "\
16826 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
16828 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
16832 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "gnus/mm-uu.el" (17087
16834 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
16836 (autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "\
16837 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
16843 ;;;### (autoloads (mml1991-sign mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el"
16844 ;;;;;; (17087 12567))
16845 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
16847 (autoload (quote mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "\
16850 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
16852 (autoload (quote mml1991-sign) "mml1991" "\
16855 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
16859 ;;;### (autoloads (mml2015-self-encrypt mml2015-sign mml2015-encrypt
16860 ;;;;;; mml2015-verify-test mml2015-verify mml2015-decrypt-test mml2015-decrypt)
16861 ;;;;;; "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (17087 12567))
16862 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
16864 (autoload (quote mml2015-decrypt) "mml2015" "\
16867 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
16869 (autoload (quote mml2015-decrypt-test) "mml2015" "\
16872 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
16874 (autoload (quote mml2015-verify) "mml2015" "\
16877 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
16879 (autoload (quote mml2015-verify-test) "mml2015" "\
16882 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
16884 (autoload (quote mml2015-encrypt) "mml2015" "\
16887 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
16889 (autoload (quote mml2015-sign) "mml2015" "\
16892 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
16894 (autoload (quote mml2015-self-encrypt) "mml2015" "\
16901 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
16902 ;;;;;; (17087 12575))
16903 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
16905 (autoload (quote modula-2-mode) "modula2" "\
16906 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
16907 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
16908 followed by the first character of the construct.
16910 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
16911 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
16912 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
16913 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
16914 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
16915 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
16916 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
16917 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
16918 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
16919 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
16920 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
16921 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
16922 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
16925 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
16926 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
16927 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
16933 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
16934 ;;;;;; (17087 12558))
16935 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
16937 (autoload (quote morse-region) "morse" "\
16938 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
16940 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
16942 (autoload (quote unmorse-region) "morse" "\
16943 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
16945 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
16949 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (17087
16951 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
16953 (defvar mouse-sel-mode nil "\
16954 Non-nil if Mouse-Sel mode is enabled.
16955 See the command `mouse-sel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
16956 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16957 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-sel-mode'.")
16959 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel")
16961 (autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "\
16962 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
16963 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
16964 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
16966 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
16968 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
16970 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
16972 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
16973 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
16974 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
16975 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
16976 Triple-clicking selects lines.
16977 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
16979 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
16980 the `kill-ring', nor do the kill-ring functions change the X selection.
16981 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
16982 mouse-sel sets the variables `interprogram-cut-function' and
16983 `interprogram-paste-function' to nil.
16985 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
16986 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
16988 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
16989 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
16991 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
16993 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
16994 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
16995 primary selection and region.
16997 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17001 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (17087 12570))
17002 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
17004 (autoload (quote mpuz) "mpuz" "\
17005 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
17011 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (17087 12528))
17012 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
17014 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
17015 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
17016 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
17017 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17018 use either \\[customize] or the function `msb-mode'.")
17020 (custom-autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb")
17022 (autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" "\
17024 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
17025 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
17026 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
17028 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17032 ;;;### (autoloads (mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets describe-fontset
17033 ;;;;;; describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
17034 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
17035 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
17036 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
17037 ;;;;;; (17087 12570))
17038 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
17040 (defvar non-iso-charset-alist (\` ((mac-roman (ascii latin-iso8859-1 mule-unicode-2500-33ff mule-unicode-0100-24ff mule-unicode-e000-ffff) mac-roman-decoder ((0 255))) (viscii (ascii vietnamese-viscii-lower vietnamese-viscii-upper) viet-viscii-nonascii-translation-table ((0 255))) (vietnamese-tcvn (ascii vietnamese-viscii-lower vietnamese-viscii-upper) viet-tcvn-nonascii-translation-table ((0 255))) (koi8-r (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5) cyrillic-koi8-r-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (alternativnyj (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5) cyrillic-alternativnyj-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (koi8-u (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5 mule-unicode-0100-24ff) cyrillic-koi8-u-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (big5 (ascii chinese-big5-1 chinese-big5-2) decode-big5-char ((32 127) ((161 254) 64 126 161 254))) (sjis (ascii katakana-jisx0201 japanese-jisx0208) decode-sjis-char ((32 127 161 223) ((129 159 224 239) 64 126 128 252))))) "\
17041 Alist of charset names vs the corresponding information.
17042 This is mis-named for historical reasons. The charsets are actually
17043 non-built-in ones. They correspond to Emacs coding systems, not Emacs
17044 charsets, i.e. what Emacs can read (or write) by mapping to (or
17045 from) Emacs internal charsets that typically correspond to a limited
17046 set of ISO charsets.
17048 Each element has the following format:
17049 (CHARSET CHARSET-LIST TRANSLATION-METHOD [ CODE-RANGE ])
17051 CHARSET is the name (symbol) of the charset.
17053 CHARSET-LIST is a list of Emacs charsets into which characters of
17054 CHARSET are mapped.
17056 TRANSLATION-METHOD is a translation table (symbol) to translate a
17057 character code of CHARSET to the corresponding Emacs character
17058 code. It can also be a function to call with one argument, a
17059 character code in CHARSET.
17061 CODE-RANGE specifies the valid code ranges of CHARSET.
17062 It is a list of RANGEs, where each RANGE is of the form:
17063 (FROM1 TO1 FROM2 TO2 ...)
17065 ((FROM1-1 TO1-1 FROM1-2 TO1-2 ...) . (FROM2-1 TO2-1 FROM2-2 TO2-2 ...))
17066 In the first form, valid codes are between FROM1 and TO1, or FROM2 and
17068 The second form is used for 2-byte codes. The car part is the ranges
17069 of the first byte, and the cdr part is the ranges of the second byte.")
17071 (autoload (quote list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "\
17072 Display a list of all character sets.
17074 The ID-NUM column contains a charset identification number for
17075 internal Emacs use.
17077 The MULTIBYTE-FORM column contains the format of the buffer and string
17078 multibyte sequence of characters in the charset using one to four
17079 hexadecimal digits.
17080 `xx' stands for any byte in the range 0..127.
17081 `XX' stands for any byte in the range 160..255.
17083 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
17084 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
17085 set. The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022 <final-char> to use
17086 for designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
17088 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
17089 but still shows the full information.
17093 (autoload (quote read-charset) "mule-diag" "\
17094 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
17095 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'
17096 or a non-ISO character set listed in the variable
17097 `non-iso-charset-alist'.
17099 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
17100 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
17101 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
17102 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the
17103 detailed meanings of these arguments.
17105 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
17107 (autoload (quote list-charset-chars) "mule-diag" "\
17108 Display a list of characters in the specified character set.
17109 This can list both Emacs `official' (ISO standard) charsets and the
17110 characters encoded by various Emacs coding systems which correspond to
17111 PC `codepages' and other coded character sets. See `non-iso-charset-alist'.
17113 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
17115 (autoload (quote describe-character-set) "mule-diag" "\
17116 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
17118 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
17120 (autoload (quote describe-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
17121 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
17123 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
17125 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system-briefly) "mule-diag" "\
17126 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
17128 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
17129 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
17131 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
17132 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
17133 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
17134 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
17135 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
17136 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
17137 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
17138 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
17139 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
17140 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
17141 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
17142 eol-type of `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
17143 `default-process-coding-system' for read
17144 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
17145 `default-process-coding-system' for write
17146 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
17150 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
17151 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
17155 (autoload (quote list-coding-systems) "mule-diag" "\
17156 Display a list of all coding systems.
17157 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
17159 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
17160 but still contains full information about each coding system.
17162 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17164 (autoload (quote list-coding-categories) "mule-diag" "\
17165 Display a list of all coding categories.
17169 (autoload (quote describe-font) "mule-diag" "\
17170 Display information about fonts which partially match FONTNAME.
17172 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
17174 (autoload (quote describe-fontset) "mule-diag" "\
17175 Display information about FONTSET.
17176 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
17178 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
17180 (autoload (quote list-fontsets) "mule-diag" "\
17181 Display a list of all fontsets.
17182 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
17183 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
17184 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
17188 (autoload (quote list-input-methods) "mule-diag" "\
17189 Display information about all input methods.
17193 (autoload (quote mule-diag) "mule-diag" "\
17194 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
17196 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
17197 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
17198 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
17199 system which uses fontsets).
17205 ;;;### (autoloads (char-displayable-p detect-coding-with-language-environment
17206 ;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
17207 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
17208 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
17209 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring string-to-sequence)
17210 ;;;;;; "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (17087 12558))
17211 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
17213 (autoload (quote string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "\
17214 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
17215 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'.
17217 \(fn STRING TYPE)" nil nil)
17219 (make-obsolete (quote string-to-sequence) "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "22.1")
17221 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
17222 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
17224 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
17225 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
17227 (autoload (quote store-substring) "mule-util" "\
17228 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
17230 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
17232 (autoload (quote truncate-string-to-width) "mule-util" "\
17233 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
17234 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
17235 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
17236 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
17237 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
17238 buffer; see also `char-width'.
17240 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
17241 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
17242 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
17243 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
17244 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
17245 middle of a character in STR.
17247 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
17248 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
17250 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
17251 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
17252 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
17253 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
17254 defaults to \"...\".
17256 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
17258 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
17259 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
17261 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
17262 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
17263 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
17265 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
17266 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
17267 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
17269 (autoload (quote set-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
17270 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
17271 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
17273 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
17274 longer than KEYSEQ.
17275 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
17277 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
17279 (autoload (quote lookup-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
17280 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
17281 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
17282 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
17283 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
17284 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
17285 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
17286 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
17287 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
17288 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
17289 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
17291 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
17293 (autoload (quote coding-system-post-read-conversion) "mule-util" "\
17294 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
17296 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
17298 (autoload (quote coding-system-pre-write-conversion) "mule-util" "\
17299 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
17301 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
17303 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-decode) "mule-util" "\
17304 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-decode' property.
17306 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
17308 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-encode) "mule-util" "\
17309 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-encode' property.
17311 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
17313 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-priority) "mule-util" "\
17314 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
17315 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
17316 coding systems ordered by priority.
17318 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil (quote macro))
17320 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-language-environment) "mule-util" "\
17321 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
17322 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
17323 language environment LANG-ENV.
17325 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
17327 (autoload (quote char-displayable-p) "mule-util" "\
17328 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
17329 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
17330 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display CHAR's
17331 charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a per-character
17332 basis, this may not be accurate.
17334 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
17338 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "mwheel.el"
17339 ;;;;;; (17087 12440))
17340 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
17342 (defvar mouse-wheel-mode nil "\
17343 Non-nil if Mouse-Wheel mode is enabled.
17344 See the command `mouse-wheel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
17345 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17346 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-wheel-mode'.")
17348 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel")
17350 (autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "\
17351 Toggle mouse wheel support.
17352 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
17353 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
17355 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17357 (autoload (quote mwheel-install) "mwheel" "\
17358 Enable mouse wheel support.
17360 \(fn &optional UNINSTALL)" nil nil)
17364 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
17365 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp dig dns-lookup-host
17366 ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute)
17367 ;;;;;; "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (17087 12564))
17368 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
17370 (autoload (quote traceroute) "net-utils" "\
17371 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
17373 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
17375 (autoload (quote ping) "net-utils" "\
17377 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
17378 `ping-program-options'.
17382 (autoload (quote ipconfig) "net-utils" "\
17383 Run ipconfig program.
17387 (defalias (quote ifconfig) (quote ipconfig))
17389 (autoload (quote netstat) "net-utils" "\
17390 Run netstat program.
17394 (autoload (quote arp) "net-utils" "\
17395 Run the arp program.
17399 (autoload (quote route) "net-utils" "\
17400 Run the route program.
17404 (autoload (quote nslookup-host) "net-utils" "\
17405 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
17409 (autoload (quote nslookup) "net-utils" "\
17410 Run nslookup program.
17414 (autoload (quote dns-lookup-host) "net-utils" "\
17415 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
17419 (autoload (quote dig) "net-utils" "\
17424 (autoload (quote ftp) "net-utils" "\
17429 (autoload (quote finger) "net-utils" "\
17430 Finger USER on HOST.
17432 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
17434 (autoload (quote whois) "net-utils" "\
17435 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
17436 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
17437 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
17439 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
17441 (autoload (quote whois-reverse-lookup) "net-utils" "\
17446 (autoload (quote network-connection-to-service) "net-utils" "\
17447 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
17449 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
17451 (autoload (quote network-connection) "net-utils" "\
17452 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
17454 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
17458 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-auto-fill-only-comments
17459 ;;;;;; comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region comment-region uncomment-region
17460 ;;;;;; comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent comment-indent-default
17461 ;;;;;; comment-normalize-vars comment-multi-line comment-padding
17462 ;;;;;; comment-style comment-column) "newcomment" "newcomment.el"
17463 ;;;;;; (17087 12564))
17464 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
17466 (defalias (quote indent-for-comment) (quote comment-indent))
17468 (defalias (quote set-comment-column) (quote comment-set-column))
17470 (defalias (quote kill-comment) (quote comment-kill))
17472 (defalias (quote indent-new-comment-line) (quote comment-indent-new-line))
17474 (defvar comment-use-syntax (quote undecided) "\
17475 Non-nil if syntax-tables can be used instead of regexps.
17476 Can also be `undecided' which means that a somewhat expensive test will
17477 be used to try to determine whether syntax-tables should be trusted
17478 to understand comments or not in the given buffer.
17479 Major modes should set this variable.")
17481 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
17482 *Column to indent right-margin comments to.
17483 Each mode establishes a different default value for this variable; you
17484 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
17485 Comments might be indented to a value smaller than this in order
17486 not to go beyond `comment-fill-column'.")
17488 (custom-autoload (quote comment-column) "newcomment")
17490 (defvar comment-start nil "\
17491 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
17493 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
17494 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
17495 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
17496 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
17498 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
17499 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
17501 (defvar comment-end "" "\
17502 *String to insert to end a new comment.
17503 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
17505 (defvar comment-indent-function (quote comment-indent-default) "\
17506 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
17507 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
17508 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
17509 column indentation or nil.
17510 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
17512 (defvar comment-insert-comment-function nil "\
17513 Function to insert a comment when a line doesn't contain one.
17514 The function has no args.
17516 Applicable at least in modes for languages like fixed-format Fortran where
17517 comments always start in column zero.")
17519 (defvar comment-style (quote plain) "\
17520 *Style to be used for `comment-region'.
17521 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
17523 (custom-autoload (quote comment-style) "newcomment")
17525 (defvar comment-padding " " "\
17526 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
17527 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
17528 of the corresponding number of spaces.
17530 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
17531 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
17533 (custom-autoload (quote comment-padding) "newcomment")
17535 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
17536 *Non-nil means `comment-indent-new-line' continues comments.
17537 That is, it inserts no new terminator or starter.
17538 This affects `auto-fill-mode', which is the main reason to
17539 customize this variable.
17541 It also affects \\[indent-new-comment-line]. However, if you want this
17542 behavior for explicit filling, you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
17544 (custom-autoload (quote comment-multi-line) "newcomment")
17546 (autoload (quote comment-normalize-vars) "newcomment" "\
17547 Check and setup the variables needed by other commenting functions.
17548 Functions autoloaded from newcomment.el, being entry points, should call
17549 this function before any other, so the rest of the code can assume that
17550 the variables are properly set.
17552 \(fn &optional NOERROR)" nil nil)
17554 (autoload (quote comment-indent-default) "newcomment" "\
17555 Default for `comment-indent-function'.
17559 (autoload (quote comment-indent) "newcomment" "\
17560 Indent this line's comment to `comment-column', or insert an empty comment.
17561 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any.
17563 \(fn &optional CONTINUE)" t nil)
17565 (autoload (quote comment-set-column) "newcomment" "\
17566 Set the comment column based on point.
17567 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
17568 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
17569 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
17570 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column.
17574 (autoload (quote comment-kill) "newcomment" "\
17575 Kill the comment on this line, if any.
17576 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one.
17580 (autoload (quote uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
17581 Uncomment each line in the BEG .. END region.
17582 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
17585 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
17587 (autoload (quote comment-region) "newcomment" "\
17588 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
17589 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG .. END.
17590 Numeric prefix ARG means use ARG comment characters.
17591 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
17592 By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line,
17593 even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines
17594 do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'.
17596 The strings used as comment starts are built from
17597 `comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'.
17599 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
17601 (autoload (quote comment-or-uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
17602 Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments,
17603 in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it
17604 is passed on to the respective function.
17606 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
17608 (autoload (quote comment-dwim) "newcomment" "\
17609 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
17610 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
17611 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
17612 case it calls `uncomment-region').
17613 Else, if the current line is empty, insert a comment and indent it.
17614 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
17615 Else, call `comment-indent'.
17619 (defvar comment-auto-fill-only-comments nil "\
17620 Non-nil means to only auto-fill inside comments.
17621 This has no effect in modes that do not define a comment syntax.")
17623 (custom-autoload (quote comment-auto-fill-only-comments) "newcomment")
17625 (autoload (quote comment-indent-new-line) "newcomment" "\
17626 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
17627 This indents the body of the continued comment
17628 under the previous comment line.
17630 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
17631 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
17632 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
17634 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
17635 or comment indentation.
17637 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
17638 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil.
17640 \(fn &optional SOFT)" t nil)
17644 ;;;### (autoloads (nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el"
17645 ;;;;;; (17087 12567))
17646 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
17648 (autoload (quote nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "\
17649 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
17651 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
17655 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (17087
17657 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
17659 (autoload (quote nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "\
17660 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
17661 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
17662 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
17663 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
17664 symbol in the alist.
17666 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
17670 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
17671 ;;;;;; (17087 12570))
17672 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
17674 (autoload (quote nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "\
17675 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
17676 This command does not work if you use short group names.
17682 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
17683 ;;;;;; (17087 12567))
17684 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
17686 (autoload (quote nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "\
17687 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
17688 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups.
17694 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
17695 ;;;;;; (17087 12567))
17696 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
17698 (autoload (quote nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "\
17699 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
17701 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
17705 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
17706 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (17087 12567))
17707 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
17709 (autoload (quote nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "\
17710 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies.
17714 (autoload (quote nnsoup-set-variables) "nnsoup" "\
17715 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail.
17719 (autoload (quote nnsoup-revert-variables) "nnsoup" "\
17720 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods.
17726 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-function)
17727 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (17087 12542))
17728 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
17730 (defvar disabled-command-function (quote disabled-command-function) "\
17731 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
17732 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
17734 (defvaralias (quote disabled-command-hook) (quote disabled-command-function))
17735 (make-obsolete-variable 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
17737 (autoload (quote disabled-command-function) "novice" "\
17740 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
17742 (autoload (quote enable-command) "novice" "\
17743 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
17744 COMMAND must be a symbol.
17745 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
17746 to future sessions.
17748 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
17750 (autoload (quote disable-command) "novice" "\
17751 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
17752 COMMAND must be a symbol.
17753 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
17754 to future sessions.
17756 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
17760 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
17761 ;;;;;; (17087 12564))
17762 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
17764 (autoload (quote nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "\
17765 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
17767 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
17768 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
17769 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
17775 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el"
17776 ;;;;;; (17087 12380))
17777 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el
17779 (autoload (quote octave-help) "octave-hlp" "\
17780 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files.
17781 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files
17782 specified by `octave-help-files'.
17783 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion.
17789 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
17790 ;;;;;; (17087 12570))
17791 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
17793 (autoload (quote inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "\
17794 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
17795 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
17797 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
17799 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
17800 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
17802 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
17803 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
17804 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
17806 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17808 (defalias (quote run-octave) (quote inferior-octave))
17812 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
17813 ;;;;;; (17087 12566))
17814 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
17816 (autoload (quote octave-mode) "octave-mod" "\
17817 Major mode for editing Octave code.
17819 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
17820 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
17821 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
17822 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
17824 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
17825 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
17826 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
17827 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
17828 is why you need this mode!).
17830 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
17831 ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
17832 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
17834 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
17839 \\{octave-mode-map}
17841 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
17842 ==============================================
17845 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
17848 octave-auto-newline
17849 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
17852 octave-blink-matching-block
17853 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
17854 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
17856 octave-block-offset
17857 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
17860 octave-continuation-offset
17861 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
17864 octave-continuation-string
17865 String used for Octave continuation lines.
17866 Default is a backslash.
17868 octave-mode-startup-message
17869 nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message.
17872 octave-send-echo-input
17873 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
17874 command to the inferior Octave process.
17876 octave-send-line-auto-forward
17877 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
17878 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
17880 octave-send-echo-input
17881 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
17883 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
17885 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
17886 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
17888 (autoload 'octave-mode \"octave-mod\" nil t)
17889 (setq auto-mode-alist
17890 (cons '(\"\\\\.m$\" . octave-mode) auto-mode-alist))
17892 To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features,
17893 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
17895 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
17899 (if (eq window-system 'x)
17900 (font-lock-mode 1))))
17902 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
17903 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
17904 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
17905 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
17911 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-options list-options) "options" "obsolete/options.el"
17912 ;;;;;; (17087 12566))
17913 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/options.el
17915 (autoload (quote list-options) "options" "\
17916 Display a list of Emacs user options, with values and documentation.
17917 It is now better to use Customize instead.
17921 (autoload (quote edit-options) "options" "\
17922 Edit a list of Emacs user option values.
17923 Selects a buffer containing such a list,
17924 in which there are commands to set the option values.
17925 Type \\[describe-mode] in that buffer for a list of commands.
17927 The Custom feature is intended to make this obsolete.
17933 ;;;### (autoloads (orgtbl-mode turn-on-orgtbl org-remember-handler
17934 ;;;;;; org-remember-annotation org-store-link org-diary org-agenda
17935 ;;;;;; org-agenda-mode org-mode) "org" "textmodes/org.el" (17087
17937 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/org.el
17939 (autoload (quote org-mode) "org" "\
17940 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
17941 \"Carstens outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
17943 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
17944 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
17945 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
17946 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
17947 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
17948 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
17949 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
17950 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
17951 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
17952 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
17954 The following commands are available:
17960 (autoload (quote org-agenda-mode) "org" "\
17961 Mode for time-sorted view on action items in Org-mode files.
17963 The following commands are available:
17965 \\{org-agenda-mode-map}
17969 (autoload (quote org-agenda) "org" "\
17970 Produce a weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
17971 The view will be for the current week, but from the overview buffer you
17972 will be able to go to other weeks.
17973 With one \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL, all unfinished TODO items will
17974 also be shown, under the current date.
17975 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
17976 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
17977 NDAYS defaults to `org-agenda-ndays'.
17979 \(fn &optional INCLUDE-ALL START-DAY NDAYS)" t nil)
17981 (autoload (quote org-diary) "org" "\
17982 Return diary information from org-files.
17983 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
17984 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
17985 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
17986 items should be listed. The following arguments are allowed:
17988 :timestamp List the headlines of items containing a date stamp or
17989 date range matching the selected date. Deadlines will
17990 also be listed, on the expiration day.
17992 :deadline List any deadlines past due, or due within
17993 `org-deadline-warning-days'. The listing occurs only
17994 in the diary for *today*, not at any other date. If
17995 an entry is marked DONE, it is no longer listed.
17997 :scheduled List all items which are scheduled for the given date.
17998 The diary for *today* also contains items which were
17999 scheduled earlier and are not yet marked DONE.
18001 :todo List all TODO items from the org-file. This may be a
18002 long list - so this is not turned on by default.
18003 Like deadlines, these entries only show up in the
18004 diary for *today*, not at any other date.
18006 The call in the diary file should look like this:
18008 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
18010 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
18011 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
18015 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default
18016 arguments (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp) are used. So the example above may
18019 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :scheduled)
18021 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
18022 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
18023 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
18025 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
18027 (autoload (quote org-store-link) "org" "\
18028 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
18029 This link can later be inserted into an org-buffer with
18030 \\[org-insert-link].
18031 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted:
18032 For links to usenet articles, arg negates `org-usenet-links-prefer-google'.
18033 For file links, arg negates `org-line-numbers-in-file-links'.
18037 (autoload (quote org-remember-annotation) "org" "\
18038 Return a link to the current location as an annotation for remember.el.
18039 If you are using Org-mode files as target for data storage with
18040 remember.el, then the annotations should include a link compatible with the
18041 conventions in Org-mode. This function returns such a link.
18045 (autoload (quote org-remember-handler) "org" "\
18046 Store stuff from remember.el into an org file.
18047 First prompts for an org file. If the user just presses return, the value
18048 of `org-default-notes-file' is used.
18049 Then the command offers the headings tree of the selected file in order to
18050 file the text at a specific location.
18051 You can either immediately press RET to get the note appended to the
18052 file. Or you can use vertical cursor motion and visibility cycling (TAB) to
18053 find a better place. Then press RET or <left> or <right> in insert the note.
18055 Key Cursor position Note gets inserted
18056 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
18057 RET buffer-start as level 2 heading at end of file
18058 RET on headline as sublevel of the heading at cursor
18059 RET no heading at cursor position, level taken from context.
18060 Or use prefix arg to specify level manually.
18061 <left> on headline as same level, before current heading
18062 <right> on headline as same level, after current heading
18064 So the fastest way to store the note is to press RET RET to append it to
18065 the default file. This way your current train of thought is not
18066 interrupted, in accordance with the principles of remember.el. But with
18067 little extra effort, you can push it directly to the correct location.
18069 Before being stored away, the function ensures that the text has a
18070 headline, i.e. a first line that starts with a \"*\". If not, a headline
18071 is constructed from the current date and some additional data.
18073 If the variable `org-adapt-indentation' is non-nil, the entire text is
18074 also indented so that it starts in the same column as the headline
18075 \(i.e. after the stars).
18077 See also the variable `org-reverse-note-order'.
18081 (autoload (quote turn-on-orgtbl) "org" "\
18082 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
18086 (autoload (quote orgtbl-mode) "org" "\
18087 The `org-mode' table editor as a minor mode for use in other modes.
18089 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18093 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
18094 ;;;;;; (17087 12566))
18095 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
18097 (autoload (quote outline-mode) "outline" "\
18098 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
18099 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
18100 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
18102 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
18103 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
18104 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
18105 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
18107 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
18108 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
18109 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
18110 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
18111 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
18112 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
18114 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
18115 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
18116 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
18118 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
18119 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
18120 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
18121 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
18122 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
18123 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
18124 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
18125 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
18126 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
18127 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
18128 The subheadings remain visible.
18129 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
18131 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
18132 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
18133 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
18135 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
18136 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
18140 (autoload (quote outline-minor-mode) "outline" "\
18141 Toggle Outline minor mode.
18142 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
18143 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
18145 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18149 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (17087 12570))
18150 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
18152 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
18153 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
18154 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18155 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18156 use either \\[customize] or the function `show-paren-mode'.")
18158 (custom-autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren")
18160 (autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" "\
18161 Toggle Show Paren mode.
18162 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
18163 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
18165 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
18166 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
18168 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18172 ;;;### (autoloads (parse-time-string) "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el"
18173 ;;;;;; (17087 12379))
18174 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
18176 (autoload (quote parse-time-string) "parse-time" "\
18177 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
18178 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
18179 unknown are returned as nil.
18181 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
18185 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (17087
18187 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
18189 (autoload (quote pascal-mode) "pascal" "\
18190 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
18191 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
18193 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
18194 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
18196 Other useful functions are:
18198 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
18199 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
18200 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
18201 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
18202 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
18203 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
18204 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
18205 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
18206 \\[pascal-outline] - Enter pascal-outline-mode (see also pascal-outline).
18208 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
18210 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
18211 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
18212 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
18213 Indentation for case statements.
18214 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
18215 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
18217 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
18218 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
18219 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
18220 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
18221 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
18222 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
18223 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
18224 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
18225 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
18226 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
18228 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
18229 pascal-separator-keywords.
18231 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
18232 no args, if that value is non-nil.
18238 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
18239 ;;;;;; (17087 12380))
18240 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
18242 (autoload (quote pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "\
18243 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
18244 The keys affected are:
18245 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
18246 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
18247 M-Backspace does undo.
18248 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
18249 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
18250 C-Escape does list-buffers.
18256 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select"
18257 ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (17087 12569))
18258 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
18260 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
18261 Non-nil if Pc-Selection mode is enabled.
18262 See the command `pc-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18263 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18264 use either \\[customize] or the function `pc-selection-mode'.")
18266 (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select")
18268 (autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "\
18269 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
18271 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
18273 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
18274 which modify the status of the mark.
18276 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
18277 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
18279 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
18280 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
18282 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
18283 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
18284 behind. To control whether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
18285 variable `pc-select-meta-moves-sexps' after loading pc-select.el but before
18286 turning PC Selection mode on.
18288 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
18289 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
18291 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
18292 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
18293 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
18295 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
18296 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
18297 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
18299 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
18300 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
18302 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
18303 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
18304 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
18306 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
18307 the variable `pc-select-selection-keys-only' to t after loading pc-select.el
18308 but before calling PC Selection mode):
18314 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
18315 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
18318 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18320 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
18321 Toggle PC Selection mode.
18322 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style,
18323 and cursor movement commands.
18324 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
18325 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18326 you must modify it using \\[customize] or \\[pc-selection-mode].")
18328 (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select")
18332 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (17087
18334 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
18336 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "\
18337 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
18343 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
18344 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (17087 12380))
18345 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
18347 (autoload (quote pcomplete/gzip) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
18348 Completion for `gzip'.
18352 (autoload (quote pcomplete/bzip2) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
18353 Completion for `bzip2'.
18357 (autoload (quote pcomplete/make) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
18358 Completion for GNU `make'.
18362 (autoload (quote pcomplete/tar) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
18363 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
18367 (defalias (quote pcomplete/gdb) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
18371 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
18372 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (17087 12380))
18373 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
18375 (autoload (quote pcomplete/kill) "pcmpl-linux" "\
18376 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
18380 (autoload (quote pcomplete/umount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
18381 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
18385 (autoload (quote pcomplete/mount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
18386 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
18392 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (17087
18394 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
18396 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "\
18397 Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command.
18398 These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1
18399 system. They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm
18400 not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find.
18401 You can use \\[eshell-report-bug] to do so.
18407 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown pcomplete/which
18408 ;;;;;; pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir pcomplete/cd)
18409 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (17087 12380))
18410 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
18412 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "\
18413 Completion for `cd'.
18417 (defalias (quote pcomplete/pushd) (quote pcomplete/cd))
18419 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rmdir) "pcmpl-unix" "\
18420 Completion for `rmdir'.
18424 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rm) "pcmpl-unix" "\
18425 Completion for `rm'.
18429 (autoload (quote pcomplete/xargs) "pcmpl-unix" "\
18430 Completion for `xargs'.
18434 (defalias (quote pcomplete/time) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
18436 (autoload (quote pcomplete/which) "pcmpl-unix" "\
18437 Completion for `which'.
18441 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chown) "pcmpl-unix" "\
18442 Completion for the `chown' command.
18446 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chgrp) "pcmpl-unix" "\
18447 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
18453 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
18454 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
18455 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (17087
18457 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
18459 (autoload (quote pcomplete) "pcomplete" "\
18460 Support extensible programmable completion.
18461 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
18462 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
18464 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
18466 (autoload (quote pcomplete-reverse) "pcomplete" "\
18467 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
18471 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand-and-complete) "pcomplete" "\
18472 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
18473 This will modify the current buffer.
18477 (autoload (quote pcomplete-continue) "pcomplete" "\
18478 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
18482 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand) "pcomplete" "\
18483 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
18484 This will modify the current buffer.
18488 (autoload (quote pcomplete-help) "pcomplete" "\
18489 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
18493 (autoload (quote pcomplete-list) "pcomplete" "\
18494 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
18498 (autoload (quote pcomplete-comint-setup) "pcomplete" "\
18499 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
18500 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
18501 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
18502 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
18504 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
18506 (autoload (quote pcomplete-shell-setup) "pcomplete" "\
18507 Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete.
18513 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
18514 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
18515 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (17087 12570))
18516 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
18518 (autoload (quote cvs-checkout) "pcvs" "\
18519 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
18520 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
18521 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
18523 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
18525 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
18527 (autoload (quote cvs-quickdir) "pcvs" "\
18528 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
18529 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
18530 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
18531 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
18532 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
18535 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
18537 (autoload (quote cvs-examine) "pcvs" "\
18538 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
18539 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
18540 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
18541 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
18542 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
18543 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
18544 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
18546 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
18548 (autoload (quote cvs-update) "pcvs" "\
18549 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
18550 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
18551 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
18552 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
18553 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
18554 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
18557 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
18559 (autoload (quote cvs-status) "pcvs" "\
18560 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
18561 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
18562 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
18563 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
18564 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
18565 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
18567 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
18569 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) "CVS/")
18571 (defvar cvs-dired-action (quote cvs-quickdir) "\
18572 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
18573 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
18575 (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-action) "pcvs")
18577 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook (quote (4)) "\
18578 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
18579 nil means never do it.
18580 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
18581 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
18582 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
18584 (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-use-hook) "pcvs")
18586 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
18587 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
18588 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
18592 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (17087 12578))
18593 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
18595 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] (quote (menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] (quote (menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] (quote (menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] (quote (menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset (quote cvs-global-menu) m)))
18599 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
18600 ;;;;;; (17087 12564))
18601 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
18603 (autoload (quote perl-mode) "perl-mode" "\
18604 Major mode for editing Perl code.
18605 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
18606 Tab indents for Perl code.
18607 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
18608 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
18609 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
18611 Variables controlling indentation style:
18612 `perl-tab-always-indent'
18613 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
18614 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
18615 `perl-tab-to-comment'
18616 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
18617 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
18618 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
18620 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
18621 `perl-indent-level'
18622 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
18623 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
18624 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
18625 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
18626 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
18627 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
18628 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
18629 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
18630 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
18631 `perl-brace-offset'
18632 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
18633 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
18634 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
18635 this far to the right of the start of its line.
18636 `perl-label-offset'
18637 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
18638 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
18639 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
18641 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
18642 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
18643 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
18644 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
18645 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
18646 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
18647 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
18649 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
18655 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-snarf-keys pgg-snarf-keys-region pgg-insert-key
18656 ;;;;;; pgg-verify pgg-verify-region pgg-sign pgg-sign-region pgg-decrypt
18657 ;;;;;; pgg-decrypt-region pgg-encrypt pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg"
18658 ;;;;;; "gnus/pgg.el" (17087 12567))
18659 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/pgg.el
18661 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "\
18662 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RCPTS.
18663 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
18665 \(fn START END RCPTS &optional SIGN)" t nil)
18667 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt) "pgg" "\
18668 Encrypt the current buffer for RCPTS.
18669 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
18670 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
18673 \(fn RCPTS &optional SIGN START END)" t nil)
18675 (autoload (quote pgg-decrypt-region) "pgg" "\
18676 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
18678 \(fn START END)" t nil)
18680 (autoload (quote pgg-decrypt) "pgg" "\
18681 Decrypt the current buffer.
18682 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only decrypt within
18685 \(fn &optional START END)" t nil)
18687 (autoload (quote pgg-sign-region) "pgg" "\
18688 Make the signature from text between START and END.
18689 If the optional 3rd argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create
18690 a detached signature.
18691 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
18692 and the the output is displayed.
18694 \(fn START END &optional CLEARTEXT)" t nil)
18696 (autoload (quote pgg-sign) "pgg" "\
18697 Sign the current buffer.
18698 If the optional argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create a
18699 detached signature.
18700 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only sign data
18702 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
18703 and the the output is displayed.
18705 \(fn &optional CLEARTEXT START END)" t nil)
18707 (autoload (quote pgg-verify-region) "pgg" "\
18708 Verify the current region between START and END.
18709 If the optional 3rd argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
18710 the detached signature of the current region.
18712 If the optional 4th argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
18713 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
18715 \(fn START END &optional SIGNATURE FETCH)" t nil)
18717 (autoload (quote pgg-verify) "pgg" "\
18718 Verify the current buffer.
18719 If the optional argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
18720 the detached signature of the current region.
18721 If the optional argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
18722 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
18723 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only verify data
18726 \(fn &optional SIGNATURE FETCH START END)" t nil)
18728 (autoload (quote pgg-insert-key) "pgg" "\
18729 Insert the ASCII armored public key.
18733 (autoload (quote pgg-snarf-keys-region) "pgg" "\
18734 Import public keys in the current region between START and END.
18736 \(fn START END)" t nil)
18738 (autoload (quote pgg-snarf-keys) "pgg" "\
18739 Import public keys in the current buffer.
18745 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
18746 ;;;;;; (17087 12380))
18747 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
18749 (autoload (quote picture-mode) "picture" "\
18750 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
18751 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
18752 afterwards settable by these commands:
18753 C-c < Move left after insertion.
18754 C-c > Move right after insertion.
18755 C-c ^ Move up after insertion.
18756 C-c . Move down after insertion.
18757 C-c ` Move northwest (nw) after insertion.
18758 C-c ' Move northeast (ne) after insertion.
18759 C-c / Move southwest (sw) after insertion.
18760 C-c \\ Move southeast (se) after insertion.
18761 C-u C-c ` Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion.
18762 C-u C-c ' Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion.
18763 C-u C-c / Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion.
18764 C-u C-c \\ Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion.
18765 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
18766 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
18767 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
18768 with these commands:
18769 \\[picture-move-down] Move vertically to SAME column in previous line.
18770 \\[picture-move-up] Move vertically to SAME column in next line.
18771 \\[picture-end-of-line] Move to column following last non-whitespace character.
18772 \\[picture-forward-column] Move right inserting spaces if required.
18773 \\[picture-backward-column] Move left changing tabs to spaces if required.
18774 C-c C-f Move in direction of current picture motion.
18775 C-c C-b Move in opposite direction of current picture motion.
18776 Return Move to beginning of next line.
18777 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
18778 M-Tab Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting character.
18779 `Indents' relative to a previous line.
18780 Tab Move to next stop in tab stop list.
18781 C-c Tab Set tab stops according to context of this line.
18782 With ARG resets tab stops to default (global) value.
18783 See also documentation of variable picture-tab-chars
18784 which defines \"interesting character\". You can manually
18785 change the tab stop list with command \\[edit-tab-stops].
18786 You can manipulate text with these commands:
18787 C-d Clear (replace) ARG columns after point without moving.
18788 C-c C-d Delete char at point - the command normally assigned to C-d.
18789 \\[picture-backward-clear-column] Clear (replace) ARG columns before point, moving back over them.
18790 \\[picture-clear-line] Clear ARG lines, advancing over them. The cleared
18791 text is saved in the kill ring.
18792 \\[picture-open-line] Open blank line(s) beneath current line.
18793 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
18794 C-c C-k Clear (or kill) a rectangle and save it.
18795 C-c C-w Like C-c C-k except rectangle is saved in named register.
18796 C-c C-y Overlay (or insert) currently saved rectangle at point.
18797 C-c C-x Like C-c C-y except rectangle is taken from named register.
18798 C-c C-r Draw a rectangular box around mark and point.
18799 \\[copy-rectangle-to-register] Copies a rectangle to a register.
18800 \\[advertised-undo] Can undo effects of rectangle overlay commands
18801 commands if invoked soon enough.
18802 You can return to the previous mode with:
18803 C-c C-c Which also strips trailing whitespace from every line.
18804 Stripping is suppressed by supplying an argument.
18806 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
18808 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
18809 they are not defaultly assigned to keys.
18813 (defalias (quote edit-picture) (quote picture-mode))
18817 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
18818 ;;;;;; (17087 12554))
18819 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
18821 (autoload (quote po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "\
18822 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
18823 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
18825 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
18829 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (17087 12558))
18830 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
18832 (autoload (quote pong) "pong" "\
18833 Play pong and waste time.
18834 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
18835 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
18837 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
18845 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp pp-buffer
18846 ;;;;;; pp-to-string) "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (17087 12391))
18847 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
18849 (autoload (quote pp-to-string) "pp" "\
18850 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
18851 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
18852 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
18854 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
18856 (autoload (quote pp-buffer) "pp" "\
18857 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
18861 (autoload (quote pp) "pp" "\
18862 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
18863 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
18864 can handle, whenever this is possible.
18865 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
18867 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
18869 (autoload (quote pp-eval-expression) "pp" "\
18870 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print value into a new display buffer.
18871 If the pretty-printed value fits on one line, the message line is used
18872 instead. The value is also consed onto the front of the list
18873 in the variable `values'.
18875 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
18877 (autoload (quote pp-eval-last-sexp) "pp" "\
18878 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
18879 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
18880 Ignores leading comment characters.
18886 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
18887 ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
18888 ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
18889 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
18890 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
18891 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
18892 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
18893 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
18894 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
18895 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
18896 ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
18897 ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
18898 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
18899 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
18900 ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
18901 ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
18902 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
18903 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
18904 ;;;;;; (17087 12570))
18905 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
18907 (autoload (quote pr-interface) "printing" "\
18908 Activate the printing interface buffer.
18910 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
18912 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
18914 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
18916 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-preview) "printing" "\
18917 Preview directory using ghostview.
18919 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
18920 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
18921 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
18922 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
18924 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
18925 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
18926 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
18927 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
18928 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
18931 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
18933 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
18935 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
18936 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
18938 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
18939 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
18940 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
18941 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
18943 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
18944 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
18945 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
18946 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
18947 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
18950 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
18952 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
18954 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-print) "printing" "\
18955 Print directory using PostScript printer.
18957 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
18958 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
18959 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
18960 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
18962 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
18963 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
18964 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
18965 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
18966 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
18969 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
18971 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
18973 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-ps-print) "printing" "\
18974 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
18976 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
18978 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
18979 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
18980 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
18981 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
18983 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
18984 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
18985 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
18986 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
18987 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
18990 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
18992 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
18994 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-preview) "printing" "\
18995 Preview buffer using ghostview.
18997 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
18998 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
18999 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
19001 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
19002 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
19003 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
19004 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
19006 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19008 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
19009 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
19011 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
19012 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
19013 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
19015 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
19016 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
19017 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
19018 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
19020 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19022 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-print) "printing" "\
19023 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
19025 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
19026 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
19027 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
19029 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
19030 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
19031 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
19032 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
19034 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19036 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-ps-print) "printing" "\
19037 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
19039 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
19041 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
19042 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
19043 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
19045 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
19046 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
19047 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
19048 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
19050 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19052 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-preview) "printing" "\
19053 Preview region using ghostview.
19055 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
19057 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19059 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
19060 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
19062 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
19064 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19066 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-print) "printing" "\
19067 Print region using PostScript printer.
19069 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
19071 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19073 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-ps-print) "printing" "\
19074 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
19076 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
19078 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19080 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-preview) "printing" "\
19081 Preview major mode using ghostview.
19083 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
19085 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19087 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
19088 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
19090 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
19092 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19094 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-print) "printing" "\
19095 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
19097 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
19099 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19101 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-ps-print) "printing" "\
19102 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
19104 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
19106 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19108 (autoload (quote pr-printify-directory) "printing" "\
19109 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
19110 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
19111 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
19113 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
19116 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
19117 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
19119 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
19121 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
19123 (autoload (quote pr-printify-buffer) "printing" "\
19124 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
19125 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
19126 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
19130 (autoload (quote pr-printify-region) "printing" "\
19131 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
19132 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
19133 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
19137 (autoload (quote pr-txt-directory) "printing" "\
19138 Print directory using text printer.
19140 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
19143 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
19144 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
19146 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
19148 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
19150 (autoload (quote pr-txt-buffer) "printing" "\
19151 Print buffer using text printer.
19155 (autoload (quote pr-txt-region) "printing" "\
19156 Print region using text printer.
19160 (autoload (quote pr-txt-mode) "printing" "\
19161 Print major mode using text printer.
19165 (autoload (quote pr-despool-preview) "printing" "\
19166 Preview spooled PostScript.
19168 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
19169 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
19170 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
19172 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
19173 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
19174 PostScript image in a file with that name.
19176 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19178 (autoload (quote pr-despool-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
19179 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
19181 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
19182 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
19183 instead of sending it to the printer.
19185 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
19186 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
19187 image in a file with that name.
19189 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19191 (autoload (quote pr-despool-print) "printing" "\
19192 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
19194 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
19195 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
19196 instead of sending it to the printer.
19198 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
19199 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
19200 image in a file with that name.
19202 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19204 (autoload (quote pr-despool-ps-print) "printing" "\
19205 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
19207 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
19208 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
19209 instead of sending it to the printer.
19211 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
19212 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
19213 image in a file with that name.
19215 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19217 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-preview) "printing" "\
19218 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
19220 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
19222 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-preview) "printing" "\
19223 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
19225 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
19227 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
19228 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
19230 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
19232 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-print) "printing" "\
19233 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
19235 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
19237 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-ps-print) "printing" "\
19238 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
19240 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
19242 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-ps-print) "printing" "\
19243 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
19245 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
19246 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
19247 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
19248 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
19250 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
19251 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
19252 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
19253 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
19254 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
19255 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
19258 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
19260 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-duplex) "printing" "\
19261 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
19265 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-tumble) "printing" "\
19266 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
19268 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
19270 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
19275 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-landscape) "printing" "\
19276 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
19280 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-ghostscript) "printing" "\
19281 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
19285 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-faces) "printing" "\
19286 Toggle printing with faces.
19290 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-spool) "printing" "\
19295 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-duplex) "printing" "\
19300 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-tumble) "printing" "\
19303 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
19305 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
19310 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-landscape) "printing" "\
19315 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-upside-down) "printing" "\
19316 Toggle upside-down.
19320 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-line) "printing" "\
19321 Toggle line number.
19325 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-zebra) "printing" "\
19326 Toggle zebra stripes.
19330 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-header) "printing" "\
19331 Toggle printing header.
19335 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-header-frame) "printing" "\
19336 Toggle printing header frame.
19340 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-lock) "printing" "\
19345 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-region) "printing" "\
19346 Toggle auto region.
19350 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-mode) "printing" "\
19355 (autoload (quote pr-customize) "printing" "\
19356 Customization of the `printing' group.
19358 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
19360 (autoload (quote lpr-customize) "printing" "\
19361 Customization of the `lpr' group.
19363 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
19365 (autoload (quote pr-help) "printing" "\
19366 Help for the printing package.
19368 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
19370 (autoload (quote pr-ps-name) "printing" "\
19371 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
19375 (autoload (quote pr-txt-name) "printing" "\
19376 Interactively select a text printer.
19380 (autoload (quote pr-ps-utility) "printing" "\
19381 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
19385 (autoload (quote pr-show-ps-setup) "printing" "\
19386 Show current ps-print settings.
19388 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
19390 (autoload (quote pr-show-pr-setup) "printing" "\
19391 Show current printing settings.
19393 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
19395 (autoload (quote pr-show-lpr-setup) "printing" "\
19396 Show current lpr settings.
19398 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
19400 (autoload (quote pr-ps-fast-fire) "printing" "\
19401 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
19403 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
19404 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
19405 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
19406 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
19409 Interactively, you have the following situations:
19411 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
19412 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
19413 immediatelly be done using the current active printer.
19415 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
19416 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
19417 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
19418 PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly be done using the new
19419 current active printer.
19421 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
19422 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
19423 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
19426 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
19427 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
19428 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
19429 printer to that choosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
19430 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
19433 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
19434 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
19436 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
19438 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
19439 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly
19440 be done using the new current active printer.
19442 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
19443 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
19446 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
19447 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
19448 printer to that choosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
19449 instead of sending it to the printer.
19451 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
19452 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
19455 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
19458 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
19461 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
19463 (autoload (quote pr-txt-fast-fire) "printing" "\
19464 Fast fire function for text printing.
19466 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
19467 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
19468 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
19469 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
19471 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
19472 user for a new active text printer.
19474 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
19476 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
19478 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
19479 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
19482 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
19484 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
19487 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
19491 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
19492 ;;;;;; (17087 12564))
19493 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
19495 (autoload (quote prolog-mode) "prolog" "\
19496 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
19497 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
19499 \\{prolog-mode-map}
19500 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
19501 if that value is non-nil.
19505 (autoload (quote run-prolog) "prolog" "\
19506 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
19512 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (17087 12380))
19513 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
19515 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) (quote ("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf"))) "\
19516 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
19517 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
19521 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (17087
19523 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
19525 (autoload (quote ps-mode) "ps-mode" "\
19526 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
19528 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
19530 The following variables hold user options, and can
19531 be set through the `customize' command:
19533 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
19535 `ps-mode-paper-size'
19536 `ps-mode-print-function'
19538 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
19542 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
19545 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
19551 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
19552 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
19553 The keymap for this second window is:
19555 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
19558 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
19559 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
19560 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
19561 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
19562 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
19568 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mule-begin-page ps-mule-begin-job ps-mule-encode-header-string
19569 ;;;;;; ps-mule-initialize ps-mule-plot-composition ps-mule-plot-string
19570 ;;;;;; ps-mule-set-ascii-font ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font ps-multibyte-buffer)
19571 ;;;;;; "ps-mule" "ps-mule.el" (17087 12528))
19572 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el
19574 (defvar ps-multibyte-buffer nil "\
19575 *Specifies the multi-byte buffer handling.
19579 nil This is the value to use the default settings which
19580 is by default for printing buffer with only ASCII
19581 and Latin characters. The default setting can be
19582 changed by setting the variable
19583 `ps-mule-font-info-database-default' differently.
19584 The initial value of this variable is
19585 `ps-mule-font-info-database-latin' (see
19588 `non-latin-printer' This is the value to use when you have a Japanese
19589 or Korean PostScript printer and want to print
19590 buffer with ASCII, Latin-1, Japanese (JISX0208 and
19591 JISX0201-Kana) and Korean characters. At present,
19592 it was not tested the Korean characters printing.
19593 If you have a korean PostScript printer, please,
19596 `bdf-font' This is the value to use when you want to print
19597 buffer with BDF fonts. BDF fonts include both latin
19598 and non-latin fonts. BDF (Bitmap Distribution
19599 Format) is a format used for distributing X's font
19600 source file. BDF fonts are included in
19601 `intlfonts-1.2' which is a collection of X11 fonts
19602 for all characters supported by Emacs. In order to
19603 use this value, be sure to have installed
19604 `intlfonts-1.2' and set the variable
19605 `bdf-directory-list' appropriately (see ps-bdf.el for
19606 documentation of this variable).
19608 `bdf-font-except-latin' This is like `bdf-font' except that it is used
19609 PostScript default fonts to print ASCII and Latin-1
19610 characters. This is convenient when you want or
19611 need to use both latin and non-latin characters on
19612 the same buffer. See `ps-font-family',
19613 `ps-header-font-family' and `ps-font-info-database'.
19615 Any other value is treated as nil.")
19617 (custom-autoload (quote ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule")
19619 (autoload (quote ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
19620 Setup special ASCII font for STRING.
19621 STRING should contain only ASCII characters.
19623 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
19625 (autoload (quote ps-mule-set-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
19630 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-string) "ps-mule" "\
19631 Generate PostScript code for plotting characters in the region FROM and TO.
19633 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same charset.
19635 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
19639 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
19641 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
19644 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
19646 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-composition) "ps-mule" "\
19647 Generate PostScript code for plotting composition in the region FROM and TO.
19649 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same
19652 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
19656 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
19658 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
19661 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
19663 (autoload (quote ps-mule-initialize) "ps-mule" "\
19664 Initialize global data for printing multi-byte characters.
19668 (autoload (quote ps-mule-encode-header-string) "ps-mule" "\
19669 Generate PostScript code for ploting STRING by font FONTTAG.
19670 FONTTAG should be a string \"/h0\" or \"/h1\".
19672 \(fn STRING FONTTAG)" nil nil)
19674 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-job) "ps-mule" "\
19675 Start printing job for multi-byte chars between FROM and TO.
19676 This checks if all multi-byte characters in the region are printable or not.
19678 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
19680 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-page) "ps-mule" "\
19687 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
19688 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
19689 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
19690 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
19691 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
19692 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (17087
19694 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
19696 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (list (list (quote a4) (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list (quote a3) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list (quote letter) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list (quote legal) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list (quote letter-small) (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list (quote tabloid) (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list (quote ledger) (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list (quote statement) (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list (quote executive) (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list (quote a4small) (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list (quote b4) (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list (quote b5) (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5")) "\
19697 *List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
19698 See `ps-paper-type'.")
19700 (custom-autoload (quote ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print")
19702 (defvar ps-paper-type (quote letter) "\
19703 *Specify the size of paper to format for.
19704 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
19705 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
19707 (custom-autoload (quote ps-paper-type) "ps-print")
19709 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp (quote x-color-values)) (fboundp (quote color-instance-rgb-components))) "\
19710 *Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
19714 nil Do not print colors.
19718 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
19719 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
19721 Any other value is treated as t.")
19723 (custom-autoload (quote ps-print-color-p) "ps-print")
19725 (autoload (quote ps-print-customize) "ps-print" "\
19726 Customization of ps-print group.
19730 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "\
19731 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
19733 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
19734 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
19735 sending it to the printer.
19737 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
19738 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
19739 image in a file with that name.
19741 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19743 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
19744 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
19745 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
19746 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
19747 so it has a way to determine color values.
19749 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19751 (autoload (quote ps-print-region) "ps-print" "\
19752 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
19753 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
19755 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19757 (autoload (quote ps-print-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
19758 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
19759 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
19760 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
19761 so it has a way to determine color values.
19763 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19765 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer) "ps-print" "\
19766 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
19767 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
19768 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
19770 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
19774 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
19775 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
19776 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
19777 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
19778 so it has a way to determine color values.
19780 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
19784 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region) "ps-print" "\
19785 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
19786 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
19788 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
19790 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
19792 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
19793 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
19794 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
19795 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
19796 so it has a way to determine color values.
19798 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
19800 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
19802 (autoload (quote ps-despool) "ps-print" "\
19803 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
19805 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
19806 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
19807 instead of sending it to the printer.
19809 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
19810 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
19811 image in a file with that name.
19813 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19815 (autoload (quote ps-line-lengths) "ps-print" "\
19816 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
19817 Done using the current ps-print setup.
19818 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
19819 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
19823 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-buffer) "ps-print" "\
19824 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
19825 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
19827 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
19829 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-region) "ps-print" "\
19830 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
19831 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
19833 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
19835 (autoload (quote ps-setup) "ps-print" "\
19836 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
19840 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face-list) "ps-print" "\
19841 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
19843 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
19844 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
19846 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, it's used `ps-print-face-extension-alist';
19847 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
19849 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST is like those for `ps-extend-face'.
19851 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
19853 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
19855 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face) "ps-print" "\
19856 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
19858 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
19859 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
19861 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, it's used `ps-print-face-extension-alist';
19862 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
19864 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
19866 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
19868 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
19870 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
19871 foreground and background colors respectively.
19873 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
19874 bold - use bold font.
19875 italic - use italic font.
19876 underline - put a line under text.
19877 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
19878 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
19879 shadow - text will have a shadow.
19880 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
19881 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
19883 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
19885 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
19889 ;;;### (autoloads (jython-mode python-mode run-python) "python" "progmodes/python.el"
19890 ;;;;;; (17087 12542))
19891 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
19893 (add-to-list (quote interpreter-mode-alist) (quote ("jython" . jython-mode)))
19895 (add-to-list (quote interpreter-mode-alist) (quote ("python" . python-mode)))
19897 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.py\\'" . python-mode)))
19899 (autoload (quote run-python) "python" "\
19900 Run an inferior Python process, input and output via buffer *Python*.
19901 CMD is the Python command to run. NOSHOW non-nil means don't show the
19902 buffer automatically.
19903 If there is a process already running in `*Python*', switch to
19904 that buffer. Interactively, a prefix arg allows you to edit the initial
19905 command line (default is `python-command'); `-i' etc. args will be added
19906 to this as appropriate. Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook'
19907 \(after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
19908 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
19910 \(fn &optional CMD NOSHOW)" t nil)
19912 (autoload (quote python-mode) "python" "\
19913 Major mode for editing Python files.
19914 Turns on Font Lock mode unconditionally since it is required for correct
19915 parsing of the source.
19916 See also `jython-mode', which is actually invoked if the buffer appears to
19917 contain Jython code. See also `run-python' and associated Python mode
19918 commands for running Python under Emacs.
19920 The Emacs commands which work with `defun's, e.g. \\[beginning-of-defun], deal
19921 with nested `def' and `class' blocks. They take the innermost one as
19922 current without distinguishing method and class definitions. Used multiple
19923 times, they move over others at the same indentation level until they reach
19924 the end of definitions at that level, when they move up a level.
19925 \\<python-mode-map>
19926 Colon is electric: it outdents the line if appropriate, e.g. for
19927 an else statement. \\[python-backspace] at the beginning of an indented statement
19928 deletes a level of indentation to close the current block; otherwise it
19929 deletes a charcter backward. TAB indents the current line relative to
19930 the preceding code. Successive TABs, with no intervening command, cycle
19931 through the possibilities for indentation on the basis of enclosing blocks.
19933 \\[fill-paragraph] fills comments and multiline strings appropriately, but has no
19934 effect outside them.
19936 Supports Eldoc mode (only for functions, using a Python process),
19937 Info-Look and Imenu. In Outline minor mode, `class' and `def'
19938 lines count as headers.
19940 \\{python-mode-map}
19944 (autoload (quote jython-mode) "python" "\
19945 Major mode for editing Jython files.
19946 Like `python-mode', but sets up parameters for Jython subprocesses.
19947 Runs `jython-mode-hook' after `python-mode-hook'.
19953 ;;;### (autoloads (quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "gnus/qp.el"
19954 ;;;;;; (17087 12567))
19955 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
19957 (autoload (quote quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "\
19958 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
19959 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
19962 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
19963 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
19965 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
19966 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
19967 them into characters should be done separately.
19969 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
19973 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
19974 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
19975 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
19976 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
19977 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (17087 12558))
19978 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
19980 (autoload (quote quail-title) "quail" "\
19981 Return the title of the current Quail package.
19985 (autoload (quote quail-use-package) "quail" "\
19986 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
19987 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package.
19989 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
19990 `quail-activate', which see.
19992 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
19994 (autoload (quote quail-define-package) "quail" "\
19995 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
19996 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
19997 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
19998 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
19999 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
20000 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
20002 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
20003 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
20004 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
20005 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
20006 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
20008 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
20010 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
20011 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
20012 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
20013 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
20014 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
20015 list of candidates.
20017 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
20018 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
20019 command to be called.
20021 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
20022 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
20023 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
20024 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
20026 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
20027 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
20028 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
20029 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
20030 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
20033 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
20034 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
20035 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
20036 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
20038 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
20039 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
20040 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
20041 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
20043 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
20044 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
20045 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
20046 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
20047 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
20048 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
20050 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
20051 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
20052 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
20053 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
20054 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
20055 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
20057 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
20058 covers Quail translation region.
20060 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
20061 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
20062 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
20063 for it) is inserted.
20065 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
20066 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
20067 vs. corresponding command to be called.
20069 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
20070 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
20071 non-Quail commands.
20073 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
20075 (autoload (quote quail-set-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
20076 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
20078 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
20079 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
20080 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
20081 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
20082 you type is correctly handled.
20084 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
20086 (autoload (quote quail-show-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
20087 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
20089 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
20092 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
20094 (autoload (quote quail-define-rules) "quail" "\
20095 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
20096 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
20097 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
20098 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
20099 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
20100 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
20101 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
20102 for the translation.
20103 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
20105 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
20106 it is used to handle KEY.
20108 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
20109 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
20110 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
20111 the following annotation types are supported.
20113 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
20114 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
20116 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
20119 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
20120 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
20121 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
20124 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
20125 generated for the following translations.
20127 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
20129 (autoload (quote quail-install-map) "quail" "\
20130 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
20132 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
20133 which to install MAP.
20135 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
20137 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
20139 (autoload (quote quail-install-decode-map) "quail" "\
20140 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
20142 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
20143 which to install MAP.
20145 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
20147 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
20149 (autoload (quote quail-defrule) "quail" "\
20150 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
20151 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
20152 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
20153 a function, or a cons.
20154 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
20155 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
20156 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
20157 for the translation.
20158 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
20159 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
20160 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
20161 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
20162 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
20164 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
20165 it is used to handle KEY.
20167 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
20168 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
20169 current Quail package.
20171 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
20172 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
20174 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
20176 (autoload (quote quail-defrule-internal) "quail" "\
20177 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
20179 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
20180 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
20182 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
20184 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
20185 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
20187 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
20189 (autoload (quote quail-update-leim-list-file) "quail" "\
20190 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
20191 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
20192 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
20193 of the Emacs source tree.
20195 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
20196 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
20198 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
20199 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
20202 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
20206 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
20207 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
20208 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (17087
20210 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
20212 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
20213 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
20214 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
20215 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
20217 To make use of this do something like:
20219 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
20221 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
20223 (autoload (quote quickurl) "quickurl" "\
20224 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
20226 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
20227 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
20228 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
20230 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
20232 (autoload (quote quickurl-ask) "quickurl" "\
20233 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
20235 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
20237 (autoload (quote quickurl-add-url) "quickurl" "\
20238 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
20240 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
20243 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
20245 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url) "quickurl" "\
20246 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
20248 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
20249 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
20250 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
20252 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
20254 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url-ask) "quickurl" "\
20255 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
20257 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
20259 (autoload (quote quickurl-edit-urls) "quickurl" "\
20260 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
20264 (autoload (quote quickurl-list-mode) "quickurl" "\
20265 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
20267 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
20269 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
20273 (autoload (quote quickurl-list) "quickurl" "\
20274 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
20280 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (17087
20282 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
20284 (autoload (quote remote-compile) "rcompile" "\
20285 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
20288 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
20292 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder regexp-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
20293 ;;;;;; (17087 12566))
20294 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
20296 (autoload (quote regexp-builder) "re-builder" "\
20297 Alias for `re-builder': Construct a regexp interactively.
20301 (autoload (quote re-builder) "re-builder" "\
20302 Construct a regexp interactively.
20308 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (17087 12570))
20309 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
20311 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
20312 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
20313 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
20314 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20315 use either \\[customize] or the function `recentf-mode'.")
20317 (custom-autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf")
20319 (autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" "\
20320 Toggle recentf mode.
20321 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
20322 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
20324 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files
20325 that were operated on recently.
20327 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20331 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle
20332 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
20333 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
20334 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (17087
20336 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
20338 (autoload (quote move-to-column-force) "rect" "\
20339 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by spaces and tab.
20340 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
20341 the desired column only if the line is long enough.
20343 \(fn COLUMN &optional FLAG)" nil nil)
20345 (make-obsolete (quote move-to-column-force) (quote move-to-column) "21.2")
20347 (autoload (quote delete-rectangle) "rect" "\
20348 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
20349 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
20350 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
20353 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
20354 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
20357 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
20359 (autoload (quote delete-extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
20360 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
20361 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
20363 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
20364 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
20367 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
20369 (autoload (quote extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
20370 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
20371 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
20373 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
20375 (autoload (quote kill-rectangle) "rect" "\
20376 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
20378 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
20379 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
20381 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
20384 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
20386 (autoload (quote yank-rectangle) "rect" "\
20387 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
20391 (autoload (quote insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
20392 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
20393 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
20394 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
20395 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
20396 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
20397 and point is at the lower right corner.
20399 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
20401 (autoload (quote open-rectangle) "rect" "\
20402 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
20404 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
20405 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
20407 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
20408 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text
20409 on the right side of the rectangle.
20411 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
20413 (defalias (quote close-rectangle) (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle))
20415 (autoload (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle) "rect" "\
20416 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
20417 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
20418 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
20419 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
20421 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
20422 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
20424 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
20426 (autoload (quote string-rectangle) "rect" "\
20427 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
20428 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
20430 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
20432 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
20434 (defalias (quote replace-rectangle) (quote string-rectangle))
20436 (autoload (quote string-insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
20437 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
20439 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
20440 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
20441 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
20443 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
20445 (autoload (quote clear-rectangle) "rect" "\
20446 Blank out the region-rectangle.
20447 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
20449 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
20450 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
20451 rectangle which were empty.
20453 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
20457 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (17087
20459 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
20461 (autoload (quote refill-mode) "refill" "\
20462 Toggle Refill minor mode.
20463 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on iff arg is positive.
20465 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
20466 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
20467 refilling if they would cause auto-filling.
20469 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20473 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-reset-scanning-information reftex-mode
20474 ;;;;;; turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (17087 12570))
20475 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
20477 (autoload (quote turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "\
20478 Turn on RefTeX mode.
20482 (autoload (quote reftex-mode) "reftex" "\
20483 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
20485 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
20486 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
20488 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
20489 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
20490 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
20493 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
20494 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
20495 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
20497 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
20498 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
20499 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
20501 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
20502 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
20504 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
20505 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
20507 \\{reftex-mode-map}
20508 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
20511 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20513 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20515 (autoload (quote reftex-reset-scanning-information) "reftex" "\
20516 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
20517 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
20523 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
20524 ;;;;;; (17087 12564))
20525 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
20527 (autoload (quote reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "\
20528 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
20529 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
20530 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
20531 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
20532 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
20534 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
20536 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
20538 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
20539 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
20540 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
20541 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
20542 `reftex-cite-format'.
20544 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
20545 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
20546 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
20547 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
20549 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
20553 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
20554 ;;;;;; (17087 12564))
20555 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
20557 (autoload (quote reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "\
20558 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
20559 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
20560 the current TeX document.
20562 With no argument, this command toggles
20563 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
20564 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on iff ARG is positive.
20566 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20570 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
20571 ;;;;;; (17087 12566))
20572 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
20574 (autoload (quote reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "\
20575 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
20576 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
20578 To insert new phrases, use
20579 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
20580 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
20582 To index phrases use one of:
20584 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
20585 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
20586 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
20587 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
20588 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
20590 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
20591 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
20593 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
20595 Here are all local bindings.
20597 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}
20603 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
20604 ;;;;;; (17087 12564))
20605 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
20607 (autoload (quote reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "\
20608 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
20609 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
20612 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
20616 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
20617 ;;;;;; (17087 12574))
20618 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
20620 (autoload (quote regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "\
20621 Return a regexp to match a string in STRINGS.
20622 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
20623 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
20624 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
20625 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
20627 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
20628 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
20630 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
20633 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
20635 (autoload (quote regexp-opt-depth) "regexp-opt" "\
20636 Return the depth of REGEXP.
20637 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
20638 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
20640 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
20644 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (17087 12533))
20645 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
20647 (autoload (quote repeat) "repeat" "\
20648 Repeat most recently executed command.
20649 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise, use
20650 the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
20651 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
20653 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it can then
20654 be repeated by repeating the final character of that sequence. This behavior
20655 can be modified by the global variable `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
20657 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
20661 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
20662 ;;;;;; (17087 12380))
20663 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
20665 (autoload (quote reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "\
20666 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
20668 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
20669 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
20670 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
20671 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
20672 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
20673 and point is left after the salutation.
20675 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
20676 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
20677 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
20678 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
20679 left after that text.
20681 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
20684 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
20685 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
20686 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
20687 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
20689 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
20693 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
20694 ;;;;;; (17087 12380))
20695 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
20697 (autoload (quote reposition-window) "reposition" "\
20698 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
20699 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
20700 visibility of comments that precede it.
20701 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
20702 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
20703 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
20704 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
20705 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
20706 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
20707 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
20708 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
20710 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
20711 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
20712 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
20713 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
20714 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
20716 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20717 (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window)
20721 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (17087
20723 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
20725 (autoload (quote resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "\
20726 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes.
20732 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
20733 ;;;;;; (17087 12564))
20734 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
20736 (autoload (quote reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
20737 Toggle Reveal mode on or off.
20738 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
20740 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
20741 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
20742 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
20744 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20746 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
20747 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
20748 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
20749 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20750 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
20752 (custom-autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal")
20754 (autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
20755 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers on or off.
20756 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
20758 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
20759 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
20760 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
20762 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20766 ;;;### (autoloads (file-name-shadow-mode file-name-shadow-tty-properties
20767 ;;;;;; file-name-shadow-properties) "rfn-eshadow" "rfn-eshadow.el"
20768 ;;;;;; (17087 12570))
20769 ;;; Generated autoloads from rfn-eshadow.el
20771 (defvar file-name-shadow-properties (quote (face file-name-shadow field shadow)) "\
20772 Properties given to the `shadowed' part of a filename in the minibuffer.
20773 Only used when `file-name-shadow-mode' is active.
20774 If emacs is not running under a window system,
20775 `file-name-shadow-tty-properties' is used instead.")
20777 (custom-autoload (quote file-name-shadow-properties) "rfn-eshadow")
20779 (defvar file-name-shadow-tty-properties (quote (before-string "{" after-string "} " field shadow)) "\
20780 Properties given to the `shadowed' part of a filename in the minibuffer.
20781 Only used when `file-name-shadow-mode' is active and emacs
20782 is not running under a window-system; if emacs is running under a window
20783 system, `file-name-shadow-properties' is used instead.")
20785 (custom-autoload (quote file-name-shadow-tty-properties) "rfn-eshadow")
20787 (defvar file-name-shadow-mode nil "\
20788 Non-nil if File-Name-Shadow mode is enabled.
20789 See the command `file-name-shadow-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
20790 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20791 use either \\[customize] or the function `file-name-shadow-mode'.")
20793 (custom-autoload (quote file-name-shadow-mode) "rfn-eshadow")
20795 (autoload (quote file-name-shadow-mode) "rfn-eshadow" "\
20796 Toggle File-Name Shadow mode.
20797 When active, any part of a filename being read in the minibuffer
20798 that would be ignored (because the result is passed through
20799 `substitute-in-file-name') is given the properties in
20800 `file-name-shadow-properties', which can be used to make
20801 that portion dim, invisible, or otherwise less visually noticeable.
20803 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
20804 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
20806 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20810 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
20811 ;;;;;; (17087 12581))
20812 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
20814 (autoload (quote ring-p) "ring" "\
20815 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
20819 (autoload (quote make-ring) "ring" "\
20820 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
20822 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
20826 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (17087 12564))
20827 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
20828 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
20830 (autoload (quote rlogin) "rlogin" "\
20831 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
20832 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
20833 other arguments for `rlogin'.
20835 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
20837 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
20838 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
20839 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
20840 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
20842 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
20843 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
20845 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
20846 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
20848 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
20849 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
20852 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
20853 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
20854 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
20855 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
20856 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
20858 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
20859 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
20860 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
20861 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
20863 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
20864 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
20867 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
20871 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-restore-desktop-buffer rmail-set-remote-password
20872 ;;;;;; rmail-input rmail-mode rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-show-message-hook
20873 ;;;;;; rmail-confirm-expunge rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory
20874 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output
20875 ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers
20876 ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names
20877 ;;;;;; rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (17087
20879 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
20881 (autoload (quote rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail" "\
20882 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
20883 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
20885 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
20887 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
20888 *A regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
20889 A value of nil means exclude your own email address as an address
20890 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
20892 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-dont-reply-to-names) "rmail")
20894 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "\\`info-" "\
20895 A regular expression specifying part of the default value of the
20896 variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
20897 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
20898 value is the user's email address and name.)
20899 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
20901 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^x-sign:\\|^x-beenthere:\\|^x-mailman-version:\\|^x-mailman-copy:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-type:\\|^content-length:" "\\|^x-attribution:\\|^x-disclaimer:\\|^x-trace:" "\\|^x-complaints-to:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date" "\\|^x.*-priority:\\|^x-mimeole:\\|^x-archive:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization\\|^resent-openpgp" "\\|^openpgp:\\|^x-request-pgp:\\|^x-original.*:" "\\|^x-virus-scanned:\\|^x-spam-[^s].*:") "\
20902 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
20903 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
20904 which normally happens once for each message,
20905 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
20906 To make a change in this variable take effect
20907 for a message that you have already viewed,
20908 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
20910 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-ignored-headers) "rmail")
20912 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
20913 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
20914 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
20915 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
20917 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-displayed-headers) "rmail")
20919 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers "^x-authentication-warning:" "\
20920 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
20922 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-retry-ignored-headers) "rmail")
20924 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
20925 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
20926 A value of nil means don't highlight.
20927 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.")
20929 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlighted-headers) "rmail")
20931 (defvar rmail-highlight-face nil "\
20932 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.")
20934 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlight-face) "rmail")
20936 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
20937 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
20939 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-delete-after-output) "rmail")
20941 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
20942 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
20943 nil means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
20944 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
20945 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
20947 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-primary-inbox-list) "rmail")
20949 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
20950 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.
20951 This is handy if you want to preserve the window configuration of
20952 the frame where you have the RMAIL buffer displayed.")
20954 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-mail-new-frame) "rmail")
20956 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
20957 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
20959 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-directory) "rmail")
20961 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
20962 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
20964 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-regexp) "rmail")
20966 (defvar rmail-confirm-expunge (quote y-or-n-p) "\
20967 *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.")
20969 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-confirm-expunge) "rmail")
20971 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
20972 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
20974 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
20975 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
20977 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
20978 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
20980 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-show-message-hook) "rmail")
20982 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\
20983 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.")
20985 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
20986 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
20987 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
20988 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
20990 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
20991 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
20993 This is set to nil by default.")
20995 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
20996 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
20997 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
20998 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
20999 until a user explicitly requires it.")
21001 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-enable-mime) "rmail")
21003 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
21004 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.
21005 This function is called when `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
21006 It is called with no argument.")
21008 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
21009 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
21010 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or
21011 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil.
21012 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
21013 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
21014 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
21016 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-resent-message-function nil "\
21017 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be resent.
21018 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
21019 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
21020 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
21021 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
21023 (defvar rmail-search-mime-message-function nil "\
21024 Function to check if a regexp matches a MIME message.
21025 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
21026 It is called with two arguments MSG and REGEXP, where
21027 MSG is the message number, REGEXP is the regular expression.")
21029 (defvar rmail-search-mime-header-function nil "\
21030 Function to check if a regexp matches a header of MIME message.
21031 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
21032 It is called with three arguments MSG, REGEXP, and LIMIT, where
21033 MSG is the message number,
21034 REGEXP is the regular expression,
21035 LIMIT is the position specifying the end of header.")
21037 (defvar rmail-mime-feature (quote rmail-mime) "\
21038 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
21039 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
21040 this feature is required with `require'.")
21042 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
21043 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
21044 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
21045 the message is decoded as normal way.
21047 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
21048 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
21049 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
21051 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\";]+\\)\"?" "\
21052 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
21053 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
21055 (autoload (quote rmail) "rmail" "\
21056 Read and edit incoming mail.
21057 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
21058 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
21059 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
21061 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
21062 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
21063 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
21064 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
21066 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
21068 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
21070 (autoload (quote rmail-mode) "rmail" "\
21071 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
21072 All normal editing commands are turned off.
21073 Instead, these commands are available:
21075 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message (same as \\[beginning-of-buffer]).
21076 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
21077 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
21078 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
21079 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
21080 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
21081 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
21082 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
21083 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
21084 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
21085 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
21086 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
21087 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
21088 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
21089 till a deleted message is found.
21090 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
21091 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
21092 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
21093 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
21094 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
21095 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
21096 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
21097 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
21098 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
21099 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
21100 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
21101 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
21102 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
21103 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
21104 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
21105 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
21106 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
21107 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
21108 (label defaults to last one specified).
21109 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
21110 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
21111 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
21112 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
21113 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
21114 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
21115 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
21116 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
21117 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
21121 (autoload (quote rmail-input) "rmail" "\
21122 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
21124 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21126 (autoload (quote rmail-set-remote-password) "rmail" "\
21127 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
21129 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
21131 (autoload (quote rmail-restore-desktop-buffer) "rmail" "\
21132 Restore an rmail buffer specified in a desktop file.
21134 \(fn DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)" nil nil)
21138 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
21139 ;;;;;; (17087 12570))
21140 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
21142 (autoload (quote rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "\
21143 Edit the contents of this message.
21149 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
21150 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
21151 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (17087 12380))
21152 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
21154 (autoload (quote rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" "\
21155 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
21156 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
21158 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
21160 (autoload (quote rmail-kill-label) "rmailkwd" "\
21161 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
21162 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
21164 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
21166 (autoload (quote rmail-read-label) "rmailkwd" "\
21169 \(fn PROMPT)" nil nil)
21171 (autoload (quote rmail-previous-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
21172 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
21173 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
21174 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
21175 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels.
21177 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
21179 (autoload (quote rmail-next-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
21180 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
21181 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
21182 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
21183 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels.
21185 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
21189 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
21190 ;;;;;; (17087 12380))
21191 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
21193 (autoload (quote set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "\
21194 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
21195 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
21196 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list.
21198 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
21202 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
21203 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
21204 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (17087 12380))
21205 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
21207 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
21208 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
21209 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
21210 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
21211 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
21212 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
21213 a file name as a string.")
21215 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout")
21217 (autoload (quote rmail-output-to-rmail-file) "rmailout" "\
21218 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
21219 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
21220 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
21221 buffer visiting that file.
21222 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
21223 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
21225 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
21226 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
21228 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
21229 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
21231 If optional argument STAY is non-nil, then leave the last filed
21232 mesasge up instead of moving forward to the next non-deleted message.
21234 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT STAY)" t nil)
21236 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
21237 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
21239 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-fields-not-to-output) "rmailout")
21241 (autoload (quote rmail-output) "rmailout" "\
21242 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
21243 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
21244 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
21245 When called from lisp code, N may be omitted.
21247 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
21248 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
21249 will be appended with their original headers.
21251 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
21252 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
21254 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
21255 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
21257 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS.
21259 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE FROM-GNUS)" t nil)
21261 (autoload (quote rmail-output-body-to-file) "rmailout" "\
21262 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
21263 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message.
21265 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
21269 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-labels rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
21270 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
21271 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (17087
21273 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
21275 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "\
21276 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
21277 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
21279 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
21281 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-subject) "rmailsort" "\
21282 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
21283 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
21285 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
21287 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-author) "rmailsort" "\
21288 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
21289 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
21291 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
21293 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-recipient) "rmailsort" "\
21294 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
21295 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
21297 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
21299 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-correspondent) "rmailsort" "\
21300 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
21301 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
21303 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
21305 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-lines) "rmailsort" "\
21306 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
21307 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
21309 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
21311 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-labels) "rmailsort" "\
21312 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
21313 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
21314 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels.
21316 \(fn REVERSE LABELS)" t nil)
21320 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder
21321 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp
21322 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary
21323 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages)
21324 ;;;;;; "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (17087 12566))
21325 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
21327 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
21328 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
21330 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages) "rmailsum")
21332 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
21333 *Non-nil means Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
21335 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-count-flag) "rmailsum")
21337 (autoload (quote rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "\
21338 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message.
21342 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-labels) "rmailsum" "\
21343 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
21344 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas.
21346 \(fn LABELS)" t nil)
21348 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-recipients) "rmailsum" "\
21349 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
21350 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
21351 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
21352 only look in the To and From fields.
21353 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas.
21355 \(fn RECIPIENTS &optional PRIMARY-ONLY)" t nil)
21357 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-regexp) "rmailsum" "\
21358 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
21359 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
21360 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
21361 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary.
21363 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
21365 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-topic) "rmailsum" "\
21366 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
21367 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
21368 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
21369 look in the whole message.
21370 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas.
21372 \(fn SUBJECT &optional WHOLE-MESSAGE)" t nil)
21374 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-senders) "rmailsum" "\
21375 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
21376 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas.
21378 \(fn SENDERS)" t nil)
21380 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder (function identity) "\
21381 *Function to decode summary-line.
21383 By default, `identity' is set.")
21385 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-decoder) "rmailsum")
21387 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
21388 *Regexp matching user mail addresses.
21389 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
21390 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
21391 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
21392 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
21393 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
21395 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
21396 sent by you under different user names.
21397 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
21399 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
21401 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-user-mail-address-regexp) "rmailsum")
21405 ;;;### (autoloads (news-post-news) "rnewspost" "obsolete/rnewspost.el"
21406 ;;;;;; (17087 12566))
21407 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rnewspost.el
21409 (autoload (quote news-post-news) "rnewspost" "\
21410 Begin editing a new USENET news article to be posted.
21411 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing the article to get a list of commands.
21412 If NOQUERY is non-nil, we do not query before doing the work.
21414 \(fn &optional NOQUERY)" t nil)
21418 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
21419 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (17087 12380))
21420 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
21422 (autoload (quote rot13) "rot13" "\
21423 Return Rot13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
21425 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
21427 (autoload (quote rot13-string) "rot13" "\
21428 Return Rot13 encryption of STRING.
21430 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
21432 (autoload (quote rot13-region) "rot13" "\
21433 Rot13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
21435 \(fn START END)" t nil)
21437 (autoload (quote rot13-other-window) "rot13" "\
21438 Display current buffer in rot 13 in another window.
21439 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
21441 To terminate the rot13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
21442 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
21445 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
21449 (autoload (quote toggle-rot13-mode) "rot13" "\
21450 Toggle the use of rot 13 encoding for the current window.
21456 ;;;### (autoloads (resize-minibuffer-mode resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly
21457 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height resize-minibuffer-frame
21458 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-window-exactly resize-minibuffer-window-max-height
21459 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "obsolete/rsz-mini.el"
21460 ;;;;;; (17087 12564))
21461 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rsz-mini.el
21463 (defvar resize-minibuffer-mode nil "\
21464 *This variable is obsolete.")
21466 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini")
21468 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-max-height nil "\
21469 *This variable is obsolete.")
21471 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-window-max-height) "rsz-mini")
21473 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-exactly t "\
21474 *This variable is obsolete.")
21476 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-window-exactly) "rsz-mini")
21478 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame nil "\
21479 *This variable is obsolete.")
21481 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame) "rsz-mini")
21483 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height nil "\
21484 *This variable is obsolete.")
21486 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height) "rsz-mini")
21488 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly t "\
21489 *This variable is obsolete.")
21491 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly) "rsz-mini")
21493 (autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "\
21494 This function is obsolete.
21496 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
21500 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (17087
21502 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
21504 (autoload (quote ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "\
21505 Display a ruler in the header line if ARG > 0.
21507 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21511 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (17087
21513 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
21515 (autoload (quote rx-to-string) "rx" "\
21516 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
21517 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
21518 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
21520 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
21522 (autoload (quote rx) "rx" "\
21523 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
21524 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
21525 See also `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
21527 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
21531 matches string STRING literally.
21534 matches character CHAR literally.
21536 `not-newline', `nonl'
21537 matches any character except a newline.
21540 matches any character
21545 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
21546 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
21547 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
21549 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
21550 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
21551 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
21552 `word', or one of their synonyms.
21554 `(not (any SET ...))'
21555 matches any character not in SET ...
21557 `line-start', `bol'
21558 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
21559 in the text being matched
21562 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
21564 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
21565 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
21566 string being matched against.
21568 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
21569 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
21570 string being matched against.
21573 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
21574 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
21577 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
21578 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
21581 matches the empty string, but only at point.
21583 `word-start', `bow'
21584 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
21588 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
21591 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
21594 `(not word-boundary)'
21595 `not-word-boundary'
21596 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
21599 `digit', `numeric', `num'
21600 matches 0 through 9.
21603 matches ASCII control characters.
21605 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
21606 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
21609 matches space and tab only.
21612 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
21615 `printing', `print'
21616 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
21619 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
21620 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
21621 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
21623 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
21624 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
21625 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
21628 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
21631 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
21633 `lower', `lower-case'
21634 matches anything lower-case.
21636 `upper', `upper-case'
21637 matches anything upper-case.
21639 `punctuation', `punct'
21640 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
21641 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
21643 `space', `whitespace', `white'
21644 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
21647 matches anything that has word syntax.
21650 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
21653 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
21654 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
21655 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
21657 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
21658 `punctuation' (\\s.)
21661 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
21662 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
21663 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
21664 `string-quote' (\\s\")
21665 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
21667 `character-quote' (\\s/)
21668 `comment-start' (\\s<)
21669 `comment-end' (\\s>)
21670 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
21671 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
21673 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
21674 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
21676 `(category CATEGORY)'
21677 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
21678 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
21680 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
21681 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
21682 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
21683 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
21687 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
21688 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
21689 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
21690 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
21691 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
21692 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
21693 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
21694 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
21695 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
21696 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
21697 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
21698 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
21699 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
21700 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
21709 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
21713 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
21715 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
21720 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
21721 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
21723 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
21724 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
21725 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
21726 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
21727 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
21729 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
21730 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
21731 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
21732 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
21734 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
21735 another name for `submatch'.
21737 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
21738 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
21739 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
21740 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
21741 regular expression.
21743 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
21744 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
21745 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
21746 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
21747 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
21749 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
21750 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
21752 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
21753 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
21755 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
21757 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
21760 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
21761 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
21764 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
21765 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
21767 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
21769 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
21772 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
21775 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
21777 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
21778 `(optional SEXP ...)'
21780 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
21783 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
21786 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
21790 matches N occurrences.
21793 matches N or more occurrences.
21795 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
21796 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
21797 matches N to M occurrences.
21800 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
21803 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
21806 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
21809 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
21813 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
21815 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil (quote macro))
21819 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
21820 ;;;;;; (17087 12528))
21821 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
21823 (autoload (quote scheme-mode) "scheme" "\
21824 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
21825 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
21827 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
21828 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
21829 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
21830 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
21831 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
21832 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
21833 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
21834 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
21837 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
21838 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
21839 \\{scheme-mode-map}
21840 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
21841 if that value is non-nil.
21845 (autoload (quote dsssl-mode) "scheme" "\
21846 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
21847 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
21850 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
21851 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
21852 \\{scheme-mode-map}
21853 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
21854 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
21855 that variable's value is a string.
21861 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
21862 ;;;;;; (17087 12566))
21863 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
21865 (autoload (quote gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "\
21866 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
21867 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
21869 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
21875 ;;;### (autoloads (scribe-mode) "scribe" "obsolete/scribe.el" (17087
21877 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/scribe.el
21879 (autoload (quote scribe-mode) "scribe" "\
21880 Major mode for editing files of Scribe (a text formatter) source.
21881 Scribe-mode is similar to text-mode, with a few extra commands added.
21882 \\{scribe-mode-map}
21884 Interesting variables:
21886 `scribe-fancy-paragraphs'
21887 Non-nil makes Scribe mode use a different style of paragraph separation.
21889 `scribe-electric-quote'
21890 Non-nil makes insert of double quote use `` or '' depending on context.
21892 `scribe-electric-parenthesis'
21893 Non-nil makes an open-parenthesis char (one of `([<{')
21894 automatically insert its close if typed after an @Command form.
21900 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
21901 ;;;;;; (17087 12380))
21902 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
21904 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
21905 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
21906 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
21907 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
21908 use either \\[customize] or the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
21910 (custom-autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all")
21912 (autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "\
21913 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode.
21914 With ARG, turn Scroll-All minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
21915 When Scroll-All mode is on, scrolling commands entered in one window
21916 apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
21918 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21922 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mailing-lists
21923 ;;;;;; mail-mode mail-default-directory mail-signature mail-citation-hook
21924 ;;;;;; mail-personal-alias-file mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to
21925 ;;;;;; mail-archive-file-name mail-header-separator send-mail-function
21926 ;;;;;; mail-yank-ignored-headers mail-interactive mail-self-blind
21927 ;;;;;; mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style) "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el"
21928 ;;;;;; (17087 12582))
21929 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
21931 (defvar mail-from-style (quote angles) "\
21932 *Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
21934 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
21936 If `parens', they look like:
21937 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
21938 If `angles', they look like:
21939 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
21940 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
21941 derived from the envelope-from address.
21943 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
21944 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
21945 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
21946 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
21948 (custom-autoload (quote mail-from-style) "sendmail")
21950 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
21951 *If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
21952 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
21953 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
21955 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
21956 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
21957 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
21958 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
21960 (custom-autoload (quote mail-specify-envelope-from) "sendmail")
21962 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
21963 *Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
21964 This is done when the message is initialized,
21965 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
21967 (custom-autoload (quote mail-self-blind) "sendmail")
21969 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
21970 *Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
21971 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
21973 (custom-autoload (quote mail-interactive) "sendmail")
21975 (defvar mail-yank-ignored-headers "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^status:\\|^remailed\\|^received:\\|^message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^to:\\|^subject:\\|^in-reply-to:\\|^return-path:\\|^mail-reply-to:\\|^mail-followup-to:" "\
21976 *Delete these headers from old message when it's inserted in a reply.")
21978 (custom-autoload (quote mail-yank-ignored-headers) "sendmail")
21980 (defvar send-mail-function (quote sendmail-send-it) "\
21981 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
21982 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
21983 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
21984 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
21985 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
21986 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
21988 (custom-autoload (quote send-mail-function) "sendmail")
21990 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
21991 *Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
21993 (custom-autoload (quote mail-header-separator) "sendmail")
21995 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
21996 *Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
21997 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
21999 (custom-autoload (quote mail-archive-file-name) "sendmail")
22001 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
22002 *Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
22003 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
22004 when you first send mail.")
22006 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-reply-to) "sendmail")
22008 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
22009 *If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
22010 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
22011 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
22012 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
22014 (custom-autoload (quote mail-alias-file) "sendmail")
22016 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
22017 *If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
22018 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
22019 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
22020 This file need not actually exist.")
22022 (custom-autoload (quote mail-personal-alias-file) "sendmail")
22024 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
22025 *Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
22026 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
22027 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
22028 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
22029 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
22030 in the cited portion of the message.
22032 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
22033 instead of no action.")
22035 (custom-autoload (quote mail-citation-hook) "sendmail")
22037 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
22038 *Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
22039 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
22040 If a string, that string is inserted.
22041 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
22042 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
22043 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
22044 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
22046 (custom-autoload (quote mail-signature) "sendmail")
22048 (defvar mail-default-directory "~/" "\
22049 *Directory for mail buffers.
22050 Value of `default-directory' for mail buffers.
22051 This directory is used for auto-save files of mail buffers.")
22053 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-directory) "sendmail")
22055 (autoload (quote mail-mode) "sendmail" "\
22056 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
22057 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
22058 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message) \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit
22059 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
22060 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subject:
22061 \\[mail-cc] move to CC: \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC:
22062 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
22063 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
22064 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
22065 \\[mail-text] mail-text (move to beginning of message text).
22066 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
22067 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
22068 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
22069 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a Sent-via field for each To or CC).
22070 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
22071 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
22075 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
22076 *List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
22078 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
22079 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
22081 (custom-autoload (quote mail-mailing-lists) "sendmail")
22083 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
22084 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
22085 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
22086 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
22087 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
22088 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
22090 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system (quote iso-latin-1) "\
22091 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
22092 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
22094 This variable is set/changed by the command set-language-environment.
22095 User should not set this variable manually,
22096 instead use sendmail-coding-system to get a constant encoding
22097 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
22098 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
22099 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
22101 (autoload (quote mail) "sendmail" "\
22102 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
22103 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
22104 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
22106 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
22107 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
22110 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
22112 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
22113 to move to message header fields:
22116 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
22117 when the message is initialized.
22119 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
22120 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
22122 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
22125 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
22126 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
22128 When calling from a program, the first argument if non-nil says
22129 not to erase the existing contents of the `*mail*' buffer.
22131 The second through fifth arguments,
22132 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
22133 the initial contents of those header fields.
22134 These arguments should not have final newlines.
22135 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
22136 original message being replied to, or else an action
22137 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
22138 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
22139 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
22140 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
22141 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
22142 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
22144 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS)" t nil)
22146 (autoload (quote mail-other-window) "sendmail" "\
22147 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
22149 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
22151 (autoload (quote mail-other-frame) "sendmail" "\
22152 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
22154 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
22158 ;;;### (autoloads (server-mode server-start server-getenv) "server"
22159 ;;;;;; "server.el" (17087 12564))
22160 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
22162 (autoload (quote server-getenv) "server" "\
22163 Get the value of VARIABLE in the client environment of frame FRAME.
22164 VARIABLE should be a string. Value is nil if VARIABLE is undefined in
22165 the environment. Otherwise, value is a string.
22167 If FRAME is an emacsclient frame, then the variable is looked up
22168 in the environment of the emacsclient process; otherwise the
22169 function consults the environment of the Emacs process.
22171 If FRAME is nil or missing, then the selected frame is used.
22173 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FRAME)" nil nil)
22175 (autoload (quote server-start) "server" "\
22176 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
22177 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
22178 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs
22179 job. To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
22180 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
22182 Prefix arg LEAVE-DEAD means just kill any existing server
22183 communications subprocess.
22185 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD)" t nil)
22187 (defvar server-mode nil "\
22188 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
22189 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
22190 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22191 use either \\[customize] or the function `server-mode'.")
22193 (custom-autoload (quote server-mode) "server")
22195 (autoload (quote server-mode) "server" "\
22196 Toggle Server mode.
22197 With ARG, turn Server mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
22198 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
22199 `emacsclient' program. See `server-start' and Info node `Emacs server'.
22201 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22205 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (17087 12578))
22206 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
22208 (autoload (quote ses-mode) "ses" "\
22209 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
22210 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in the etc data directory) for more info.
22214 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
22215 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
22216 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
22217 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
22223 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
22224 ;;;;;; (17087 12575))
22225 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
22227 (autoload (quote sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
22228 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
22230 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
22233 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
22234 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
22235 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
22237 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation 'upcase) in
22238 your `.emacs' file.
22240 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
22242 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
22243 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
22248 (defalias (quote xml-mode) (quote sgml-mode))
22250 (autoload (quote html-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
22251 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
22252 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
22253 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
22254 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
22255 which this is based.
22257 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
22259 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
22260 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
22261 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
22262 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
22264 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
22265 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
22266 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
22268 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
22269 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
22270 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
22271 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
22273 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
22274 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
22275 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
22276 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
22278 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
22280 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
22281 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `''.
22282 To work around that, do:
22283 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
22291 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
22292 ;;;;;; (17087 12570))
22293 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
22295 (autoload (quote sh-mode) "sh-script" "\
22296 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
22297 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
22298 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
22299 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
22300 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
22302 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
22303 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
22304 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
22305 shell-specific features.
22307 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
22308 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
22309 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
22311 \\[sh-case] case statement
22312 \\[sh-for] for loop
22313 \\[sh-function] function definition
22314 \\[sh-if] if statement
22315 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
22316 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
22317 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
22318 \\[sh-select] select loop
22319 \\[sh-until] until loop
22320 \\[sh-while] while loop
22322 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
22323 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
22324 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
22325 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
22326 would indent to the way it currently is.
22327 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
22328 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
22331 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
22332 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
22333 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
22334 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
22335 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
22336 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
22338 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
22340 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
22342 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
22343 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
22344 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
22346 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
22347 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
22351 (defalias (quote shell-script-mode) (quote sh-mode))
22355 ;;;### (autoloads (sha1) "sha1" "gnus/sha1.el" (17087 12466))
22356 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sha1.el
22358 (autoload (quote sha1) "sha1" "\
22359 Return the SHA1 (Secure Hash Algorithm) of an object.
22360 OBJECT is either a string or a buffer.
22361 Optional arguments BEG and END denote buffer positions for computing the
22362 hash of a portion of OBJECT.
22363 If BINARY is non-nil, return a string in binary form.
22365 \(fn OBJECT &optional BEG END BINARY)" nil nil)
22369 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
22370 ;;;;;; (17087 12380))
22371 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
22373 (autoload (quote list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "\
22374 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
22376 This function lists potential load-path problems. Directories in the
22377 `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
22378 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
22379 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
22382 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
22384 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
22386 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
22387 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
22388 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
22390 The first XXX.el file prevents emacs from seeing the second (unless
22391 the second is loaded explicitly via load-file).
22393 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
22394 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
22395 XXX package was not distributed with versions of emacs prior to
22396 19.30. An emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
22397 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the emacs distribution.
22398 Unless the emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
22399 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
22402 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
22403 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
22404 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
22405 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
22406 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
22408 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
22409 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
22410 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'.
22416 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
22417 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (17087
22419 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
22421 (autoload (quote shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "\
22422 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
22423 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
22424 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
22425 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
22426 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the sites
22431 (autoload (quote shadow-define-literal-group) "shadowfile" "\
22432 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
22433 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
22434 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
22435 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
22439 (autoload (quote shadow-define-regexp-group) "shadowfile" "\
22440 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
22441 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
22442 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
22443 hosts (if they aren't, use shadow-define-group instead of this function).
22444 Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
22445 `shadow-define-cluster').
22449 (autoload (quote shadow-initialize) "shadowfile" "\
22450 Set up file shadowing.
22456 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
22457 ;;;;;; (17087 12575))
22458 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
22460 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe" "\
22461 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
22462 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
22463 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
22464 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
22467 (custom-autoload (quote shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell")
22469 (autoload (quote shell) "shell" "\
22470 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
22471 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
22472 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
22473 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
22474 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
22475 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
22476 or else from SHELL if there is no ESHELL.
22477 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, it is given as initial input
22478 (Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the shell
22479 discards input when it starts up.)
22480 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
22481 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
22482 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
22484 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
22485 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
22486 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
22487 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
22488 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
22489 `default-process-coding-system'.
22491 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
22492 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
22493 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
22494 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
22496 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
22498 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22499 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
22503 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-upload-and-bury sieve-upload sieve-manage)
22504 ;;;;;; "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (17087 12466))
22505 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
22507 (autoload (quote sieve-manage) "sieve" "\
22510 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
22512 (autoload (quote sieve-upload) "sieve" "\
22515 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
22517 (autoload (quote sieve-upload-and-bury) "sieve" "\
22520 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
22524 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el"
22525 ;;;;;; (17087 12574))
22526 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
22528 (autoload (quote sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "\
22529 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
22530 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
22531 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
22532 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
22534 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
22540 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (17087
22542 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
22544 (autoload (quote simula-mode) "simula" "\
22545 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
22546 \\{simula-mode-map}
22547 Variables controlling indentation style:
22548 `simula-tab-always-indent'
22549 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
22550 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
22551 `simula-indent-level'
22552 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
22553 `simula-substatement-offset'
22554 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
22555 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
22556 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
22557 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
22558 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
22559 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
22560 `simula-label-offset' -4711
22561 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
22562 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
22563 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
22564 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
22565 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
22566 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
22567 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
22568 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
22569 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
22570 `simula-electric-indent' nil
22571 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
22572 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
22573 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
22574 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
22575 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
22576 or nil if they should not be changed.
22577 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
22578 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
22579 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
22580 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
22582 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
22583 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
22589 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
22590 ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (17087 12570))
22591 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
22593 (defvar skeleton-filter (quote identity) "\
22594 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
22596 (autoload (quote define-skeleton) "skeleton" "\
22597 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
22598 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
22599 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
22601 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil (quote macro))
22603 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy-new) "skeleton" "\
22605 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
22606 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
22607 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
22608 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
22609 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
22611 Optional first argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
22612 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
22614 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
22616 (autoload (quote skeleton-insert) "skeleton" "\
22617 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
22619 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
22620 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
22621 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
22622 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
22624 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
22625 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
22626 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
22627 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
22629 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
22630 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
22631 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
22633 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
22634 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
22636 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
22637 `skeleton-transformation'). Other possibilities are:
22639 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
22640 _ interesting point, interregion here
22641 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
22642 interesting point set by _
22643 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
22644 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
22645 & do next ELEMENT iff previous moved point
22646 | do next ELEMENT iff previous didn't move point
22647 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
22648 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
22651 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
22652 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
22654 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
22655 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
22656 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
22657 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
22658 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
22659 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
22660 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
22661 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
22663 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
22664 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
22665 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
22666 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
22667 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
22670 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
22671 then: insert previously read string once more
22672 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
22673 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
22674 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
22676 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
22677 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
22679 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
22681 (autoload (quote skeleton-pair-insert-maybe) "skeleton" "\
22682 Insert the character you type ARG times.
22684 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
22685 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
22686 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
22687 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter' returns nil, pairing is performed.
22688 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
22691 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
22692 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
22693 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
22699 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-mode smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el"
22700 ;;;;;; (17087 12575))
22701 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
22703 (autoload (quote smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "\
22704 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
22705 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
22708 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
22710 (autoload (quote smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "\
22711 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
22712 \\{smerge-mode-map}
22714 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22718 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el"
22719 ;;;;;; (17087 12470))
22720 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
22722 (autoload (quote smiley-region) "smiley" "\
22723 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
22724 A list of images is returned.
22726 \(fn START END)" t nil)
22728 (autoload (quote smiley-buffer) "smiley" "\
22729 Run `smiley-region' at the buffer, specified in the argument or
22730 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer
22732 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22736 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
22737 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (17087 12566))
22738 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
22740 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" "\
22745 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-queued-mail) "smtpmail" "\
22746 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
22752 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (17087 12566))
22753 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
22755 (autoload (quote snake) "snake" "\
22756 Play the Snake game.
22757 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
22759 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
22761 Snake mode keybindings:
22763 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
22764 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
22765 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
22766 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
22767 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
22768 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
22769 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
22775 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
22776 ;;;;;; (17087 12566))
22777 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
22779 (autoload (quote snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
22780 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
22781 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
22782 Tab indents for C code.
22783 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
22784 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
22786 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
22791 (autoload (quote snmpv2-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
22792 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
22793 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
22794 Tab indents for C code.
22795 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
22796 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
22798 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
22799 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
22805 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name
22806 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form)
22807 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (17087 12564))
22808 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
22810 (defvar calendar-time-display-form (quote (12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")"))) "\
22811 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
22813 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
22814 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
22815 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
22817 For example, the form
22819 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
22820 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
22822 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
22824 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-time-display-form) "solar")
22826 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
22827 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
22829 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
22830 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
22831 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
22834 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
22836 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-latitude) "solar")
22838 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
22839 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
22841 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
22842 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
22843 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
22846 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
22848 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-longitude) "solar")
22850 (defvar calendar-location-name (quote (let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) (quote north)) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) (quote east)) "E" "W"))))) "\
22851 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'.
22852 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
22855 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
22857 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-location-name) "solar")
22859 (autoload (quote sunrise-sunset) "solar" "\
22860 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
22861 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
22863 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
22864 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
22866 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
22868 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22870 (autoload (quote solar-equinoxes-solstices) "solar" "\
22871 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
22872 Requires floating point.
22878 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (17087
22880 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
22882 (autoload (quote solitaire) "solitaire" "\
22885 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
22886 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
22887 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
22888 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
22889 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
22890 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
22891 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
22892 check after each move or undo)
22896 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
22897 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
22898 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
22917 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
22918 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
22919 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
22920 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
22922 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
22923 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
22924 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
22927 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
22928 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
22930 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
22946 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
22948 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
22954 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
22955 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
22956 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (17087 12380))
22957 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
22959 (autoload (quote sort-subr) "sort" "\
22960 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
22962 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
22963 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
22964 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
22965 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
22968 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
22969 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
22970 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
22973 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
22974 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
22976 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
22977 It moves point to the start of the next record.
22978 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
22979 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
22982 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
22983 It should move point to the end of the record.
22985 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
22986 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
22987 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
22988 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
22989 starts at the beginning of the record.
22991 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
22992 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
22995 PREDICATE is the function to use to compare keys. If keys are numbers,
22996 it defaults to `<', otherwise it defaults to `string<'.
22998 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
23000 (autoload (quote sort-lines) "sort" "\
23001 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
23002 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
23003 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
23004 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
23007 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
23009 (autoload (quote sort-paragraphs) "sort" "\
23010 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
23011 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
23012 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
23013 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
23016 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
23018 (autoload (quote sort-pages) "sort" "\
23019 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
23020 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
23021 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
23022 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
23025 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
23027 (autoload (quote sort-numeric-fields) "sort" "\
23028 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
23029 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
23030 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
23031 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
23032 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
23033 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
23034 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
23035 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
23037 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
23039 (autoload (quote sort-fields) "sort" "\
23040 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
23041 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
23042 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
23043 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
23044 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
23045 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
23048 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
23050 (autoload (quote sort-regexp-fields) "sort" "\
23051 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
23052 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
23053 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
23054 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
23055 is to be used for sorting.
23056 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
23057 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
23058 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
23059 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
23060 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
23062 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
23064 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
23067 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
23068 starting with the letter \"f\",
23069 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
23071 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
23073 (autoload (quote sort-columns) "sort" "\
23074 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
23075 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
23076 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
23077 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
23078 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
23079 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
23082 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
23083 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
23084 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
23085 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
23086 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
23088 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
23090 (autoload (quote reverse-region) "sort" "\
23091 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
23092 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
23094 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
23098 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-initialize) "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (17087
23100 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
23102 (autoload (quote spam-initialize) "spam" "\
23103 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization
23109 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-report-deagentize spam-report-agentize spam-report-url-to-file
23110 ;;;;;; spam-report-url-ping-mm-url spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report"
23111 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-report.el" (17087 12567))
23112 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
23114 (autoload (quote spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report" "\
23115 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
23117 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
23118 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
23119 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
23121 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
23123 (autoload (quote spam-report-url-ping-mm-url) "spam-report" "\
23124 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
23125 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
23128 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
23130 (autoload (quote spam-report-url-to-file) "spam-report" "\
23131 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
23132 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
23134 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
23136 (autoload (quote spam-report-agentize) "spam-report" "\
23137 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
23138 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
23139 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
23144 (autoload (quote spam-report-deagentize) "spam-report" "\
23145 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
23146 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
23147 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
23153 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
23154 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (17087 12566))
23155 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
23157 (defalias (quote speedbar) (quote speedbar-frame-mode))
23159 (autoload (quote speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "\
23160 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
23161 nil means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
23162 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
23163 supported at a time.
23164 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
23165 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
23167 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23169 (autoload (quote speedbar-get-focus) "speedbar" "\
23170 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
23171 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
23172 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
23178 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
23179 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (17087 12564))
23180 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
23182 (put (quote spell-filter) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
23184 (autoload (quote spell-buffer) "spell" "\
23185 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
23186 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
23187 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
23188 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
23189 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped.
23193 (autoload (quote spell-word) "spell" "\
23194 Check spelling of word at or before point.
23195 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
23196 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it.
23200 (autoload (quote spell-region) "spell" "\
23201 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
23202 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
23203 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
23204 for example, \"word\".
23206 \(fn START END &optional DESCRIPTION)" t nil)
23208 (autoload (quote spell-string) "spell" "\
23209 Check spelling of string supplied as argument.
23211 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
23215 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (17087
23217 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
23219 (autoload (quote spook) "spook" "\
23220 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
23224 (autoload (quote snarf-spooks) "spook" "\
23225 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
23231 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
23232 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
23233 ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-product-interactive sql-mode sql-help
23234 ;;;;;; sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (17087
23236 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
23238 (autoload (quote sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "\
23239 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
23241 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a sql product, such as
23242 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
23243 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
23244 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
23245 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
23246 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
23247 of the current highlighting list.
23251 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
23252 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
23254 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
23255 `_t' as data types.
23257 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
23259 (autoload (quote sql-help) "sql" "\
23260 Show short help for the SQL modes.
23262 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
23263 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
23265 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
23267 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
23268 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
23269 SQLite: \\[sql-sqlite]
23271 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
23273 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
23274 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
23275 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
23276 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
23277 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
23278 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
23280 Interbase: \\[sql-interbase]
23281 Linter: \\[sql-linter]
23283 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
23285 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
23286 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
23287 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
23288 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
23290 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
23291 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
23292 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
23293 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
23295 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
23296 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
23297 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.
23301 (autoload (quote sql-mode) "sql" "\
23302 Major mode to edit SQL.
23304 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
23305 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
23306 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
23309 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
23311 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
23312 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
23313 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
23314 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
23315 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
23316 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
23318 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
23319 `sql-interactive-mode'.
23321 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
23322 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
23323 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
23325 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
23327 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
23331 (autoload (quote sql-product-interactive) "sql" "\
23332 Run product interpreter as an inferior process.
23334 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
23335 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
23338 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
23340 \(fn &optional PRODUCT)" t nil)
23342 (autoload (quote sql-oracle) "sql" "\
23343 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
23345 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
23346 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
23349 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
23350 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
23351 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
23352 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
23354 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
23355 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
23357 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
23358 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
23359 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
23360 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
23361 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
23362 `default-process-coding-system'.
23364 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
23368 (autoload (quote sql-sybase) "sql" "\
23369 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
23371 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
23372 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
23375 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
23376 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
23377 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
23378 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
23380 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
23381 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
23383 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
23384 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
23385 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
23386 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
23387 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
23388 `default-process-coding-system'.
23390 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
23394 (autoload (quote sql-informix) "sql" "\
23395 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
23397 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
23398 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
23401 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
23402 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
23404 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
23405 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
23407 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
23408 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
23409 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
23410 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
23411 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
23412 `default-process-coding-system'.
23414 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
23418 (autoload (quote sql-sqlite) "sql" "\
23419 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
23421 SQLite is free software.
23423 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
23424 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
23427 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
23428 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
23429 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
23430 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
23432 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
23433 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
23435 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
23436 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
23437 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
23438 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
23439 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
23440 `default-process-coding-system'.
23442 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
23446 (autoload (quote sql-mysql) "sql" "\
23447 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
23449 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
23451 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
23452 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
23455 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
23456 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
23457 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
23458 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
23460 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
23461 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
23463 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
23464 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
23465 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
23466 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
23467 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
23468 `default-process-coding-system'.
23470 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
23474 (autoload (quote sql-solid) "sql" "\
23475 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
23477 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
23478 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
23481 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
23482 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
23485 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
23486 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
23488 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
23489 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
23490 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
23491 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
23492 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
23493 `default-process-coding-system'.
23495 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
23499 (autoload (quote sql-ingres) "sql" "\
23500 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
23502 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
23503 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
23506 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
23507 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
23509 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
23510 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
23512 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
23513 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
23514 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
23515 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
23516 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
23517 `default-process-coding-system'.
23519 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
23523 (autoload (quote sql-ms) "sql" "\
23524 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
23526 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
23527 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
23530 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
23531 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
23532 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
23533 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
23535 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
23536 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
23538 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
23539 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
23540 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
23541 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
23542 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
23543 `default-process-coding-system'.
23545 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
23549 (autoload (quote sql-postgres) "sql" "\
23550 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
23552 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
23553 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
23556 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
23557 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
23558 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
23559 `sql-postgres-options'.
23561 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
23562 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
23564 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
23565 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
23566 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
23567 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
23568 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
23569 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
23570 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
23571 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
23573 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
23574 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
23576 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
23580 (autoload (quote sql-interbase) "sql" "\
23581 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
23583 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
23584 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
23587 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
23588 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
23591 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
23592 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
23594 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
23595 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
23596 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
23597 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
23598 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
23599 `default-process-coding-system'.
23601 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
23605 (autoload (quote sql-db2) "sql" "\
23606 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
23608 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
23609 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
23612 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
23615 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
23616 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
23618 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
23619 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
23620 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
23621 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
23623 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
23624 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
23625 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
23626 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
23627 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
23628 `default-process-coding-system'.
23630 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
23634 (autoload (quote sql-linter) "sql" "\
23635 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
23637 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
23638 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
23641 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
23642 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
23643 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
23644 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
23647 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
23648 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
23649 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
23650 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
23653 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
23654 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
23656 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
23662 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
23663 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
23664 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
23665 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
23666 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (17087
23668 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
23670 (autoload (quote strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "\
23671 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
23672 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
23673 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
23674 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
23675 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
23677 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
23679 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
23681 (autoload (quote strokes-read-stroke) "strokes" "\
23682 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
23683 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
23684 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
23685 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
23686 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
23687 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke
23689 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
23691 (autoload (quote strokes-read-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
23692 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
23693 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
23694 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
23695 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
23696 then complete the stroke with button 3.
23697 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke
23699 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
23701 (autoload (quote strokes-do-stroke) "strokes" "\
23702 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
23703 This must be bound to a mouse event.
23705 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
23707 (autoload (quote strokes-do-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
23708 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
23709 This must be bound to a mouse event.
23711 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
23713 (autoload (quote strokes-describe-stroke) "strokes" "\
23714 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
23716 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
23718 (autoload (quote strokes-help) "strokes" "\
23719 Get instruction on using the `strokes' package.
23723 (autoload (quote strokes-load-user-strokes) "strokes" "\
23724 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
23728 (autoload (quote strokes-list-strokes) "strokes" "\
23729 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
23730 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
23731 chronologically by command name.
23732 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
23734 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
23736 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
23737 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
23738 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
23739 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23740 use either \\[customize] or the function `strokes-mode'.")
23742 (custom-autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes")
23744 (autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" "\
23745 Toggle Strokes global minor mode.\\<strokes-mode-map>
23746 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive.
23747 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
23748 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
23749 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
23750 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
23752 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
23753 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
23754 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
23755 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
23757 \\{strokes-mode-map}
23759 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23761 (autoload (quote strokes-decode-buffer) "strokes" "\
23762 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
23763 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
23764 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
23766 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
23768 (autoload (quote strokes-compose-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
23769 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
23775 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
23776 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (17087 12380))
23777 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
23779 (autoload (quote studlify-region) "studly" "\
23780 Studlify-case the region.
23782 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
23784 (autoload (quote studlify-word) "studly" "\
23785 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
23787 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
23789 (autoload (quote studlify-buffer) "studly" "\
23790 Studlify-case the current buffer.
23796 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
23797 ;;;;;; (17087 12570))
23798 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
23800 (autoload (quote sc-cite-original) "supercite" "\
23801 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
23802 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
23803 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
23804 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
23805 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
23806 original message but it does require a few things:
23808 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
23810 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
23813 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
23814 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
23817 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
23819 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
23821 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't
23822 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run
23823 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
23829 ;;;### (autoloads (syntax-ppss) "syntax" "emacs-lisp/syntax.el" (17087
23831 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/syntax.el
23833 (autoload (quote syntax-ppss) "syntax" "\
23834 Parse-Partial-Sexp State at POS.
23835 The returned value is the same as `parse-partial-sexp' except that
23836 the 2nd and 6th values of the returned state cannot be relied upon.
23837 Point is at POS when this function returns.
23839 \(fn &optional POS)" nil nil)
23843 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (17087 12380))
23844 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
23846 (autoload (quote untabify) "tabify" "\
23847 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
23848 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
23849 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
23850 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
23852 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23854 (autoload (quote tabify) "tabify" "\
23855 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
23856 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
23857 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
23858 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
23859 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
23860 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
23862 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23866 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
23867 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
23868 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
23869 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
23870 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
23871 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
23872 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
23873 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
23874 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
23875 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
23876 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
23877 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
23878 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (17087 12570))
23879 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
23881 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
23882 *Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
23883 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
23885 (custom-autoload (quote table-cell-map-hook) "table")
23887 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
23888 *List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
23890 (custom-autoload (quote table-load-hook) "table")
23892 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
23893 *List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
23895 (custom-autoload (quote table-point-entered-cell-hook) "table")
23897 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
23898 *List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
23900 (custom-autoload (quote table-point-left-cell-hook) "table")
23902 (autoload (quote table-insert) "table" "\
23903 Insert an editable text table.
23904 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
23905 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
23906 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
23907 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
23908 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
23909 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
23914 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
23916 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
23921 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
23922 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
23923 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
23924 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
23927 +-----+-----+-----+
23929 +-----+-----+-----+
23931 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
23933 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
23934 width, which results as
23936 +--------------+-----+-----+
23938 +--------------+-----+-----+
23940 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
23941 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
23943 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
23945 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
23947 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
23948 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
23949 width information to `table-insert'.
23951 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
23957 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
23960 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
23961 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
23963 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
23966 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
23968 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
23970 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
23973 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
23976 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
23978 Move the point under the table as shown below.
23980 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
23983 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
23986 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
23989 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
23990 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
23991 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
23993 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
23996 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
23999 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
24002 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
24004 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
24007 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
24010 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
24011 | | |Text editing inside the table |
24012 | | |cell produces reasonably |
24013 | | |expected results.-!- |
24014 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
24017 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
24019 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
24023 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
24025 (autoload (quote table-insert-row) "table" "\
24026 Insert N table row(s).
24027 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
24028 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
24029 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
24030 are appended at the bottom of the table.
24034 (autoload (quote table-insert-column) "table" "\
24035 Insert N table column(s).
24036 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
24037 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
24038 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
24039 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
24043 (autoload (quote table-insert-row-column) "table" "\
24044 Insert row(s) or column(s).
24045 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
24047 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
24049 (autoload (quote table-recognize) "table" "\
24050 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
24051 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
24052 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
24053 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
24054 all the table specific features.
24056 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24058 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize) "table" "\
24063 (autoload (quote table-recognize-region) "table" "\
24064 Recognize all tables within region.
24065 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
24066 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
24067 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
24070 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
24072 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-region) "table" "\
24075 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
24077 (autoload (quote table-recognize-table) "table" "\
24078 Recognize a table at point.
24079 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
24080 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
24081 the table specific features.
24083 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24085 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-table) "table" "\
24090 (autoload (quote table-recognize-cell) "table" "\
24091 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
24092 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
24093 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
24094 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
24095 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
24096 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
24098 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
24100 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-cell) "table" "\
24105 (autoload (quote table-heighten-cell) "table" "\
24106 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
24107 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
24108 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
24109 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
24110 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
24113 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
24115 (autoload (quote table-shorten-cell) "table" "\
24116 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
24117 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
24118 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefor, the cell
24119 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
24120 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
24121 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
24126 (autoload (quote table-widen-cell) "table" "\
24127 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
24128 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
24129 table's rectangle structure.
24131 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
24133 (autoload (quote table-narrow-cell) "table" "\
24134 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
24135 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
24136 table's rectangle structure.
24140 (autoload (quote table-forward-cell) "table" "\
24141 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
24142 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
24143 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
24144 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
24146 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
24148 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
24149 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
24150 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
24152 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
24153 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
24154 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
24155 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
24156 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
24157 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
24158 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
24160 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
24161 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
24162 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
24163 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
24164 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
24165 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
24166 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
24168 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
24169 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
24170 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
24171 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
24172 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
24173 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
24174 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
24175 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
24177 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
24179 (autoload (quote table-backward-cell) "table" "\
24180 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
24181 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
24182 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
24184 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24186 (autoload (quote table-span-cell) "table" "\
24187 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
24188 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
24190 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
24192 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-vertically) "table" "\
24193 Split current cell vertically.
24194 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
24198 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-horizontally) "table" "\
24199 Split current cell horizontally.
24200 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
24204 (autoload (quote table-split-cell) "table" "\
24205 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
24206 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
24208 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
24210 (autoload (quote table-justify) "table" "\
24211 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
24212 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
24213 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
24215 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
24217 (autoload (quote table-justify-cell) "table" "\
24218 Justify cell contents.
24219 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
24220 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
24221 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
24222 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
24224 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
24226 (autoload (quote table-justify-row) "table" "\
24227 Justify cells of a row.
24228 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
24229 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
24231 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
24233 (autoload (quote table-justify-column) "table" "\
24234 Justify cells of a column.
24235 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
24236 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
24238 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
24240 (autoload (quote table-fixed-width-mode) "table" "\
24241 Toggle fixing width mode.
24242 In the fixed width mode, typing inside a cell never changes the cell
24243 width where in the normal mode the cell width expands automatically in
24244 order to prevent a word being folded into multiple lines.
24246 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24248 (autoload (quote table-query-dimension) "table" "\
24249 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
24250 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
24251 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
24252 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
24253 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
24254 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
24255 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
24256 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
24257 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
24258 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
24260 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
24262 (autoload (quote table-generate-source) "table" "\
24263 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
24264 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
24265 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
24266 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
24267 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
24268 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
24269 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
24270 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
24271 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
24272 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
24273 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
24276 References used for this implementation:
24282 http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html
24284 CALS (DocBook DTD):
24285 http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm
24286 http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751
24288 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
24290 (autoload (quote table-insert-sequence) "table" "\
24291 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
24292 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
24293 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
24294 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
24295 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
24296 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
24297 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
24298 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
24299 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
24300 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
24301 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
24302 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
24303 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
24304 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
24305 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
24306 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
24311 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
24312 (table-forward-cell 15)
24313 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
24314 (table-forward-cell 16)
24315 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
24316 (table-forward-cell 1)
24317 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
24320 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
24321 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
24322 (table-forward-cell 1)
24323 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
24325 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
24327 (autoload (quote table-delete-row) "table" "\
24328 Delete N row(s) of cells.
24329 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
24330 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
24331 consists from cells of same height.
24335 (autoload (quote table-delete-column) "table" "\
24336 Delete N column(s) of cells.
24337 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
24338 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
24339 column must consists from cells of same width.
24343 (autoload (quote table-capture) "table" "\
24344 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
24345 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
24346 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
24347 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
24348 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
24349 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
24350 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
24351 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
24352 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
24353 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
24354 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
24355 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
24356 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
24357 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
24366 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
24367 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
24368 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
24371 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
24373 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
24375 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
24377 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
24381 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
24382 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
24383 of each row is optional.
24388 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
24389 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
24390 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
24391 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
24392 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
24394 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
24395 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
24397 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
24398 expression and raw delimiter regular
24399 expression, it parses the specified text
24400 area and extracts cell items from
24401 non-table text and then forms a table out
24404 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
24405 creates a single cell table. The text in
24406 the specified region is placed in that
24409 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
24412 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
24413 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
24414 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
24416 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
24417 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
24418 | expression, it parses the specified text |
24419 | area and extracts cell items from |
24420 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
24423 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
24424 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
24425 | the specified region is placed in that |
24427 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
24429 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
24430 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
24433 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
24434 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
24435 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
24436 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
24437 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
24438 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
24439 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
24440 | |area and extracts cell items from |
24441 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
24443 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
24444 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
24445 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
24446 | |the specified region is placed in that |
24448 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
24450 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
24451 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
24452 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
24454 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
24456 (autoload (quote table-release) "table" "\
24457 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
24458 Remove the frame from a table and inactivate the table. This command
24459 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
24460 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
24466 ;;;### (autoloads (talk talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (17087 12393))
24467 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
24469 (autoload (quote talk-connect) "talk" "\
24470 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
24472 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
24474 (autoload (quote talk) "talk" "\
24475 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
24481 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (17087 12509))
24482 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
24484 (autoload (quote tar-mode) "tar-mode" "\
24485 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
24486 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
24487 Letters no longer insert themselves.
24488 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
24489 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
24490 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
24492 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
24493 save it with Control-x Control-s, the contents of that buffer will be
24494 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
24495 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
24497 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
24504 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
24505 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (17087 12564))
24506 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
24508 (autoload (quote tcl-mode) "tcl" "\
24509 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
24510 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
24511 Tab indents for Tcl code.
24512 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
24513 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24515 Variables controlling indentation style:
24517 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
24518 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
24519 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
24521 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
24522 documentation for details):
24523 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
24524 Controls action of TAB key.
24526 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
24527 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
24528 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
24529 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
24530 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
24532 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
24533 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
24541 (autoload (quote inferior-tcl) "tcl" "\
24542 Run inferior Tcl process.
24543 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
24544 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
24548 (autoload (quote tcl-help-on-word) "tcl" "\
24549 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
24550 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
24552 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
24556 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (17087 12564))
24557 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
24558 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
24560 (autoload (quote telnet) "telnet" "\
24561 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
24562 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
24563 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
24565 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
24566 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
24567 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
24568 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
24569 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
24571 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
24572 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
24574 (autoload (quote rsh) "telnet" "\
24575 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
24576 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
24577 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
24583 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (17087
24585 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
24587 (autoload (quote make-term) "term" "\
24588 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
24589 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
24590 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
24591 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
24592 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
24594 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
24596 (autoload (quote term) "term" "\
24597 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
24598 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
24599 commands to use in that buffer.
24601 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
24603 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
24605 (autoload (quote ansi-term) "term" "\
24606 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
24608 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
24612 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (17087
24614 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
24616 (autoload (quote terminal-emulator) "terminal" "\
24617 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
24618 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
24619 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
24620 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
24621 program as keyboard input.
24623 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
24624 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
24625 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
24626 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
24628 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
24629 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
24630 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
24631 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
24632 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
24634 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
24636 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behavior
24637 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
24638 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
24639 terminal-redisplay-interval.
24641 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
24642 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
24643 subprocess started.
24645 \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
24649 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el"
24650 ;;;;;; (17087 12569))
24651 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
24653 (autoload (quote testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "\
24654 Start coverage on function under point.
24660 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (17087 12566))
24661 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
24663 (autoload (quote tetris) "tetris" "\
24664 Play the Tetris game.
24665 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
24666 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
24667 as to form complete rows.
24669 tetris-mode keybindings:
24670 \\<tetris-mode-map>
24671 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
24672 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
24673 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
24674 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
24675 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
24676 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
24677 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
24678 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
24684 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
24685 ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
24686 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
24687 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
24688 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
24689 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
24690 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
24691 ;;;;;; (17087 12570))
24692 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
24694 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
24695 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
24697 (custom-autoload (quote tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode")
24699 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
24700 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
24701 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
24702 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
24703 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
24705 (custom-autoload (quote tex-directory) "tex-mode")
24707 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
24708 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
24709 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
24710 if it matches the first line of the file,
24711 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
24713 (custom-autoload (quote tex-first-line-header-regexp) "tex-mode")
24715 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
24716 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
24717 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
24718 if the variable is non-nil.")
24720 (custom-autoload (quote tex-main-file) "tex-mode")
24722 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
24723 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
24725 (custom-autoload (quote tex-offer-save) "tex-mode")
24727 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
24728 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
24729 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
24730 See the documentation of that variable.")
24732 (custom-autoload (quote tex-run-command) "tex-mode")
24734 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
24735 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
24736 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
24737 See the documentation of that variable.")
24739 (custom-autoload (quote latex-run-command) "tex-mode")
24741 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
24742 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
24743 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
24744 See the documentation of that variable.")
24746 (custom-autoload (quote slitex-run-command) "tex-mode")
24748 (defvar tex-start-options "" "\
24749 *TeX options to use when starting TeX.
24750 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
24751 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
24752 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
24754 (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-options) "tex-mode")
24756 (defvar tex-start-commands "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
24757 *TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
24758 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
24759 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
24761 (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-commands) "tex-mode")
24763 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
24764 *User defined LaTeX block names.
24765 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
24767 (custom-autoload (quote latex-block-names) "tex-mode")
24769 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
24770 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
24771 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
24772 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
24774 (custom-autoload (quote tex-bibtex-command) "tex-mode")
24776 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
24777 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
24778 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
24779 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
24781 (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode")
24783 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
24784 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
24785 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
24786 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
24788 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
24789 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
24792 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
24793 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
24795 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
24798 (custom-autoload (quote tex-alt-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode")
24800 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command (quote (cond ((eq window-system (quote x)) "xdvi") ((eq window-system (quote w32)) "yap") (t "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
24801 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
24802 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
24803 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
24804 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
24806 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
24808 (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-view-command) "tex-mode")
24810 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
24811 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
24812 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
24814 (custom-autoload (quote tex-show-queue-command) "tex-mode")
24816 (defvar tex-default-mode (quote latex-mode) "\
24817 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
24818 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
24819 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
24820 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
24822 (custom-autoload (quote tex-default-mode) "tex-mode")
24824 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
24825 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
24827 (custom-autoload (quote tex-open-quote) "tex-mode")
24829 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
24830 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
24832 (custom-autoload (quote tex-close-quote) "tex-mode")
24834 (autoload (quote tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
24835 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
24836 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
24837 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
24838 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
24839 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
24840 says which mode to use.
24844 (defalias (quote TeX-mode) (quote tex-mode))
24846 (defalias (quote plain-TeX-mode) (quote plain-tex-mode))
24848 (defalias (quote LaTeX-mode) (quote latex-mode))
24850 (autoload (quote plain-tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
24851 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
24852 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
24853 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
24854 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
24856 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
24857 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
24858 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
24859 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
24860 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
24861 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
24862 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
24864 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
24865 mismatched $'s or braces.
24868 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
24872 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
24874 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
24875 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
24876 tex-dvi-print-command
24877 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
24878 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
24879 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
24880 argument) to print a .dvi file.
24881 tex-dvi-view-command
24882 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
24883 tex-show-queue-command
24884 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
24885 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
24887 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
24888 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
24889 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
24893 (autoload (quote latex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
24894 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
24895 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
24896 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
24897 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
24899 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
24900 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
24901 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
24902 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
24903 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
24904 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
24905 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
24907 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
24908 mismatched $'s or braces.
24915 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
24917 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
24918 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
24919 tex-dvi-print-command
24920 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
24921 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
24922 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
24923 argument) to print a .dvi file.
24924 tex-dvi-view-command
24925 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
24926 tex-show-queue-command
24927 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
24928 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
24930 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
24931 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
24932 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
24936 (autoload (quote slitex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
24937 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
24938 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
24939 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
24940 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
24942 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
24943 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
24944 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
24945 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
24946 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
24947 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
24948 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
24950 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
24951 mismatched $'s or braces.
24954 \\{slitex-mode-map}
24958 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
24960 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
24961 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
24962 tex-dvi-print-command
24963 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
24964 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
24965 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
24966 argument) to print a .dvi file.
24967 tex-dvi-view-command
24968 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
24969 tex-show-queue-command
24970 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
24971 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
24973 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
24974 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
24975 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
24976 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
24980 (autoload (quote tex-start-shell) "tex-mode" "\
24985 (autoload (quote doctex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
24986 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
24992 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
24993 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (17087 12565))
24994 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
24996 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "\
24997 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
24998 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
24999 name specified in the @setfilename command.
25001 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
25002 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and
25003 Info-split to do these manually.
25005 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
25007 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-region) "texinfmt" "\
25008 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
25009 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
25010 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
25011 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
25013 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
25015 (autoload (quote texi2info) "texinfmt" "\
25016 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
25017 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
25018 names specified in the @setfilename command.
25020 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
25021 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
25022 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
25023 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
25025 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
25026 if large. You can use Info-split to do this manually.
25028 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
25032 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
25033 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (17087 12570))
25034 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
25036 (defvar texinfo-open-quote "``" "\
25037 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
25039 (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-open-quote) "texinfo")
25041 (defvar texinfo-close-quote "''" "\
25042 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
25044 (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-close-quote) "texinfo")
25046 (autoload (quote texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "\
25047 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
25049 It has these extra commands:
25050 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
25052 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
25053 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
25054 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
25055 modified version of TeX input format.
25057 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
25058 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
25059 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
25060 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
25062 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
25063 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
25064 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
25065 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
25066 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
25067 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
25068 in the Texinfo file.
25070 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
25071 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
25072 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
25073 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
25074 move forward past the closing brace.
25076 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
25077 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
25079 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
25080 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
25081 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
25083 Here are the functions:
25085 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
25086 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
25087 texinfo-sequential-node-update
25089 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
25090 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
25091 texinfo-master-menu
25093 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
25095 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
25096 which menu descriptions are indented.
25098 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
25099 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
25102 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
25103 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
25104 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
25105 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
25107 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
25108 be the first node in the file.
25110 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
25111 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
25117 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-auto-composition-mode thai-composition-function
25118 ;;;;;; thai-post-read-conversion thai-compose-buffer thai-compose-string
25119 ;;;;;; thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
25120 ;;;;;; (17087 12528))
25121 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
25123 (autoload (quote thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "\
25124 Compose Thai characters in the region.
25125 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
25126 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
25128 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25130 (autoload (quote thai-compose-string) "thai-util" "\
25131 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
25133 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
25135 (autoload (quote thai-compose-buffer) "thai-util" "\
25136 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
25140 (autoload (quote thai-post-read-conversion) "thai-util" "\
25143 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
25145 (autoload (quote thai-composition-function) "thai-util" "\
25146 Compose Thai text in the region FROM and TO.
25147 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
25148 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
25151 The return value is number of composed characters.
25153 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
25155 (autoload (quote thai-auto-composition-mode) "thai-util" "\
25156 Minor mode for automatically correct Thai character composition.
25158 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25162 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
25163 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
25164 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (17087 12380))
25165 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
25167 (autoload (quote forward-thing) "thingatpt" "\
25168 Move forward to the end of the next THING.
25170 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
25172 (autoload (quote bounds-of-thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
25173 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
25174 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
25175 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
25176 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
25178 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
25179 a symbol as a valid THING.
25181 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
25182 of the textual entity that was found.
25184 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
25186 (autoload (quote thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
25187 Return the THING at point.
25188 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
25189 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
25190 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
25192 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
25193 a symbol as a valid THING.
25195 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
25197 (autoload (quote sexp-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
25202 (autoload (quote symbol-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
25207 (autoload (quote number-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
25212 (autoload (quote list-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
25219 ;;;### (autoloads (thumbs-dired-setroot thumbs-dired-show-all thumbs-dired-show-marked
25220 ;;;;;; thumbs-show-all-from-dir thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "thumbs.el"
25221 ;;;;;; (17087 12570))
25222 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
25224 (autoload (quote thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "\
25225 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
25229 (autoload (quote thumbs-show-all-from-dir) "thumbs" "\
25230 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
25231 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
25232 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
25234 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
25236 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-show-marked) "thumbs" "\
25237 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all marked files.
25241 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-show-all) "thumbs" "\
25242 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
25246 (defalias (quote thumbs) (quote thumbs-show-all-from-dir))
25248 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-setroot) "thumbs" "\
25249 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
25255 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
25256 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
25257 ;;;;;; tibetan-composition-function tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region
25258 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-region tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan
25259 ;;;;;; tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util"
25260 ;;;;;; "language/tibet-util.el" (17087 12562))
25261 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
25263 (autoload (quote tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "\
25264 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
25265 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
25269 (autoload (quote tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription) "tibet-util" "\
25270 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
25272 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
25274 (autoload (quote tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan) "tibet-util" "\
25275 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
25276 The returned string has no composition information.
25278 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
25280 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-string) "tibet-util" "\
25281 Compose Tibetan string STR.
25283 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
25285 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-region) "tibet-util" "\
25286 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
25288 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25290 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-region) "tibet-util" "\
25291 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
25292 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
25293 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
25295 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
25297 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-string) "tibet-util" "\
25298 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
25299 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
25300 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
25302 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
25304 (autoload (quote tibetan-composition-function) "tibet-util" "\
25307 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
25309 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
25310 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
25311 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
25315 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
25316 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
25317 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
25321 (autoload (quote tibetan-post-read-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
25324 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
25326 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
25329 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
25331 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode) "tibet-util" "\
25334 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
25338 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
25339 ;;;;;; (17087 12380))
25340 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
25342 (autoload (quote tildify-region) "tildify" "\
25343 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
25344 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
25345 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
25347 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
25349 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25351 (autoload (quote tildify-buffer) "tildify" "\
25352 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
25353 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
25354 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
25356 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
25362 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
25363 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (17087 12570))
25364 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
25366 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
25367 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
25369 (custom-autoload (quote display-time-day-and-date) "time")
25371 (autoload (quote display-time) "time" "\
25372 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
25373 This display updates automatically every minute.
25374 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
25375 are displayed as well.
25376 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
25380 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
25381 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
25382 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
25383 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25384 use either \\[customize] or the function `display-time-mode'.")
25386 (custom-autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time")
25388 (autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" "\
25389 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
25390 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
25392 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
25393 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
25394 are displayed as well.
25395 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
25397 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25401 ;;;### (autoloads (safe-date-to-time time-to-days time-to-day-in-year
25402 ;;;;;; date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day time-add time-subtract
25403 ;;;;;; time-since days-to-time time-less-p seconds-to-time time-to-seconds
25404 ;;;;;; date-to-time) "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (17087
25406 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
25408 (autoload (quote date-to-time) "time-date" "\
25409 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
25411 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
25413 (autoload (quote time-to-seconds) "time-date" "\
25414 Convert time value TIME to a floating point number.
25415 You can use `float-time' instead.
25417 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
25419 (autoload (quote seconds-to-time) "time-date" "\
25420 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
25422 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
25424 (autoload (quote time-less-p) "time-date" "\
25425 Say whether time value T1 is less than time value T2.
25427 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
25429 (autoload (quote days-to-time) "time-date" "\
25430 Convert DAYS into a time value.
25432 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
25434 (autoload (quote time-since) "time-date" "\
25435 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
25436 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
25438 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
25440 (defalias (quote subtract-time) (quote time-subtract))
25442 (autoload (quote time-subtract) "time-date" "\
25443 Subtract two time values.
25444 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
25446 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
25448 (autoload (quote time-add) "time-date" "\
25449 Add two time values. One should represent a time difference.
25451 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
25453 (autoload (quote date-to-day) "time-date" "\
25454 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
25455 DATE should be a date-time string.
25457 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
25459 (autoload (quote days-between) "time-date" "\
25460 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
25461 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
25463 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
25465 (autoload (quote date-leap-year-p) "time-date" "\
25466 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
25468 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
25470 (autoload (quote time-to-day-in-year) "time-date" "\
25471 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
25473 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
25475 (autoload (quote time-to-days) "time-date" "\
25476 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
25477 TIME should be a time value.
25478 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
25480 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
25482 (autoload (quote safe-date-to-time) "time-date" "\
25483 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
25484 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
25486 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
25490 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
25491 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (17087 12565))
25492 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
25494 (autoload (quote time-stamp) "time-stamp" "\
25495 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
25496 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
25497 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
25498 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
25499 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
25500 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
25501 look like one of the following:
25504 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
25505 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
25506 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
25507 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-format'.
25508 The variables `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
25509 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding the
25514 (autoload (quote time-stamp-toggle-active) "time-stamp" "\
25515 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
25516 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
25518 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25522 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
25523 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
25524 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
25525 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
25526 ;;;;;; (17087 12530))
25527 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
25529 (autoload (quote timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "\
25530 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
25531 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
25532 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the modeline
25533 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
25534 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
25535 updating. With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only
25536 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline
25537 display (non-nil means on).
25539 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25541 (autoload (quote timeclock-in) "timeclock" "\
25542 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
25543 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
25544 many hours in it to be worked. If arg is a non-numeric prefix arg
25545 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
25546 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
25547 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
25548 this function is called within a day.
25550 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
25551 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
25552 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
25553 discover the name of the project.
25555 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
25557 (autoload (quote timeclock-out) "timeclock" "\
25558 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
25559 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
25560 begun during the last time segment.
25562 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
25563 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
25564 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
25565 discover the reason.
25567 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
25569 (autoload (quote timeclock-status-string) "timeclock" "\
25570 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
25571 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
25572 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
25573 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
25575 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
25577 (autoload (quote timeclock-change) "timeclock" "\
25578 Change to working on a different project.
25579 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
25580 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
25581 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
25584 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
25586 (autoload (quote timeclock-query-out) "timeclock" "\
25587 Ask the user whether to clock out.
25588 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
25592 (autoload (quote timeclock-reread-log) "timeclock" "\
25593 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
25594 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
25598 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-remaining-string) "timeclock" "\
25599 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
25600 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
25601 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
25602 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
25603 \"relative to today\".
25605 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
25607 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-elapsed-string) "timeclock" "\
25608 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
25609 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
25610 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
25612 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
25614 (autoload (quote timeclock-when-to-leave-string) "timeclock" "\
25615 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
25616 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
25617 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
25618 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
25619 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
25621 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
25625 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer
25626 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer"
25627 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/timer.el" (17087 12466))
25628 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/timer.el
25630 (defalias (quote disable-timeout) (quote cancel-timer))
25632 (autoload (quote cancel-timer) "timer" "\
25633 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers.
25635 \(fn TIMER)" nil nil)
25637 (autoload (quote cancel-function-timers) "timer" "\
25638 Cancel all timers scheduled by `run-at-time' which would run FUNCTION.
25640 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
25642 (autoload (quote run-at-time) "timer" "\
25643 Perform an action at time TIME.
25644 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
25645 TIME should be a string like \"11:23pm\", nil meaning now, a number of seconds
25646 from now, a value from `current-time', or t (with non-nil REPEAT)
25647 meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT.
25648 REPEAT may be an integer or floating point number.
25649 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
25651 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
25653 \(fn TIME REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
25655 (autoload (quote run-with-timer) "timer" "\
25656 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds.
25657 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
25658 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers.
25659 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
25661 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
25663 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
25665 (autoload (quote add-timeout) "timer" "\
25666 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT.
25667 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds.
25668 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'.
25670 \(fn SECS FUNCTION OBJECT &optional REPEAT)" nil nil)
25672 (autoload (quote run-with-idle-timer) "timer" "\
25673 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
25674 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
25675 SECS may be an integer or a floating point number.
25677 If REPEAT is non-nil, do the action each time Emacs has been idle for
25678 exactly SECS seconds (that is, only once for each time Emacs becomes idle).
25680 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
25682 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
25683 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1)
25685 (autoload (quote with-timeout) "timer" "\
25686 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up.
25687 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one.
25688 The call should look like:
25689 (with-timeout (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY...)
25690 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external
25691 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time);
25692 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not
25695 \(fn LIST &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
25699 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
25700 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (17087 12558))
25701 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
25703 (autoload (quote titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
25704 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
25705 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
25706 the generated Quail package is saved.
25708 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
25710 (autoload (quote batch-titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
25711 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
25712 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
25713 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
25714 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
25715 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
25716 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
25718 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
25722 ;;;### (autoloads (tamil-composition-function tamil-post-read-conversion
25723 ;;;;;; tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "language/tml-util.el" (17087
25725 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tml-util.el
25727 (autoload (quote tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "\
25730 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
25732 (autoload (quote tamil-post-read-conversion) "tml-util" "\
25735 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
25737 (autoload (quote tamil-composition-function) "tml-util" "\
25738 Compose Tamil characters in REGION, or STRING if specified.
25739 Assume that the REGION or STRING must fully match the composable
25742 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
25746 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
25747 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (17087 12570))
25748 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
25749 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
25750 (define-key global-map [f10] 'tmm-menubar)
25751 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
25753 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar) "tmm" "\
25754 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
25755 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
25756 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
25757 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
25759 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
25761 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar-mouse) "tmm" "\
25762 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
25763 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
25764 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
25765 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
25767 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25769 (autoload (quote tmm-prompt) "tmm" "\
25770 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
25771 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
25772 in the menu in two ways:
25773 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
25774 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
25775 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
25777 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
25778 keymap or an alist of alists.
25779 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
25780 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
25782 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
25786 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
25787 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
25788 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (17087 12569))
25789 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
25791 (autoload (quote todo-add-category) "todo-mode" "\
25792 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
25796 (autoload (quote todo-add-item-non-interactively) "todo-mode" "\
25797 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
25799 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
25801 (autoload (quote todo-insert-item) "todo-mode" "\
25802 Insert new TODO list entry.
25803 With a prefix argument solicit the category, otherwise use the current
25808 (autoload (quote todo-top-priorities) "todo-mode" "\
25809 List top priorities for each category.
25811 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
25812 defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'.
25814 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
25815 between each category.
25817 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
25819 (autoload (quote todo-print) "todo-mode" "\
25820 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
25821 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
25822 between each category.
25824 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
25826 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
25828 (autoload (quote todo-mode) "todo-mode" "\
25829 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
25835 (autoload (quote todo-cp) "todo-mode" "\
25836 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
25840 (autoload (quote todo-show) "todo-mode" "\
25847 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
25848 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar"
25849 ;;;;;; "toolbar/tool-bar.el" (17087 12565))
25850 ;;; Generated autoloads from toolbar/tool-bar.el
25852 (defvar tool-bar-mode nil "\
25853 Non-nil if Tool-Bar mode is enabled.
25854 See the command `tool-bar-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
25855 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25856 use either \\[customize] or the function `tool-bar-mode'.")
25858 (custom-autoload (quote tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar")
25860 (autoload (quote tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar" "\
25861 Toggle use of the tool bar.
25862 With numeric ARG, display the tool bar if and only if ARG is positive.
25864 See `tool-bar-add-item' and `tool-bar-add-item-from-menu' for
25865 conveniently adding tool bar items.
25867 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25869 (put (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
25871 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "\
25872 Add an item to the tool bar.
25873 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
25874 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
25875 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
25876 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
25878 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
25879 function will first try to use lc-ICON.xpm if display-color-cells
25880 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
25881 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
25883 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
25884 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
25886 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
25888 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item) "tool-bar" "\
25889 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
25890 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
25891 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
25892 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
25893 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
25895 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
25896 function will first try to use lc-ICON.xpm if display-color-cells
25897 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
25898 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
25900 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
25902 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
25903 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON in keymap MAP.
25904 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
25905 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
25906 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
25907 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
25908 properties to add to the binding.
25910 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
25912 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
25913 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
25915 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
25917 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
25918 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON in keymap MAP.
25919 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
25920 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
25921 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
25922 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
25923 properties to add to the binding.
25925 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
25927 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
25931 ;;;### (autoloads (tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "tooltip.el" (17087 12575))
25932 ;;; Generated autoloads from tooltip.el
25934 (defvar tooltip-mode (not (or noninteractive (and (boundp (quote emacs-quick-startup)) emacs-quick-startup) (not (and (fboundp (quote display-graphic-p)) (display-graphic-p))) (not (fboundp (quote x-show-tip))))) "\
25935 Non-nil if Tooltip mode is enabled.
25936 See the command `tooltip-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
25937 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25938 use either \\[customize] or the function `tooltip-mode'.")
25940 (custom-autoload (quote tooltip-mode) "tooltip")
25942 (autoload (quote tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "\
25943 Toggle Tooltip display.
25944 With ARG, turn tooltip mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
25946 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25950 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el" (17087
25952 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
25954 (defalias (quote tpu-edt-mode) (quote tpu-edt-on))
25956 (defalias (quote tpu-edt) (quote tpu-edt-on))
25958 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "\
25959 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
25965 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins)
25966 ;;;;;; "tpu-extras" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" (17087 12566))
25967 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-extras.el
25969 (autoload (quote tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "\
25970 Set scroll margins.
25972 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
25974 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-free) "tpu-extras" "\
25975 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen.
25979 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-bound) "tpu-extras" "\
25980 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text.
25986 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (17087 12380))
25987 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
25989 (autoload (quote tq-create) "tq" "\
25990 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
25991 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
25992 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
25993 to a tcp server on another machine.
25995 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
25999 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
26000 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (17087 12477))
26001 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
26003 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
26004 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
26006 (custom-autoload (quote trace-buffer) "trace")
26008 (autoload (quote trace-function) "trace" "\
26009 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
26010 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
26011 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
26012 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
26013 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
26014 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
26015 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
26017 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26019 (autoload (quote trace-function-background) "trace" "\
26020 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
26021 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
26022 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
26023 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
26024 there might be!! Trace output will quietly go to BUFFER without changing
26025 the window or buffer configuration at all.
26027 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26031 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-completion-file-name-handler tramp-file-name-handler
26032 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-file-name-regexp tramp-file-name-regexp)
26033 ;;;;;; "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (17087 12575))
26034 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
26036 (defvar tramp-unified-filenames (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) "\
26037 Non-nil means to use unified Ange-FTP/Tramp filename syntax.
26038 Nil means to use a separate filename syntax for Tramp.")
26040 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified "\\`/[^/:]+:" "\
26041 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
26042 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
26043 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
26045 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
26046 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
26047 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
26048 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
26050 (defvar tramp-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
26051 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp.
26052 This regexp should match tramp file names but no other file names.
26053 \(When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
26054 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
26055 if the tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
26056 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered tramp
26057 files which are not really tramp files.
26059 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
26060 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
26061 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
26062 updated after changing this variable.
26064 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
26066 (custom-autoload (quote tramp-file-name-regexp) "tramp")
26068 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified "^/$\\|^/[^/:][^/]*$" "\
26069 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
26070 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
26071 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
26073 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "^/\\([[][^]]*\\)?$" "\
26074 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
26075 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
26076 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
26078 (defvar tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
26079 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp completion.
26080 This regexp should match partial tramp file names only.
26082 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
26083 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
26084 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
26085 updated after changing this variable.
26087 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
26089 (custom-autoload (quote tramp-completion-file-name-regexp) "tramp")
26091 (autoload (quote tramp-file-name-handler) "tramp" "\
26092 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
26093 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists.
26095 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
26097 (autoload (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) "tramp" "\
26098 Invoke tramp file name completion handler.
26099 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists.
26101 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
26103 (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t)
26105 (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler)))
26109 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
26110 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (17087 12380))
26111 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
26112 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
26113 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
26114 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
26116 (autoload (quote 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "\
26117 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
26118 When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
26119 buffer in two-column minor mode (see \\[describe-mode] ).
26120 Runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
26121 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
26122 first and the associated buffer to its right.
26124 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26126 (autoload (quote 2C-associate-buffer) "two-column" "\
26127 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
26128 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
26129 accepting the proposed default buffer.
26131 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
26135 (autoload (quote 2C-split) "two-column" "\
26136 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
26137 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
26138 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
26139 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
26140 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
26141 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
26143 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
26144 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
26146 First column's text sSs Second column's text
26149 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
26151 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
26157 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
26158 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
26159 ;;;;;; type-break-good-break-interval type-break-good-rest-interval
26160 ;;;;;; type-break-interval type-break-mode) "type-break" "type-break.el"
26161 ;;;;;; (17087 12453))
26162 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
26164 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
26165 Toggle typing break mode.
26166 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
26167 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26168 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
26170 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break")
26172 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
26173 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
26175 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-interval) "type-break")
26177 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
26178 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
26180 When this variable is non-nil, Emacs checks the idle time between
26181 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
26182 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
26184 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
26185 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
26187 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-good-rest-interval) "type-break")
26189 (defvar type-break-good-break-interval nil "\
26190 *Number of seconds considered to be an adequate explicit typing rest.
26192 When this variable is non-nil, its value is considered to be a \"good\"
26193 length (in seconds) for a break initiated by the command `type-break',
26194 overriding `type-break-good-rest-interval'. This provides querying of
26195 break interruptions when `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil.")
26197 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-good-break-interval) "type-break")
26199 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
26200 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
26201 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
26203 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
26204 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
26205 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
26206 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
26207 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
26208 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
26210 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
26211 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
26212 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
26213 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
26215 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
26216 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
26218 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
26219 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
26221 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-keystroke-threshold) "type-break")
26223 (autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" "\
26224 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
26225 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
26227 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
26228 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
26229 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
26230 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
26231 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
26232 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
26233 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
26235 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
26236 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
26238 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
26239 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
26240 reset the keystroke counter.
26242 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
26243 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
26244 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
26245 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
26247 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
26248 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
26249 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
26250 `type-break-schedule' command.
26252 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
26253 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
26254 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
26255 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
26256 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
26257 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
26258 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
26259 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
26260 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
26262 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
26263 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
26264 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
26265 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
26266 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
26268 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
26269 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
26270 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
26271 approximate good values for this.
26273 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
26274 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
26276 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
26277 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
26278 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
26279 `type-break-warning-repeat'
26280 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
26281 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
26283 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
26284 a typing break occur. They include:
26286 `type-break-query-mode'
26287 `type-break-query-function'
26288 `type-break-query-interval'
26290 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
26292 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
26293 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
26294 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
26297 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
26299 (autoload (quote type-break) "type-break" "\
26300 Take a typing break.
26302 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
26303 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
26305 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
26306 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
26310 (autoload (quote type-break-statistics) "type-break" "\
26311 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
26312 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
26313 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
26317 (autoload (quote type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" "\
26318 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
26320 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
26321 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
26322 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
26323 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
26324 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
26325 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
26326 average typing speed.)
26328 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
26329 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
26330 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
26331 the computed maximum threshold.
26333 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
26334 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
26335 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
26336 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
26337 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
26339 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
26343 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
26344 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (17087 12380))
26345 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
26347 (autoload (quote underline-region) "underline" "\
26348 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
26349 Works by overstriking underscores.
26350 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
26351 which specify the range to operate on.
26353 \(fn START END)" t nil)
26355 (autoload (quote ununderline-region) "underline" "\
26356 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
26357 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
26358 which specify the range to operate on.
26360 \(fn START END)" t nil)
26364 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
26365 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (17087 12570))
26366 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
26368 (autoload (quote undigestify-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
26369 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
26370 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages.
26374 (autoload (quote unforward-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
26375 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
26376 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
26377 following the containing message.
26383 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
26384 ;;;;;; (17087 12380))
26385 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
26387 (autoload (quote batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "\
26388 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
26389 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
26390 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
26391 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
26392 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
26396 (autoload (quote unrmail) "unrmail" "\
26397 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
26399 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
26403 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (17087
26405 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
26407 (autoload (quote unsafep) "unsafep" "\
26408 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm;
26409 otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe. UNSAFEP-VARS is a list
26410 of symbols with local bindings.
26412 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
26416 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url" "url/url.el" (17087 12570))
26417 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
26419 (defvar url-configuration-directory "~/.url")
26423 ;;;### (autoloads (url-register-auth-scheme url-get-authentication)
26424 ;;;;;; "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (17087 12565))
26425 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
26427 (autoload (quote url-get-authentication) "url-auth" "\
26428 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
26429 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
26431 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
26432 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
26433 `url-generic-parse-url'
26434 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
26435 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
26436 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
26438 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
26439 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
26440 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
26441 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
26442 wrong, its no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
26443 what type of auth to use
26444 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
26445 if one cannot be found in the cache
26447 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
26449 (autoload (quote url-register-auth-scheme) "url-auth" "\
26450 Register an HTTP authentication method.
26452 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method. This
26453 should be the same thing you expect to get returned in an Authenticate
26454 header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
26455 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information. This
26456 defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE
26457 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
26458 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
26459 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
26461 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
26465 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cache-expired url-cache-extract url-is-cached
26466 ;;;;;; url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (17087
26468 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
26470 (autoload (quote url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "\
26471 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
26473 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
26475 (autoload (quote url-is-cached) "url-cache" "\
26476 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
26478 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
26480 (autoload (quote url-cache-extract) "url-cache" "\
26481 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache
26483 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
26485 (autoload (quote url-cache-expired) "url-cache" "\
26486 Return t iff a cached file has expired.
26488 \(fn URL MOD)" nil nil)
26492 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cid) "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (17087 12436))
26493 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
26495 (autoload (quote url-cid) "url-cid" "\
26498 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
26502 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cookie-setup-save-timer url-cookie-handle-set-cookie
26503 ;;;;;; url-cookie-generate-header-lines url-cookie-retrieve url-cookie-write-file
26504 ;;;;;; url-cookie-parse-file) "url-cookie" "url/url-cookie.el" (17087
26506 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cookie.el
26508 (autoload (quote url-cookie-parse-file) "url-cookie" "\
26511 \(fn &optional FNAME)" nil nil)
26513 (autoload (quote url-cookie-write-file) "url-cookie" "\
26516 \(fn &optional FNAME)" nil nil)
26518 (autoload (quote url-cookie-retrieve) "url-cookie" "\
26519 Retrieve all the netscape-style cookies for a specified HOST and PATH.
26521 \(fn HOST PATH &optional SECURE)" nil nil)
26523 (autoload (quote url-cookie-generate-header-lines) "url-cookie" "\
26526 \(fn HOST PATH SECURE)" nil nil)
26528 (autoload (quote url-cookie-handle-set-cookie) "url-cookie" "\
26531 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
26533 (autoload (quote url-cookie-setup-save-timer) "url-cookie" "\
26534 Reset the cookie saver timer.
26540 ;;;### (autoloads (url-dav-vc-registered url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav"
26541 ;;;;;; "url/url-dav.el" (17087 12570))
26542 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
26544 (autoload (quote url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav" "\
26547 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
26549 (autoload (quote url-dav-vc-registered) "url-dav" "\
26552 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
26556 ;;;### (autoloads (url-file) "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (17087
26558 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
26560 (autoload (quote url-file) "url-file" "\
26561 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
26563 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
26567 ;;;### (autoloads (url-open-stream url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw"
26568 ;;;;;; "url/url-gw.el" (17087 12578))
26569 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
26571 (autoload (quote url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw" "\
26572 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
26576 (autoload (quote url-open-stream) "url-gw" "\
26577 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
26578 Args per `open-network-stream'.
26579 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
26581 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
26585 ;;;### (autoloads (url-insert-file-contents url-file-local-copy url-copy-file
26586 ;;;;;; url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (17087
26588 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
26590 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
26591 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
26592 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
26593 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26594 use either \\[customize] or the function `url-handler-mode'.")
26596 (custom-autoload (quote url-handler-mode) "url-handlers")
26598 (autoload (quote url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "\
26599 Use URL to handle URL-like file names.
26601 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26603 (autoload (quote url-copy-file) "url-handlers" "\
26604 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
26605 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
26606 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
26607 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
26608 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
26609 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
26610 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
26611 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
26613 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME)" nil nil)
26615 (autoload (quote url-file-local-copy) "url-handlers" "\
26616 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
26617 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
26620 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
26622 (autoload (quote url-insert-file-contents) "url-handlers" "\
26625 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
26629 ;;;### (autoloads (url-history-save-history url-history-parse-history
26630 ;;;;;; url-history-setup-save-timer) "url-history" "url/url-history.el"
26631 ;;;;;; (17087 12570))
26632 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-history.el
26634 (autoload (quote url-history-setup-save-timer) "url-history" "\
26635 Reset the history list timer.
26639 (autoload (quote url-history-parse-history) "url-history" "\
26640 Parse a history file stored in FNAME.
26642 \(fn &optional FNAME)" nil nil)
26644 (autoload (quote url-history-save-history) "url-history" "\
26645 Write the global history file into `url-history-file'.
26646 The type of data written is determined by what is in the file to begin
26647 with. If the type of storage cannot be determined, then prompt the
26648 user for what type to save as.
26650 \(fn &optional FNAME)" t nil)
26654 ;;;### (autoloads (url-http-options url-http-file-attributes url-http-file-exists-p
26655 ;;;;;; url-http) "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (17087 12570))
26656 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
26658 (autoload (quote url-http) "url-http" "\
26659 Retrieve URL via HTTP asynchronously.
26660 URL must be a parsed URL. See `url-generic-parse-url' for details.
26661 When retrieval is completed, the function CALLBACK is executed with
26662 CBARGS as the arguments.
26664 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
26666 (autoload (quote url-http-file-exists-p) "url-http" "\
26669 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
26671 (defalias (quote url-http-file-readable-p) (quote url-http-file-exists-p))
26673 (autoload (quote url-http-file-attributes) "url-http" "\
26676 \(fn URL &optional ID-FORMAT)" nil nil)
26678 (autoload (quote url-http-options) "url-http" "\
26679 Returns a property list describing options available for URL.
26680 This list is retrieved using the `OPTIONS' HTTP method.
26682 Property list members:
26685 A list of symbols specifying what HTTP methods the resource
26689 A list of numbers specifying what DAV protocol/schema versions are
26693 A list of supported DASL search types supported (string form)
26696 A list of the units available for use in partial document fetches.
26699 The `Platform For Privacy Protection' description for the resource.
26700 Currently this is just the raw header contents. This is likely to
26701 change once P3P is formally supported by the URL package or
26704 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
26708 ;;;### (autoloads (url-irc) "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (17087 12438))
26709 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
26711 (autoload (quote url-irc) "url-irc" "\
26714 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
26718 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ldap) "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (17087
26720 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
26722 (autoload (quote url-ldap) "url-ldap" "\
26723 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
26724 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
26725 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
26726 `url-generic-parse-url'.
26728 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
26732 ;;;### (autoloads (url-mailto url-mail) "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el"
26733 ;;;;;; (17087 12440))
26734 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
26736 (autoload (quote url-mail) "url-mailto" "\
26739 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
26741 (autoload (quote url-mailto) "url-mailto" "\
26742 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
26744 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
26748 ;;;### (autoloads (url-data url-generic-emulator-loader url-info
26749 ;;;;;; url-man) "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (17087 12436))
26750 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
26752 (autoload (quote url-man) "url-misc" "\
26753 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
26755 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
26757 (autoload (quote url-info) "url-misc" "\
26758 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
26760 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
26762 (autoload (quote url-generic-emulator-loader) "url-misc" "\
26765 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
26767 (defalias (quote url-rlogin) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
26769 (defalias (quote url-telnet) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
26771 (defalias (quote url-tn3270) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
26773 (autoload (quote url-data) "url-misc" "\
26774 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
26776 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
26780 ;;;### (autoloads (url-snews url-news) "url-news" "url/url-news.el"
26781 ;;;;;; (17087 12438))
26782 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
26784 (autoload (quote url-news) "url-news" "\
26787 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
26789 (autoload (quote url-snews) "url-news" "\
26792 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
26796 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ns-user-pref url-ns-prefs isInNet isResolvable
26797 ;;;;;; dnsResolve dnsDomainIs isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el"
26798 ;;;;;; (17087 12565))
26799 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
26801 (autoload (quote isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "\
26804 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
26806 (autoload (quote dnsDomainIs) "url-ns" "\
26809 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
26811 (autoload (quote dnsResolve) "url-ns" "\
26814 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
26816 (autoload (quote isResolvable) "url-ns" "\
26819 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
26821 (autoload (quote isInNet) "url-ns" "\
26824 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
26826 (autoload (quote url-ns-prefs) "url-ns" "\
26829 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
26831 (autoload (quote url-ns-user-pref) "url-ns" "\
26834 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
26838 ;;;### (autoloads (url-generic-parse-url url-recreate-url) "url-parse"
26839 ;;;;;; "url/url-parse.el" (17087 12565))
26840 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
26842 (autoload (quote url-recreate-url) "url-parse" "\
26843 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
26845 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
26847 (autoload (quote url-generic-parse-url) "url-parse" "\
26848 Return a vector of the parts of URL.
26850 \[TYPE USER PASSWORD HOST PORT FILE TARGET ATTRIBUTES FULL]
26852 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
26856 ;;;### (autoloads (url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el"
26857 ;;;;;; (17087 12436))
26858 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
26860 (autoload (quote url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "\
26867 ;;;### (autoloads (url-view-url url-truncate-url-for-viewing url-file-extension
26868 ;;;;;; url-hexify-string url-unhex-string url-parse-query-string
26869 ;;;;;; url-basepath url-percentage url-display-percentage url-pretty-length
26870 ;;;;;; url-strip-leading-spaces url-eat-trailing-space url-get-normalized-date
26871 ;;;;;; url-lazy-message url-normalize-url url-insert-entities-in-string
26872 ;;;;;; url-parse-args url-debug url-debug) "url-util" "url/url-util.el"
26873 ;;;;;; (17087 12565))
26874 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
26876 (defvar url-debug nil "\
26877 *What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
26878 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
26880 If t, all messages will be logged.
26881 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
26882 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
26884 (custom-autoload (quote url-debug) "url-util")
26886 (autoload (quote url-debug) "url-util" "\
26889 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
26891 (autoload (quote url-parse-args) "url-util" "\
26894 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
26896 (autoload (quote url-insert-entities-in-string) "url-util" "\
26897 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
26898 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
26899 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
26900 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
26906 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
26908 (autoload (quote url-normalize-url) "url-util" "\
26909 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
26910 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
26912 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
26914 (autoload (quote url-lazy-message) "url-util" "\
26915 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
26916 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
26918 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
26920 (autoload (quote url-get-normalized-date) "url-util" "\
26921 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
26923 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
26925 (autoload (quote url-eat-trailing-space) "url-util" "\
26926 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
26930 (autoload (quote url-strip-leading-spaces) "url-util" "\
26931 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
26935 (autoload (quote url-pretty-length) "url-util" "\
26940 (autoload (quote url-display-percentage) "url-util" "\
26943 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
26945 (autoload (quote url-percentage) "url-util" "\
26948 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
26950 (autoload (quote url-basepath) "url-util" "\
26951 Return the base pathname of FILE, or the actual filename if X is true.
26953 \(fn FILE &optional X)" nil nil)
26955 (autoload (quote url-parse-query-string) "url-util" "\
26958 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE)" nil nil)
26960 (autoload (quote url-unhex-string) "url-util" "\
26961 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a url.
26962 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
26963 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
26964 forbidden in URL encoding.
26966 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
26968 (autoload (quote url-hexify-string) "url-util" "\
26969 Escape characters in a string.
26971 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
26973 (autoload (quote url-file-extension) "url-util" "\
26974 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
26975 If optional variable X is t,
26976 then return the basename of the file with the extension stripped off.
26978 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
26980 (autoload (quote url-truncate-url-for-viewing) "url-util" "\
26981 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters or less wide.
26982 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
26984 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
26986 (autoload (quote url-view-url) "url-util" "\
26987 View the current document's URL.
26988 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
26991 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
26993 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
26997 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
26998 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (17087 12380))
26999 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
27001 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "\
27002 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
27003 This function has a choice of three things to do:
27004 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
27005 to refrain from editing the file
27006 return t (grab the lock on the file)
27007 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
27008 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
27009 in any way you like.
27011 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
27013 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-supersession-threat) "userlock" "\
27014 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
27015 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
27016 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
27017 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
27019 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
27020 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
27026 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-internal
27027 ;;;;;; uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "gnus/uudecode.el"
27028 ;;;;;; (17087 12466))
27029 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/uudecode.el
27031 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "\
27032 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
27033 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
27034 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
27036 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
27038 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-internal) "uudecode" "\
27039 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
27040 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
27042 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
27044 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region) "uudecode" "\
27045 Uudecode region between START and END.
27046 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
27048 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
27052 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
27053 ;;;;;; vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-cancel-version vc-update
27054 ;;;;;; vc-revert-buffer vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot vc-create-snapshot
27055 ;;;;;; vc-directory vc-merge vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window
27056 ;;;;;; vc-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-do-command edit-vc-file
27057 ;;;;;; with-vc-file vc-branch-part vc-trunk-p vc-before-checkin-hook
27058 ;;;;;; vc-checkin-hook vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (17087 12570))
27059 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
27061 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
27062 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
27065 (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkout-hook) "vc")
27067 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
27068 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done.
27069 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
27071 (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkin-hook) "vc")
27073 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
27074 *Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file is checked in.
27077 (custom-autoload (quote vc-before-checkin-hook) "vc")
27079 (autoload (quote vc-trunk-p) "vc" "\
27080 Return t if REV is a revision on the trunk.
27082 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
27084 (autoload (quote vc-branch-part) "vc" "\
27085 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
27087 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
27089 (autoload (quote with-vc-file) "vc" "\
27090 Check out a writable copy of FILE if necessary, then execute BODY.
27091 Check in FILE with COMMENT (a string) after BODY has been executed.
27092 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within
27093 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or locked by
27094 somebody else, signal error.
27096 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
27098 (autoload (quote edit-vc-file) "vc" "\
27099 Edit FILE under version control, executing body.
27100 Checkin with COMMENT after executing BODY.
27101 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it.
27102 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer.
27104 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
27106 (autoload (quote vc-do-command) "vc" "\
27107 Execute a VC command, notifying user and checking for errors.
27108 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or *vc* if BUFFER is nil or the
27109 current buffer if BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not
27110 already current, set it up properly and erase it. The command is
27111 considered successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
27112 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore errors, if it is 'async, that
27113 means not to wait for termination of the subprocess). FILE is the
27114 name of the working file (may also be nil, to execute commands that
27115 don't expect a file name). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
27116 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
27118 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
27120 (autoload (quote vc-next-action) "vc" "\
27121 Do the next logical version control operation on the current file.
27123 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked,
27124 it will operate on the file in the current line.
27126 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more
27127 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on
27128 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register
27129 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted
27130 lock steals will raise an error.
27132 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use.
27134 For RCS and SCCS files:
27135 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
27137 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
27138 a writable and locked file ready for editing.
27139 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
27140 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not,
27141 it performs a revert.
27142 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
27143 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
27144 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
27145 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
27146 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards.
27147 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given
27148 the option to steal the lock.
27151 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
27152 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\".
27153 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
27154 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
27155 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
27156 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
27157 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
27158 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
27159 merge in the changes into your working copy.
27161 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
27163 (autoload (quote vc-register) "vc" "\
27164 Register the current file into a version control system.
27165 With prefix argument SET-VERSION, allow user to specify initial version
27166 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
27168 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
27169 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
27170 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
27171 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
27172 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
27173 first backend that could register the file is used.
27175 \(fn &optional SET-VERSION COMMENT)" t nil)
27177 (autoload (quote vc-diff) "vc" "\
27178 Display diffs between file versions.
27179 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most
27180 recent checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments. With
27181 a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads the file name to use and two
27182 version designators specifying which versions to compare. The
27183 optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
27186 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
27188 (autoload (quote vc-version-other-window) "vc" "\
27189 Visit version REV of the current file in another window.
27190 If the current file is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'.
27191 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
27195 (autoload (quote vc-insert-headers) "vc" "\
27196 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
27197 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
27198 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
27202 (autoload (quote vc-merge) "vc" "\
27203 Merge changes between two versions into the current buffer's file.
27204 This asks for two versions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
27205 first version is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
27206 branch. If the first version is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
27207 from the current branch.
27209 See Info node `Merging'.
27213 (defalias (quote vc-resolve-conflicts) (quote smerge-ediff))
27215 (autoload (quote vc-directory) "vc" "\
27216 Create a buffer in VC Dired Mode for directory DIR.
27218 See Info node `VC Dired Mode'.
27220 With prefix arg READ-SWITCHES, specify a value to override
27221 `dired-listing-switches' when generating the listing.
27223 \(fn DIR READ-SWITCHES)" t nil)
27225 (autoload (quote vc-create-snapshot) "vc" "\
27226 Descending recursively from DIR, make a snapshot called NAME.
27227 For each registered file, the version level of its latest version
27228 becomes part of the named configuration. If the prefix argument
27229 BRANCHP is given, the snapshot is made as a new branch and the files
27230 are checked out in that new branch.
27232 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
27234 (autoload (quote vc-retrieve-snapshot) "vc" "\
27235 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the snapshot called NAME.
27236 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest versions.
27237 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
27238 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
27239 allowed and simply skipped).
27241 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
27243 (autoload (quote vc-print-log) "vc" "\
27244 List the change log of the current buffer in a window.
27245 If FOCUS-REV is non-nil, leave the point at that revision.
27247 \(fn &optional FOCUS-REV)" t nil)
27249 (autoload (quote vc-revert-buffer) "vc" "\
27250 Revert the current buffer's file to the version it was based on.
27251 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
27252 to that version. This function does not automatically pick up newer
27253 changes found in the master file; use \\[universal-argument] \\[vc-next-action] to do so.
27257 (autoload (quote vc-update) "vc" "\
27258 Update the current buffer's file to the latest version on its branch.
27259 If the file contains no changes, and is not locked, then this simply replaces
27260 the working file with the latest version on its branch. If the file contains
27261 changes, and the backend supports merging news, then any recent changes from
27262 the current branch are merged into the working file.
27266 (autoload (quote vc-cancel-version) "vc" "\
27267 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file.
27268 A prefix argument NOREVERT means do not revert the buffer afterwards.
27270 \(fn NOREVERT)" t nil)
27272 (autoload (quote vc-switch-backend) "vc" "\
27273 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
27274 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
27275 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
27276 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
27277 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
27278 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
27280 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
27282 (autoload (quote vc-transfer-file) "vc" "\
27283 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
27284 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
27285 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
27286 NEW-BACKEND, using the version number from the current backend as the
27287 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
27288 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
27289 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
27290 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
27292 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
27294 (autoload (quote vc-rename-file) "vc" "\
27295 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise.
27297 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
27299 (autoload (quote vc-update-change-log) "vc" "\
27300 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
27301 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
27304 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
27306 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
27307 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
27308 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
27310 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
27311 log entries should be gathered.
27313 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27315 (autoload (quote vc-annotate) "vc" "\
27316 Display the edit history of the current file using colors.
27318 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
27319 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
27320 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
27321 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
27322 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
27323 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
27325 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
27326 minibuffer. First, you may enter a version number; then the buffer
27327 displays and annotates that version instead of the current version
27328 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
27329 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
27330 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
27331 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
27332 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
27334 Customization variables:
27336 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
27337 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
27338 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to
27339 colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
27341 \(fn PREFIX &optional REVISION DISPLAY-MODE)" t nil)
27345 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc-arch.el" (17087 12570))
27346 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-arch.el
27347 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
27348 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
27351 (vc-arch-registered file))))
27355 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (17087 12566))
27356 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
27357 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
27358 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
27359 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
27361 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
27365 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mcvs" "vc-mcvs.el" (17087 12466))
27366 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-mcvs.el
27367 (defun vc-mcvs-registered (file)
27368 (if (vc-find-root file "MCVS/CVS")
27371 (vc-mcvs-registered file))))
27375 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
27376 ;;;;;; (17087 12451))
27377 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
27379 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (quote ("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
27380 *Where to look for RCS master files.
27381 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
27383 (custom-autoload (quote vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs")
27384 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
27388 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
27389 ;;;;;; (17087 12416))
27390 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
27392 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (quote ("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
27393 *Where to look for SCCS master files.
27394 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
27396 (custom-autoload (quote vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs")
27397 (defun vc-sccs-registered(f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
27399 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
27400 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
27401 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
27402 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
27406 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc-svn.el" (17087 12466))
27407 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-svn.el
27408 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
27409 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
27410 ".svn/entries" (file-name-directory f)))
27412 (vc-svn-registered f)))
27414 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) ".svn/")
27418 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
27419 ;;;;;; (17087 12575))
27420 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
27422 (autoload (quote vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "\
27423 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
27428 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
27429 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
27430 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
27431 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
27432 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
27433 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
27434 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
27435 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
27436 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
27438 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
27439 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
27440 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
27441 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
27443 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
27444 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
27445 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
27446 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
27447 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
27449 Template styles can be customized in customization group
27450 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
27454 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
27455 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
27456 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
27460 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
27461 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
27462 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
27463 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
27465 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
27466 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
27467 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
27468 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
27469 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
27473 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
27474 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
27475 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
27476 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
27478 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
27479 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
27480 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
27481 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
27482 beginning with \"std\").
27484 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
27485 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
27486 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
27491 `--' puts a single comment.
27492 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
27493 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
27494 with a comment in between.
27495 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
27496 out following lines.
27497 `C-c c' comments out a region if not commented out,
27498 uncomments a region if already commented out.
27500 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
27501 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
27502 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
27503 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
27504 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
27507 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
27508 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
27509 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
27510 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
27511 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
27512 multi-line comments.
27516 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
27517 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
27518 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
27519 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil).
27521 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
27522 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
27523 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
27524 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
27526 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
27527 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
27530 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
27531 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
27535 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
27536 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
27537 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
27538 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
27539 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
27540 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
27541 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
27542 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
27544 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
27545 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
27546 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
27547 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
27548 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
27551 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
27552 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
27553 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
27555 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
27556 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
27560 | Code filling allows to condens code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
27561 | maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
27562 | lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
27563 | enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
27564 | blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
27565 | `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
27568 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
27569 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
27570 buffer respectively. This inludes indentation, alignment, and case
27571 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
27574 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
27578 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
27579 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
27580 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
27581 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
27582 internal signal initializations (menu).
27584 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
27585 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
27586 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
27588 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
27589 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
27590 | direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
27591 | outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
27592 | reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
27593 | in subsequent paste operations.)
27595 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
27596 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
27597 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
27600 | SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
27601 | Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
27602 | subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
27603 | and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
27604 | association list with formals).
27607 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
27608 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
27609 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
27610 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
27611 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
27612 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
27613 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
27614 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
27619 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
27623 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
27627 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
27628 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
27629 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
27631 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
27632 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
27635 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
27636 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
27637 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
27638 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
27640 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
27641 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
27642 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
27644 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
27645 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
27646 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
27647 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
27649 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
27650 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
27651 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
27652 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
27653 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
27655 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
27656 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
27657 required by secondary units.
27660 | STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
27661 | Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-c C-n' creates a skeleton
27662 | for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
27663 | instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
27664 | (`C-c C-c C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
27665 | all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
27666 | and ports (`C-c C-c C-w') following these rules:
27667 | - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
27668 | connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
27669 | - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
27670 | inputs to this component -> input port created
27671 | - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
27672 | outputs from this component -> output port created
27673 | - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
27674 | considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
27676 | Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
27677 | `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
27678 | an entire directory or project (`C-c C-c M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
27679 | component instantiation is also supported (option
27680 | `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
27682 | Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
27683 | create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
27684 | strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
27685 | component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
27686 | browser, and wiring everything automatically.
27688 | Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
27689 | components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
27691 | See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
27694 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
27695 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
27696 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
27697 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
27698 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
27699 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
27700 information. New compilers can be added.
27702 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
27703 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
27706 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
27707 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
27708 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
27709 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
27710 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
27712 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
27715 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
27716 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
27717 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
27719 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
27720 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
27721 library directory if not existent. The Makefile also includes a target
27722 for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation of this
27723 unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example: compilation of
27724 a design specified by a configuration). User specific parts can be
27725 inserted into a Makefile with option `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
27728 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
27729 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
27730 not (yet) supported.
27731 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
27732 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
27733 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
27737 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
27738 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
27739 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
27740 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
27741 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
27742 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
27743 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
27744 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
27746 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
27747 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
27748 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
27749 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
27750 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
27751 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
27752 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
27753 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
27754 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
27755 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
27756 `vhdl-project-alist'.
27760 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
27761 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
27762 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
27763 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
27764 larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be
27765 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
27766 current directory for VHDL source files.
27770 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
27771 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
27775 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
27776 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
27777 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
27778 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
27779 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
27780 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
27781 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
27782 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
27785 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
27786 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
27787 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
27788 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
27789 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
27790 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
27791 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
27793 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
27794 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
27795 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
27796 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
27797 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
27798 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
27800 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
27801 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
27802 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
27803 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
27804 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
27807 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
27808 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
27809 highlighted if written in lower case.
27811 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
27812 highlighted using a different background color if option
27813 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
27815 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
27816 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
27817 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
27818 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
27819 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
27823 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
27824 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
27825 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
27829 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
27830 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
27831 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
27832 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
27833 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
27837 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
27838 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
27840 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
27841 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
27842 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
27843 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
27844 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
27845 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
27846 (used to obtain the port names).
27850 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
27851 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
27855 Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
27856 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
27857 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
27858 postscript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
27859 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
27860 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
27861 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
27866 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
27867 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
27868 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
27869 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
27870 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
27872 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
27873 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
27874 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
27875 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
27876 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
27879 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
27880 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
27884 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
27885 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
27886 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
27888 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
27892 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
27893 a VHDL file first, use the command:
27895 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
27897 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
27899 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
27903 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
27909 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
27910 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
27912 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
27914 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
27915 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
27916 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
27917 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
27919 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
27920 http://opensource.ethz.ch/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
27921 where the latest version can be found.
27927 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
27928 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
27929 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
27932 The VHDL Mode Authors
27933 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
27944 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (17087 12569))
27945 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
27947 (autoload (quote vi-mode) "vi" "\
27948 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
27949 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
27950 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
27952 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
27953 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
27954 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
27955 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
27956 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
27958 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
27959 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
27961 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
27963 * Limitations and unsupported features
27964 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
27966 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
27967 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
27970 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
27971 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
27972 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
27973 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
27974 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
27975 for undoing a repeated change command.
27976 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
27977 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
27978 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
27981 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
27982 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
27983 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
27984 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
27985 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
27986 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
27987 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
27988 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
27990 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
27996 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
27997 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
27998 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
27999 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (17087 12566))
28000 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
28002 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" "\
28003 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
28005 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
28007 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
28008 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
28009 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
28010 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
28012 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28014 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
28015 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
28019 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
28020 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
28021 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
28022 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
28024 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28026 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
28027 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
28031 (autoload (quote viqr-post-read-conversion) "viet-util" "\
28034 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
28036 (autoload (quote viqr-pre-write-conversion) "viet-util" "\
28039 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
28043 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame
28044 ;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame
28045 ;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (17087
28047 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
28049 (defvar view-mode nil "\
28050 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
28051 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
28052 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
28054 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote view-mode))
28056 (autoload (quote view-file) "view" "\
28057 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
28058 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
28059 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
28060 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
28061 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
28062 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
28064 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
28068 (autoload (quote view-file-other-window) "view" "\
28069 View FILE in View mode in another window.
28070 Return that window to its previous buffer when done.
28071 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
28072 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
28073 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
28074 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
28075 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
28077 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
28081 (autoload (quote view-file-other-frame) "view" "\
28082 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
28083 Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done.
28084 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
28085 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
28086 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
28087 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
28088 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
28090 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
28094 (autoload (quote view-buffer) "view" "\
28095 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
28096 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
28097 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
28098 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
28099 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
28100 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
28102 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
28104 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
28105 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
28106 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
28108 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
28110 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-window) "view" "\
28111 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
28112 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
28113 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
28114 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
28115 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
28116 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
28117 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
28119 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
28121 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
28122 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
28123 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
28125 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
28127 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-frame) "view" "\
28128 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
28129 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
28130 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
28131 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
28132 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
28133 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
28134 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
28136 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
28138 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
28139 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
28140 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
28142 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
28144 (autoload (quote view-mode) "view" "\
28145 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
28146 With ARG, turn View mode on iff ARG is positive.
28148 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
28149 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
28150 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
28153 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
28154 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
28155 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
28156 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
28157 commands default to a repeat count of one.
28159 H, h, ? This message.
28160 Digits provide prefix arguments.
28161 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
28162 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
28163 > move to the end of buffer.
28164 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
28165 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
28166 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
28167 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
28168 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
28169 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
28170 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
28171 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
28172 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
28173 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
28174 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
28175 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
28176 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
28177 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
28178 Use this to view a changing file.
28179 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
28180 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
28181 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
28183 x exchanges point and mark.
28184 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
28185 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
28186 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
28187 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
28188 ' go to position saved in character register.
28189 s do forward incremental search.
28190 r do reverse incremental search.
28191 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
28192 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
28193 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
28194 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
28195 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
28196 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
28197 p searches backward for last regular expression.
28198 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
28199 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
28200 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
28201 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
28202 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
28203 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
28204 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
28205 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
28206 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
28207 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
28209 The effect of \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
28210 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window or view-file-other-frame
28211 \(\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window], \\[view-file-other-frame] or the dired mode v command), then \\[View-quit] will
28212 try to kill the current buffer. If view-mode was entered from another buffer
28213 as is done by View-buffer, View-buffer-other-window, View-buffer-other frame,
28214 View-file, View-file-other-window or View-file-other-frame then \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave]
28215 will return to that buffer.
28217 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
28219 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28221 (autoload (quote view-mode-enter) "view" "\
28222 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
28223 If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist
28224 `view-return-to-alist'.
28225 Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'.
28226 It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument.
28227 This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'.
28229 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or
28230 it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
28231 WINDOW is a window used for viewing.
28232 OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing.
28233 OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
28235 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame.
28236 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
28237 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
28238 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
28240 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
28242 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
28244 \(fn &optional RETURN-TO EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
28246 (autoload (quote View-exit-and-edit) "view" "\
28247 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
28253 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (17087
28255 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
28257 (autoload (quote vip-setup) "vip" "\
28258 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
28262 (autoload (quote vip-mode) "vip" "\
28263 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
28269 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
28270 ;;;;;; (17087 12569))
28271 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
28273 (autoload (quote toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "\
28274 Toggle Viper on/off.
28275 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
28279 (autoload (quote viper-mode) "viper" "\
28280 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi.
28286 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
28287 ;;;;;; (17087 12574))
28288 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
28290 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
28291 Function to generate warning prefixes.
28292 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
28293 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
28294 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
28295 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
28296 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
28297 the beginning of the warning.")
28299 (defvar warning-series nil "\
28300 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
28301 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
28302 which is the start of the current series; it means that
28303 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
28304 t means the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
28305 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
28306 also call that function before the next warning.")
28308 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
28309 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
28311 (defvar warning-type-format " (%s)" "\
28312 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
28313 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
28314 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
28316 (autoload (quote display-warning) "warnings" "\
28317 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
28318 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
28319 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
28320 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
28321 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
28323 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
28324 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
28326 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
28327 if you do not attend to it promptly.
28328 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
28329 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
28330 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
28331 :debug -- info for debugging only.
28333 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging the
28334 warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'.
28336 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
28338 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
28339 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
28341 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
28343 (autoload (quote lwarn) "warnings" "\
28344 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
28345 Aside from generating the message with `format',
28346 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
28348 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol).
28349 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
28350 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
28351 can be whatever you like.)
28353 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
28354 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
28356 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
28357 if you do not attend to it promptly.
28358 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
28359 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
28360 :debug -- info for debugging only.
28362 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28364 (autoload (quote warn) "warnings" "\
28365 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
28366 Aside from generating the message with `format',
28367 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
28368 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
28370 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28374 ;;;### (autoloads (wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "wdired.el"
28375 ;;;;;; (17087 12566))
28376 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
28378 (autoload (quote wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "\
28379 Put a dired buffer in a mode in which filenames are editable.
28380 \\<wdired-mode-map>
28381 This mode allows the user to change the names of the files, and after
28382 typing \\[wdired-finish-edit] Emacs renames the files and directories
28391 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (17087 12564))
28392 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
28394 (autoload (quote webjump) "webjump" "\
28395 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
28397 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
28400 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
28407 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el"
28408 ;;;;;; (17087 12570))
28409 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
28410 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
28411 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
28413 (defalias (quote which-func-mode) (quote which-function-mode))
28415 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
28416 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
28417 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
28418 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28419 use either \\[customize] or the function `which-function-mode'.")
28421 (custom-autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func")
28423 (autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func" "\
28424 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
28425 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
28426 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
28428 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on iff arg is positive,
28431 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28435 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-write-file-hook whitespace-global-mode
28436 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup-region whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region
28437 ;;;;;; whitespace-buffer whitespace-toggle-ateol-check whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check
28438 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-indent-check whitespace-toggle-trailing-check
28439 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "whitespace.el"
28440 ;;;;;; (17087 12570))
28441 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
28443 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "\
28444 Toggle the check for leading space in the local buffer.
28448 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-trailing-check) "whitespace" "\
28449 Toggle the check for trailing space in the local buffer.
28453 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-indent-check) "whitespace" "\
28454 Toggle the check for indentation space in the local buffer.
28458 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check) "whitespace" "\
28459 Toggle the check for space-followed-by-TABs in the local buffer.
28463 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-ateol-check) "whitespace" "\
28464 Toggle the check for end-of-line space in the local buffer.
28468 (autoload (quote whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" "\
28469 Find five different types of white spaces in buffer.
28471 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
28472 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
28473 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS).
28474 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
28475 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
28477 Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file
28479 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or
28480 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument.
28482 \(fn &optional QUIET)" t nil)
28484 (autoload (quote whitespace-region) "whitespace" "\
28485 Check the region for whitespace errors.
28489 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup) "whitespace" "\
28490 Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems.
28492 Use \\[describe-function] whitespace-describe to read a summary of the
28493 whitespace problems.
28497 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup-region) "whitespace" "\
28498 Whitespace cleanup on the region.
28502 (defalias (quote global-whitespace-mode) (quote whitespace-global-mode))
28504 (defvar whitespace-global-mode nil "\
28505 Non-nil if Whitespace-Global mode is enabled.
28506 See the command `whitespace-global-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
28507 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28508 use either \\[customize] or the function `whitespace-global-mode'.")
28510 (custom-autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace")
28512 (autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace" "\
28513 Toggle using Whitespace mode in new buffers.
28514 With ARG, turn the mode on iff ARG is positive.
28516 When this mode is active, `whitespace-buffer' is added to
28517 `find-file-hook' and `kill-buffer-hook'.
28519 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28521 (autoload (quote whitespace-write-file-hook) "whitespace" "\
28522 Hook function to be called on the buffer when whitespace check is enabled.
28523 This is meant to be added buffer-locally to `write-file-functions'.
28529 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
28530 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (17087 12566))
28531 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
28533 (autoload (quote widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "\
28534 Browse the widget under point.
28538 (autoload (quote widget-browse) "wid-browse" "\
28539 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
28541 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
28543 (autoload (quote widget-browse-other-window) "wid-browse" "\
28544 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
28546 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
28548 (autoload (quote widget-minor-mode) "wid-browse" "\
28549 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
28550 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive.
28552 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28556 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
28557 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (17087
28559 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
28561 (autoload (quote widgetp) "wid-edit" "\
28562 Return non-nil iff WIDGET is a widget.
28564 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
28566 (autoload (quote widget-prompt-value) "wid-edit" "\
28567 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
28568 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
28570 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
28572 (autoload (quote widget-create) "wid-edit" "\
28573 Create widget of TYPE.
28574 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
28576 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28578 (autoload (quote widget-delete) "wid-edit" "\
28581 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
28583 (autoload (quote widget-insert) "wid-edit" "\
28584 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
28586 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28588 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " (quote widget-forward)) (define-key map [(shift tab)] (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] (quote widget-button-click)) (define-key map "
" (quote widget-button-press)) map) "\
28589 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
28590 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.")
28592 (autoload (quote widget-setup) "wid-edit" "\
28593 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
28599 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
28600 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (17087
28602 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
28604 (autoload (quote windmove-left) "windmove" "\
28605 Select the window to the left of the current one.
28606 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
28607 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
28608 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
28609 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
28610 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
28612 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28614 (autoload (quote windmove-up) "windmove" "\
28615 Select the window above the current one.
28616 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
28617 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
28618 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
28619 negative ARG) of the current window.
28620 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
28622 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28624 (autoload (quote windmove-right) "windmove" "\
28625 Select the window to the right of the current one.
28626 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
28627 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
28628 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
28629 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
28630 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
28632 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28634 (autoload (quote windmove-down) "windmove" "\
28635 Select the window below the current one.
28636 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
28637 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
28638 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
28639 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
28640 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
28642 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28644 (autoload (quote windmove-default-keybindings) "windmove" "\
28645 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
28646 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
28647 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
28649 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
28653 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
28654 ;;;;;; (17087 12441))
28655 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
28657 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
28658 Toggle winner-mode.
28659 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28660 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
28662 (custom-autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner")
28664 (autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" "\
28665 Toggle Winner mode.
28666 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive.
28668 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28672 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman) "woman"
28673 ;;;;;; "woman.el" (17087 12575))
28674 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
28676 (autoload (quote woman) "woman" "\
28677 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
28678 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
28679 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
28680 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
28681 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
28682 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
28683 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
28685 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
28686 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
28688 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
28690 (autoload (quote woman-dired-find-file) "woman" "\
28691 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
28695 (autoload (quote woman-find-file) "woman" "\
28696 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
28697 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
28698 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
28699 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
28700 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
28701 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
28702 `woman' command for further details.
28704 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
28708 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
28709 ;;;;;; (17087 12566))
28710 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
28712 (autoload (quote wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "\
28713 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
28716 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
28717 are not implemented
28718 - Options for search and replace
28719 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
28720 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
28722 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
28725 The key bindings are:
28735 C-i indent-for-tab-command
28737 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
28738 C-l ws-repeat-search
28741 C-r scroll-down-line
28748 C-y kill-complete-line
28751 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
28752 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
28753 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
28754 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
28755 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
28756 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
28757 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
28758 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
28759 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
28760 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
28761 C-k b ws-begin-block
28762 C-k c ws-copy-block
28763 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
28765 C-k h ws-show-markers
28766 C-k i ws-indent-block
28768 C-k p ws-print-block
28771 C-k s save-some-buffers
28773 C-k u ws-exdent-block
28774 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
28775 C-k v ws-move-block
28776 C-k w ws-write-block
28778 C-k y ws-delete-block
28780 C-o c wordstar-center-line
28781 C-o b switch-to-buffer
28782 C-o j justify-current-line
28785 C-o m auto-fill-mode
28786 C-o r set-fill-column
28787 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
28788 C-o wd delete-other-windows
28789 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
28790 C-o wo other-window
28791 C-o wv split-window-vertically
28793 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
28794 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
28795 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
28796 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
28797 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
28798 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
28799 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
28800 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
28801 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
28802 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
28803 C-q a ws-query-replace
28804 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
28805 C-q c end-of-buffer
28808 C-q k ws-to-block-end
28810 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
28811 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
28812 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
28813 C-q w ws-last-error
28815 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
28821 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
28822 ;;;;;; (17087 12570))
28823 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
28825 (autoload (quote xml-parse-file) "xml" "\
28826 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
28827 If FILE is already visited, use its buffer and don't kill it.
28828 Returns the top node with all its children.
28829 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
28830 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
28832 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
28834 (autoload (quote xml-parse-region) "xml" "\
28835 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
28836 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
28837 Returns the XML list for the region, or raises an error if the region
28838 is not well-formed XML.
28839 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped,
28840 and returned as the first element of the list.
28841 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
28843 \(fn BEG END &optional BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
28847 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (17087
28849 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
28851 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
28852 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
28853 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
28854 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28855 use either \\[customize] or the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
28857 (custom-autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse")
28859 (autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "\
28860 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
28861 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
28863 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
28864 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
28865 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
28866 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
28867 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
28868 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
28870 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28874 ;;;### (autoloads (yenc-extract-filename yenc-decode-region) "yenc"
28875 ;;;;;; "gnus/yenc.el" (17087 12415))
28876 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
28878 (autoload (quote yenc-decode-region) "yenc" "\
28879 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
28881 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28883 (autoload (quote yenc-extract-filename) "yenc" "\
28884 Extract file name from an yenc header.
28890 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
28891 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (17087 12380))
28892 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
28894 (autoload (quote yow) "yow" "\
28895 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
28897 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
28899 (autoload (quote insert-zippyism) "yow" "\
28900 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
28902 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
28904 (autoload (quote apropos-zippy) "yow" "\
28905 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
28906 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
28908 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
28910 (autoload (quote psychoanalyze-pinhead) "yow" "\
28911 Zippy goes to the analyst.
28917 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (17087 12558))
28918 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
28920 (autoload (quote zone) "zone" "\
28921 Zone out, completely.
28927 ;;;### (autoloads (zone-mode zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode"
28928 ;;;;;; "net/zone-mode.el" (17087 12575))
28929 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/zone-mode.el
28931 (autoload (quote zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode" "\
28932 Update the serial number in a zone if the file was modified.
28936 (autoload (quote zone-mode) "zone-mode" "\
28937 A mode for editing DNS zone files.
28939 Zone-mode does two things:
28941 - automatically update the serial number for a zone
28942 when saving the file
28950 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("abbrev.el" "abbrevlist.el" "bindings.el"
28951 ;;;;;; "buff-menu.el" "calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el" "calc/calc-arith.el"
28952 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el" "calc/calc-cplx.el"
28953 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el" "calc/calc-fin.el"
28954 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el" "calc/calc-funcs.el"
28955 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el" "calc/calc-incom.el"
28956 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el" "calc/calc-macs.el"
28957 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-map.el" "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-misc.el"
28958 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mode.el" "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-poly.el"
28959 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el"
28960 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el"
28961 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-undo.el"
28962 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-units.el" "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el"
28963 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg2.el" "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el"
28964 ;;;;;; "calc/calcsel2.el" "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-china.el"
28965 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-coptic.el" "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el"
28966 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el"
28967 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el"
28968 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el" "case-table.el"
28969 ;;;;;; "cdl.el" "cus-dep.el" "cus-start.el" "custom.el" "dos-fns.el"
28970 ;;;;;; "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "ediff-diff.el" "ediff-init.el"
28971 ;;;;;; "ediff-merg.el" "ediff-ptch.el" "ediff-vers.el" "ediff-wind.el"
28972 ;;;;;; "electric.el" "emacs-lisp/assoc.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
28973 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-run.el"
28974 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-compat.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el"
28975 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el" "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el"
28976 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/float-sup.el"
28977 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/gulp.el" "emacs-lisp/levents.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el"
28978 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp-mode.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp.el" "emacs-lisp/lmenu.el"
28979 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lselect.el" "emacs-lisp/lucid.el" "emacs-lisp/map-ynp.el"
28980 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/regi.el" "emacs-lisp/sregex.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el"
28981 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el" "emacs-lock.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el"
28982 ;;;;;; "emulation/cua-rect.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el"
28983 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el"
28984 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el"
28985 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el"
28986 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-util.el" "env.el" "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el"
28987 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el"
28988 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el"
28989 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el"
28990 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el"
28991 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-unix.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el"
28992 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-cmd.el" "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-io.el"
28993 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-maint.el" "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el"
28994 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el"
28995 ;;;;;; "faces.el" "files.el" "foldout.el" "font-core.el" "format.el"
28996 ;;;;;; "forms-d2.el" "forms-pass.el" "frame.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/compface.el"
28997 ;;;;;; "gnus/dig.el" "gnus/dns.el" "gnus/format-spec.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el"
28998 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el"
28999 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el"
29000 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-gl.el"
29001 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el" "gnus/gnus-mh.el"
29002 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-nocem.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el"
29003 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-setup.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-sum.el"
29004 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el"
29005 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/hex-util.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el"
29006 ;;;;;; "gnus/imap.el" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el"
29007 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el"
29008 ;;;;;; "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el"
29009 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-encode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el"
29010 ;;;;;; "gnus/mml-smime.el" "gnus/mml.el" "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el"
29011 ;;;;;; "gnus/nndb.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el"
29012 ;;;;;; "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnlistserv.el"
29013 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el"
29014 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnslashdot.el"
29015 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnultimate.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el"
29016 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnwarchive.el" "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/nnwfm.el" "gnus/pgg-def.el"
29017 ;;;;;; "gnus/pgg-gpg.el" "gnus/pgg-parse.el" "gnus/pgg-pgp.el" "gnus/pgg-pgp5.el"
29018 ;;;;;; "gnus/pop3.el" "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el"
29019 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2104.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el"
29020 ;;;;;; "gnus/smime.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/starttls.el" "gnus/utf7.el"
29021 ;;;;;; "gnus/webmail.el" "help.el" "indent.el" "international/characters.el"
29022 ;;;;;; "international/fontset.el" "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/iso-insert.el"
29023 ;;;;;; "international/iso-swed.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
29024 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/latin-1.el"
29025 ;;;;;; "international/latin-2.el" "international/latin-3.el" "international/latin-4.el"
29026 ;;;;;; "international/latin-5.el" "international/latin-8.el" "international/latin-9.el"
29027 ;;;;;; "international/mule-cmds.el" "international/mule-conf.el"
29028 ;;;;;; "international/mule.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/subst-big5.el"
29029 ;;;;;; "international/subst-gb2312.el" "international/subst-jis.el"
29030 ;;;;;; "international/subst-ksc.el" "international/swedish.el" "international/ucs-tables.el"
29031 ;;;;;; "international/utf-16.el" "international/utf-7.el" "international/utf-8.el"
29032 ;;;;;; "isearch.el" "jka-cmpr-hook.el" "kermit.el" "language/chinese.el"
29033 ;;;;;; "language/cyrillic.el" "language/czech.el" "language/devanagari.el"
29034 ;;;;;; "language/english.el" "language/ethiopic.el" "language/european.el"
29035 ;;;;;; "language/georgian.el" "language/greek.el" "language/hebrew.el"
29036 ;;;;;; "language/indian.el" "language/japanese.el" "language/kannada.el"
29037 ;;;;;; "language/korean.el" "language/lao.el" "language/malayalam.el"
29038 ;;;;;; "language/misc-lang.el" "language/romanian.el" "language/slovak.el"
29039 ;;;;;; "language/tamil.el" "language/thai-word.el" "language/thai.el"
29040 ;;;;;; "language/tibetan.el" "language/utf-8-lang.el" "language/vietnamese.el"
29041 ;;;;;; "ldefs-boot.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el"
29042 ;;;;;; "mail/mailpost.el" "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el"
29043 ;;;;;; "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el" "mail/uce.el" "mail/vms-pmail.el"
29044 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el" "mh-e/mh-customize.el"
29045 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el"
29046 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-inc.el" "mh-e/mh-index.el" "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el"
29047 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-pick.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el"
29048 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "misc.el" "mouse-copy.el"
29049 ;;;;;; "mouse-drag.el" "mouse.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el"
29050 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el" "net/ldap.el" "net/netrc.el"
29051 ;;;;;; "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-ftp.el" "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-util.el"
29052 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/tramp-vc.el" "net/trampver.el" "obsolete/awk-mode.el"
29053 ;;;;;; "obsolete/float.el" "obsolete/hilit19.el" "obsolete/keyswap.el"
29054 ;;;;;; "obsolete/mlsupport.el" "obsolete/ooutline.el" "obsolete/profile.el"
29055 ;;;;;; "obsolete/rnews.el" "obsolete/sc.el" "obsolete/sun-curs.el"
29056 ;;;;;; "obsolete/sun-fns.el" "obsolete/uncompress.el" "obsolete/x-apollo.el"
29057 ;;;;;; "obsolete/x-menu.el" "patcomp.el" "paths.el" "pcvs-info.el"
29058 ;;;;;; "pcvs-parse.el" "pcvs-util.el" "play/gamegrid.el" "play/gametree.el"
29059 ;;;;;; "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el" "progmodes/cc-align.el"
29060 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el"
29061 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-compat.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-engine.el"
29062 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" "progmodes/cc-langs.el" "progmodes/cc-menus.el"
29063 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-vars.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el"
29064 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el"
29065 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/idlw-help.el"
29066 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-rinfo.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el"
29067 ;;;;;; "progmodes/xscheme.el" "register.el" "replace.el" "s-region.el"
29068 ;;;;;; "saveplace.el" "scroll-bar.el" "select.el" "simple.el" "soundex.el"
29069 ;;;;;; "startup.el" "subdirs.el" "subr.el" "tempo.el" "term/AT386.el"
29070 ;;;;;; "term/apollo.el" "term/bg-mouse.el" "term/bobcat.el" "term/internal.el"
29071 ;;;;;; "term/iris-ansi.el" "term/linux.el" "term/lk201.el" "term/mac-win.el"
29072 ;;;;;; "term/news.el" "term/pc-win.el" "term/rxvt.el" "term/sun-mouse.el"
29073 ;;;;;; "term/sun.el" "term/sup-mouse.el" "term/tty-colors.el" "term/tvi970.el"
29074 ;;;;;; "term/vt100.el" "term/vt102.el" "term/vt125.el" "term/vt200.el"
29075 ;;;;;; "term/vt201.el" "term/vt220.el" "term/vt240.el" "term/vt300.el"
29076 ;;;;;; "term/vt320.el" "term/vt400.el" "term/vt420.el" "term/w32-win.el"
29077 ;;;;;; "term/wyse50.el" "term/x-win.el" "term/xterm.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el"
29078 ;;;;;; "textmodes/fill.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el"
29079 ;;;;;; "textmodes/page.el" "textmodes/paragraphs.el" "textmodes/refbib.el"
29080 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el"
29081 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el"
29082 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "textmodes/text-mode.el"
29083 ;;;;;; "timezone.el" "tree-widget.el" "uniquify.el" "url/url-about.el"
29084 ;;;;;; "url/url-dired.el" "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-https.el"
29085 ;;;;;; "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el" "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el"
29086 ;;;;;; "url/url-vars.el" "url/vc-dav.el" "vc-hooks.el" "vcursor.el"
29087 ;;;;;; "version.el" "vms-patch.el" "vmsproc.el" "vt-control.el"
29088 ;;;;;; "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el" "widget.el" "window.el"
29089 ;;;;;; "x-dnd.el") (17087 12870 740741))
29093 ;;; Local Variables:
29094 ;;; version-control: never
29095 ;;; no-byte-compile: t
29096 ;;; no-update-autoloads: t
29098 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here